diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:46:36 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:46:36 -0700 |
| commit | 7ed7e297b6c5836b41af455725048b141c88c824 (patch) | |
| tree | 810dc563921c56b8bc3863d506f4a0737901606f | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-8.txt | 4552 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 96832 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 2020142 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/15379-h.htm | 5636 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 4592 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0160.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43913 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0161.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13661 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0162.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56215 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0163.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42763 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0164.jpg | bin | 0 -> 62667 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0165.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31073 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0166.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25252 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0167.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37195 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0168.jpg | bin | 0 -> 51874 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0169.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66286 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0170.jpg | bin | 0 -> 74528 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0171.jpg | bin | 0 -> 49384 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0172.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34780 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0173.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44526 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0174.jpg | bin | 0 -> 73357 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0175.jpg | bin | 0 -> 62726 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0176.jpg | bin | 0 -> 75944 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0177.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36202 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0178.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41183 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0179.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66392 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0180.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64406 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0181.jpg | bin | 0 -> 15794 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0182.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34419 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0183.jpg | bin | 0 -> 96334 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0184.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19966 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0185.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36446 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0186.jpg | bin | 0 -> 90132 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0187.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44429 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0188.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66956 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0189.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13476 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0190.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44561 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0191.jpg | bin | 0 -> 53914 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0192.jpg | bin | 0 -> 96030 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0193.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23649 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0194.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35897 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0195.jpg | bin | 0 -> 83895 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/0196.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42483 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54388 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379.txt | 4552 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15379.zip | bin | 0 -> 96801 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
48 files changed, 14756 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/15379-8.txt b/15379-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f93cf2e --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4552 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Robert Moffat, by David J. Deane + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Robert Moffat + The Missionary Hero of Kuruman + +Author: David J. Deane + +Release Date: March 16, 2005 [EBook #15379] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROBERT MOFFAT *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Chuck Greif and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + +ROBERT MOFFAT + +The _Missionary Hero_ of KURUMAN. + +BY + +DAVID J. DEANE, + +AUTHOR OF "JOHN WICLIFFE, THE MORNING STAR OF THE REFORMATION," +"MARTIN LUTHER, THE REFORMER," ETC. + +FIFTH EDITION. TWENTY-FIFTH THOUSAND. + +FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY + +NEW YORK CHICAGO TORONTO + +_Publishers of Evangelical Literature._ + +[Illustration] + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The record of a life like that of Robert Moffat, the South African +missionary, can never be devoid of interest until all appreciation for +noble deeds and patient endeavour becomes extinct in the heart of man. +Till then, our pulses will quicken and our enthusiasm kindle as we read +of dangers encountered and overcome, of the true courage that could +undismayed encounter the king of beasts roaming on the African plain, +and of passing the time with savage chiefs, beneath the spears and clubs +of whose warriors thousands had been slain. Or our sympathy is awakened +as stories of sickness and suffering, of hunger and terrible thirst, of +trying disappointments, continued year after year, are related. Anon, +gratitude causes the tear to start to our eye as we witness the love +that prompts the effort to win the heathen to the Saviour, and see the +once benighted ones clothed and subdued, learning in mind and heart the +truth of the Gospel. Gratitude arises that we have men, heroic Christian +men, who count nothing dear to them, not even their lives, that they may +win sinners to the love of Jesus Christ. + +Such an one was he, whose memoir we present to our readers, with the +earnest desire that his strong faith may strengthen ours, that his quiet +courage may excite us to perseverance in well-doing, and that his +deliverance from manifold and very real dangers may lead us to place +reliance upon Him in whom Moffat trusted, and who never forsakes those +that trust in Him. May we all see, and especially the youth of our land, +as we read the records of such noble lives, that true godliness detracts +not from true manhood, but rather that it glorifies and ennobles it, +until evil is overcome, and the wicked are put to silence. + +In writing this brief sketch of the life of the Rev. Dr. Moffat, the +author has been much indebted to those who have trodden the path before +him; especially to the two well-known works, "Robert and Mary Moffat," +by their son John S. Moffat, and to Robert Moffat's own book, +"Missionary Labours and Scenes in South Africa." He also owes his +acknowledgments to "The Missionary Magazine," "The Chronicle of the +London Missionary Society," to the Reports of various Missionary +Societies, "A Life's Labours in South Africa," and to other works from +which information upon the subject has been gathered. To the two first +named the author especially refers those of his readers who wish for +fuller details than are given in this volume. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + +CONTENTS. + +I. PIONEER MISSIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA, 9 + +II. CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH, 18 + +III. DEPARTURE FOR THE CAPE, 27 + +IV. MARRIAGE AND ARRIVAL AT LATTAKOO, 49 + +V. THE MANTATEE INVASION, 63 + +VI. VISIT TO MAKABA, 71 + +VII. THE AWAKENING, 85 + +VIII. VISIT TO ENGLAND, 101 + +IX. THE SECHWANA BIBLE, 118 + +X. CLOSING SCENES, 141 + +XI. CONCLUSION, 150 + +[Illustration] + + + + +ROBERT MOFFAT. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +PIONEER MISSIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA. + + +The history of missions in South Africa abounds in interesting facts and +incidents. Stories of heroism, strange adventures, and descriptions of +journeyings among savage tribes and through countries frequented by +beasts of prey, form part of its details. Its theme is love to God and +love to man, and its facts have been called into existence through the +efforts of noble-minded and true-hearted men and women to bring their +coloured brethren and sisters to the knowledge of the Saviour, Jesus +Christ. + +Many names are held in veneration in connection with these missions, +names of those who, having laboured faithfully upon earth, have been +called to their reward; among these none stands forward with greater +prominence than that of Robert Moffat. + +A brief glance at the development of the colony at the Cape of Good +Hope, and at the early efforts made to evangelise the native races, may +enable the reader better to understand the work carried on by Robert +Moffat, and the success achieved; also to realise something of the +position of affairs when he first landed in South Africa. + +Discovered by the Portuguese in 1486, it was not until the middle of the +seventeenth century that much was done in the way of European +colonisation. In 1652 the bold and mountainous promontory of the Cape +was taken possession of by the Dutch, and a settlement was founded on +the site of the present Cape Town. The earliest colonists were chiefly +Dutch and German farmers; who were joined a little later on by numbers +of French and Piedmontese Huguenots, driven from their native lands for +conscience' sake. + +At this early period the whole of what is now designated the Colony, was +inhabited by Hottentots, a people lighter in colour than the Kafirs and +Bechwanas, having pale yellow-brown skins, symmetrical in form when +young, hardy, and having small hands and feet. They have nomadic +tendencies; and, in their uncivilised state, scarcely practise +agriculture. Their system of government is somewhat patriarchal; and +they live in "kraals," or villages, consisting of bee-hive shaped huts, +arranged in circular form. Their ideas of a Deity are extremely faint, +they possess little in the nature of religious ceremonies, but the power +of sorcerers among them is great. According to the locality occupied, +they are known as Hottentots, Namaquas, or Corannas. + +As the European colonists increased in numbers, they gradually advanced +northward and eastward, either driving back the natives or subjugating +them as slaves to their service. In 1806 the colony passed into the +hands of the English, and, after a season of conflict, the Hottentots +within the British territory were emancipated. This act of justice took +place on 17th July, 1828. + +In the early years of the present century, the natives of South Africa +comprised--besides the Hottentots, who occupied the southern portion of +the country, and were thinly scattered, to the north-west, in Great +Namaqualand--the Kafirs, who dwelt in the south-east, beyond the Fish +River; the Basutos, whose kraals were south of the Orange River; the +Bechwanas and kindred tribes to the north of that river; and far away to +the north-west, beyond Namaqualand, the Damara tribes, of whom but +little was known at that time. Besides these, there were the Bushmen, a +roving people, small in stature, and sunk to the lowest depths of +barbarism, hunted down by the Dutch farmers like wild beasts, who had +their hands turned against every man, and every man's hand turned +against them. + +To the Moravians belongs the honour of first seeking to bring the +natives of South Africa under the influences of Christianity. In 1737 +George Schmidt, who had been sent forth by the small Moravian church of +Herrnhut, arrived in Cape Colony, and at Genadendal (the Vale of Grace), +then known as Bavian's Kloof (the Glen of Baboons), established a +mission station, where he laboured among the despised and oppressed +Hottentots with much success for seven years. His work excited +considerable opposition and persecution. He gathered a small Christian +community and a school; but the Boers, or Dutch farmers, becoming +jealous of the black population receiving education, he was summoned to +Holland, and not allowed to return. + +Fifty years elapsed before the Brethren were able to resume their work; +but in 1792, three humble Christian artisans recommenced labour at +Genadendal. The occupation of the colony by the British Government gave +security to their mission, and it soon grew to be a large settlement, +and a centre of light and civilisation to the surrounding country. + +In 1799 the London Missionary Society commenced work in Cape Colony; at +first by four brethren, who were shortly reinforced by Dr. J.P. +Vanderkemp, a native of Holland, a man of rare gifts and dauntless +courage. Successively scholar, cavalry officer, and physician, he was +for some years a sceptic, but being converted through the drowning of +his wife and child, and his own narrow escape from death, he commenced +the earnest study of the Bible and the Eastern languages, and gained +such wonderful proficiency in the latter, that it is stated he had a +fair knowledge of sixteen. + +Vanderkemp chose the Kafir tribes for his field of labour, and in 1799 +proceeded from Graf Reinet, then the most distant colonial town, and +that nearest to the Kafirs, to the headquarters of that people. +Frequently in danger of his life, among those who considered the murder +of a white man a meritorious deed, he worked and endured great hardship +and privation, that he might make known the truths of the Gospel to the +ignorant around, until the close of the year 1800, when, owing to a +rebellion among the farmers, and the general unsettled state of the +frontier, he was compelled to relinquish his mission. + +[Illustration] + +Afterwards he laboured among the Hottentots of the colony with rare +self-devotedness, often in great straits and many perils, but with +frequent manifestations of the Divine blessing upon the work carried on. +Finally, the Hottentot mission was transferred to Bethelsdorp, where +steady progress was made. The scholars readily learned to read and +write, and their facility in acquiring religious knowledge was +astonishing, considering the peculiar apathy, stupidity, and aversion to +any exertion, mental or corporeal, which characterised the natives. Dr. +Vanderkemp died in 1811, after breathing out the Christian assurance, +"All is well." + +While Dr. Vanderkemp bent his steps towards Kafirland, three other +missionaries, by name Kitcherer, Kramer, and Edwards, proceeded to the +Zak River, between four hundred and five hundred miles north-east of +Cape Town. Here a mission was established to the Bushmen, which, +although unsuccessful in its original intention, became the finger-post +to the Namaquas, Corannas, Griquas, and Bechwanas, for by means of that +mission these tribes and their condition became known to the Christian +world. After moving from their original location to the Orange River, at +the invitation of a Griqua chief, Berend Berend by name, the mission was +carried on among the Corannas, Namaquas, and Bastards (mixed races), +finally removing in 1804 to Griqua Town, where it developed into the +Griqua Mission, under Messrs. Anderson and Kramer, and became a powerful +influence for good; continuing in existence for many years. + +Mr. Anderson thus describes the condition of the Griquas when he first +settled in their midst, and for some time afterwards:-- + +"They were without the smallest marks of civilisation. If I except one +woman, they had not one thread of European clothing among them; and +their wretched appearance and habits were such as might have excited in +our minds an aversion to them, had we not been actuated by principles +which led us to pity them, and served to strengthen us in pursuing the +object of our missionary work; they were, in many instances, little +above the brutes. It is a fact that we were present with them at the +hazard of our lives. When we went among them they lived in the habit of +plundering one another; and they saw no moral evil in this, nor in any +of their actions. Violent deaths were common. Their usual manner of +living was truly disgusting, and they were void of shame." + +By missionary effort these unpromising materials yielded such fruit, +that, in 1809, the congregation at Griqua Town consisted of 800 persons, +who resided at or near the station during the whole or the greater part +of the year. Besides their stated congregations the missionaries were +surrounded by numerous hordes of Corannas and Bushmen, among whom they +laboured. The land was brought under cultivation, and fields waving with +corn and barley met the eye where all had been desolation and +barrenness. In 1810 a threatened attack from a marauding horde of Kafirs +was averted in answer to prayer. Mr. Janz, the only missionary then on +the place, with the people, set apart a day for special supplication; +they sent a pacific message and present to the Kafirs, who immediately +retired. In place of war there was peace, and the blessings of +civilisation followed the preaching of the Gospel. + +A mission had also been commenced by the London Missionary Society in +Great Namaqualand, north of the Orange River, on the western coast of +Africa; a country of which the following description was given by an +individual who had spent many years there: "Sir, you will find plenty of +sand and stones, a thinly scattered population, always suffering from +want of water, on plains and hills roasted like a burnt leaf, under the +scorching rays of a cloudless sun." + +The missionaries, after a journey of great difficulty and suffering, +reached the land of the Namaquas, and halted for a time at a place which +they named "Silent Hope," and then at "Happy Deliverance;" finally they +settled at a spot, about one hundred miles westward of Africaner's +kraal, called Warm Bath. Here, for a time, their prospects continued +cheering. They were instant in season and out of season to advance the +temporal and spiritual interests of the natives; though labouring in a +debilitating climate; and in want of the common necessaries of life. +Their congregation was increased by the desperado Jager, afterwards +Christian Africaner, a Hottentot outlaw, who, with part of his people, +occasionally attended to the instructions of the missionaries; and they +visited the kraal of this robber chieftain in return. It was here that +he first heard the Gospel, and, referring afterwards to his condition at +this time, he said that he saw "men as trees walking." + +Terrible trials soon came upon these devoted missionaries. Abraham +Albrecht, one of their number died, and Africaner, becoming enraged, +threatened an attack upon the station. The situation of the missionaries +and their wives was most distressing. Among a feeble and timid people, +with scarcely any means of defence, a bare country around, no mountain, +glen, or cave in which they could take refuge, under a burning sun and +on a glowing plain, distant two hundred miles from the abodes of +civilised men, between which and them lay the dreary wilderness and the +Orange River; such was their position, with the human lion in his lair, +ready to rouse himself up to deeds of rapine and blood. + +For a whole month they were in constant terror, hourly expecting the +threatened attack. Their souls revolted at the idea of abandoning the +people, who were suffering from want, to become a prey to a man from +whom they could expect no quarter. On one occasion they dug a square +hole in the ground, about six feet deep, that in case of an attack they +might escape the musket balls. In this they remained for the space of a +week, having the tilt sail of a waggon thrown over the mouth of the pit +to keep off the burning rays of an almost vertical sun. Eventually they +withdrew northward to the base of the Karas mountains, but finding it +impossible to settle, retired to the Colony. + +Africaner approached the station, and finding it deserted, plundered it +of whatever articles could be found; one of his followers afterwards +setting fire to the houses and huts. Thus for a season, this mission was +brought to a close. It was after a time resumed at a place south of the +Orange River named Pella. + +Thus missions in South Africa had been commenced, stations among the +Hottentots and others had been formed, good work had been done, and the +way pioneered. The field was opened and it was wide, but as yet the +labourers were few. + +At the time when Vanderkemp closed his eyes on this world, a lad was +working as an apprentice to a Scotch gardener, rising in the dense +darkness of the cold winter's mornings at four o'clock, and warming his +knuckles by knocking them against the handle of his spade. He was +passing through a hard training, but this lad was being prepared to take +up the work which Vanderkemp had so well begun, though in a somewhat +different sphere, and to repair the loss which had been sustained by the +missionary cause through his death. The name of this lad was Robert +Moffat. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH. + + +Robert Moffat was born on the 21st of December, 1795. His parents dwelt +at that time at Ormiston, in East Lothian, Scotland. They were pious +God-fearing people; the mother though holding a stern religious faith, +yet possessed a most tender loving heart, and very early sought to +instil into the minds and hearts of her children the love of God and a +knowledge of the Holy Scriptures. + +Of the early childhood of the future missionary very little is stated. +In 1797 his father received an appointment in the Custom House at +Portsoy, and in 1806 the home of the Moffats was at Carronshore, on the +Firth of Forth. At this time the family consisted of four sons and two +daughters, besides the subject of this memoir. + +A glimpse of the interior of their cottage, during the long winter +evenings, is given, which shows how the mother by her gentle influence +may become the means of sowing seed, which shall spring up in after +years bearing fruit a hundred-fold. The lads were gathered by the +fireside learning to knit and sew, and while so engaged their mother, +who took great interest in the missionary enterprises then carried on, +read aloud, in such publications as she could obtain, the descriptions +given of the work and sufferings of the pioneer labourers in heathen +lands, more especially of the Moravians in Greenland and the East +Indies. + +Of educational advantages, Robert had but few in his early days. One, +"Wully Mitchell," as he was popularly called, the parish schoolmaster +was his first tutor; and "the Shorter Catechism," the title-page of +which contained the alphabet, his first instruction book. His progress +was but slow, his hands often being made to suffer for the dullness of +his brains. A boy living in the midst of shipping, his desires were more +for nautical matters than for Wully's books, and so he ran off to sea. +The captain of the ship on which he was, became much attached to the +lad, so with his parent's consent, he made several voyages in the +coasting trade. Many hairbreadth escapes fell to his lot, and at last he +quitted the sea, as he states "to the no small joy of my parents." + +When about eleven he accompanied his elder brother, Alexander, to Mr. +Paton's school at Falkirk. This school was for writing and book-keeping, +but such as chose to pay received lessons in astronomy and geography +after school hours. Alexander was one of these, and Robert was allowed +to wait for his brother in the large room while the class was being +conducted. "I felt queer," he tells us "to know what the master was +doing within the circle, and used to look very attentively through any +little slip of an opening under an elbow, while I eagerly listened to +the illustrations given, the master all the while never suspecting that +I was capable of understanding the planetary system. What I could not +understand my brother explained on our way home." In this manner he +picked up some knowledge of astronomy. + +At this school the lad continued for six months. It was the last he ever +attended. + +When about fourteen, Robert Moffat was apprenticed to a gardener, named +John Robertson, a just but hard man, who lived at Parkhill, Polmont. The +toil was severe and the food scanty. Often in the bitter cold of a +Scottish winter the lads employed were required to commence work at four +o'clock in the morning, and had to hammer their knuckles against the +handles of their spades to try and bring some feeling into them. Here he +remained till the end of 1812. + +While thus engaged, he managed to attend an evening class occasionally, +and made an attempt at learning Latin and mensuration. He also picked up +some knowledge of the smith's craft, and acquired sufficient skill to +play a little on the violin. A special craving, which stood him in good +stead in after life, impelled him to learn something of whatever he came +in contact with. + +Upon the completion of his apprenticeship, in 1812, he obtained a +situation at Donibristle, a seat of the Earl of Moray at Aberdour. Here, +he delighted his fellow-workers of an evening by his violin +performances, was fond of athletic sports, in which he excelled, and +became an accomplished swimmer, saving the life of one of his +companions, who having got out of his depth was in imminent danger of +drowning. + +In this situation he continued about a twelvemonth, and then, being +about sixteen, he found employment as under-gardener to Mr. Leigh, of +High Leigh, in Cheshire. While at Donibristle he had been able to +frequently visit his parents; the time had now come when he must bid +them adieu. + +The parting scene between Robert and his mother has been sketched by his +own hand and appeared in the Bible Society's "Gleanings for the Young." +It is described as follows:-- + +"When we came within sight of the spot where we were to part, perhaps +never again to meet in this world, she said-- + +"'Now, my Robert, let us stand here for a few minutes, for I wish to ask +one favour of you before we part, and I know you will not refuse to do +what your mother asks.' + +"'What is it, mother?' I inquired. + +"'Do promise me first that you will do what I am now going to ask, and I +shall tell you.' + +"'No, mother, I cannot till you tell me what your wish is.' + +"'O Robert, can you think for a moment that I shall ask you, my son, to +do anything that is not right? Do not I love you?' + +"'Yes, mother, I know you do; but I do not like to make promises which I +may not be able to fulfil.' + +"I kept my eyes fixed on the ground. I was silent, trying to resist the +rising emotion. She sighed deeply. I lifted my eyes and saw the big +tears rolling down the cheeks which were wont to press mine. I was +conquered, and as soon as I could recover speech, I said-- + +"'O mother! ask what you will and I shall do it.' + +"'I only ask you whether you will read a chapter in the Bible every +morning and another every evening?' + +"I interrupted by saying, 'Mother, you know I read my Bible.' + +"'I know you do, but you do not read it regularly, or as a duty you owe +to God, its Author.' And she added: 'Now I shall return home with a +happy heart, inasmuch as you have promised to read the Scriptures +daily. O Robert, my son, read much in the New Testament. Read much in +the Gospels--the blessed Gospels; then you cannot well go astray. If you +pray, the Lord Himself will teach you.' + +"I parted from my beloved mother, now long gone to that mansion about +which she loved to speak. I went on my way, and ere long found myself +among strangers. My charge was an important one for a youth, and though +possessing a muscular frame and a mind full of energy, it required all +to keep pace with the duty which devolved upon me. I lived at a +considerable distance from what are called the means of grace, and the +Sabbaths were not always at my command. I met with none who appeared to +make religion their chief concern. I mingled, when opportunities +offered, with the gay and godless in what are considered innocent +amusements, where I soon became a favourite; _but I never forgot my +promise to my mother_." + +After several delays, High Leigh was reached on Saturday, 26th December, +1813, and there the young man found himself surrounded by a genial +atmosphere. The head gardener took to him, and soon left a great deal in +his hands. This made his work very heavy and responsible; but, although +labouring almost day and night, he yet managed to devote some time to +the study of such books as he could obtain. The kindly notice of Mrs. +Leigh was attracted to him, and she lent him books, and encouraged him +to studious pursuits. + +In very early years serious impressions had been made upon the heart of +Robert Moffat. The earnest teachings of his minister, combined with his +mother's counsels and prayers, left recollections which could never be +effaced. These impressions were now to be deepened, and the good seed +that had been sown to be quickened. The Wesleyan Methodists had +commenced a good work at High Leigh, and a pious Methodist and his wife +induced Moffat to attend some of their meetings. He became convinced of +his state as a sinner, and unhappy, but after a severe and protracted +struggle, he found pardon, justification, and peace, through faith in +Jesus Christ, and henceforth his life was devoted to the service of his +Lord. Energetically he threw himself into the society and work of his +new friends, but by so doing, lost the goodwill of Mr. and Mrs. Leigh, +who were grieved that one in whom they took so much interest should have +become a Methodist. So were these good people despised by many in those +days. + +At this time Robert's worldly prospects were brightening, and a position +of honour and comfort seemed opening before him. But the anticipations +of that day were not to be. + +Apparently unimportant events frequently determine the whole course of +our lives, and a simple incident was now about to change the current of +this young man's life, and to convert the rising gardener into the +God-honoured and much-beloved missionary. How this came to pass we now +relate: + +While at High Leigh, Robert Moffat had occasion to visit Warrington, a +town about six miles distant He set off one calm summer evening. All +nature seemed at rest, and thoughts of God and a feeling of admiration +for His handiworks took possession of the young man's mind. His life was +reviewed, and with thoughts full of hope he entered the town. Passing +over a bridge he noticed a placard. It contained the announcement of a +missionary meeting, over which the Rev. William Roby, of Manchester, was +to preside. He had never seen such an announcement before. He read the +placard over and over again, and, as he did so, the stories told by his +mother of the Moravian missionaries in Greenland and Labrador, which had +been forgotten for years, came vividly to mind. From that moment, his +choice was made; earthly prospects vanished: his one thought was, "how +to become a missionary?" + +Many difficulties seemed to stand in the way between Robert and the +accomplishment of his desire, but the same Divine power which had +implanted the desire, prepared the way for its fulfilment. He visited +Manchester, shortly after the event just related, to be present at a +Wesleyan Conference; and while there, with much hesitancy and +trepidation, ventured to knock at the door of Mr. Roby's house and +request an interview with that gentleman. He was shown into the parlour, +and the man whom he had been hoping, yet dreaded, to see, quickly made +his appearance. "He received me with great kindness," said Moffat, +"listened to my simple tale, took me by the hand, and told me to be of +good courage." + +The result of this interview was a promise on Mr. Roby's part to write +to the Directors of the London Missionary Society concerning him, and to +communicate their wishes to him as soon as they were received. In the +meantime Robert returned to his ordinary occupation. + +After waiting a few weeks a summons came from Mr. Roby for Moffat to +visit Manchester again; and, with the view of his studying under the +care and instruction of that reverend gentleman, it was arranged that he +should accept a situation in a nursery garden belonging to Mr. Smith, at +Dukinfield, that place being near at hand. Moffat continued here about a +year, visiting Mr. Roby once or twice each week. Mr. and Mrs. Smith +were a pious and worthy couple, and their house was a house of call for +ministers. They were always ready for every good work whether at home or +abroad. + +"In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths," is one +of the maxims of Holy Writ that should be engraven upon the heart and +mind of every youth and maiden. Robert Moffat's desire was for the glory +of God and the extension of the Redeemer's kingdom, and God was not only +opening the way for His servant, but was preparing a faithful and +devoted helpmate for him in his various spheres of labour through life. + +Robert's employer had an only daughter, named Mary, beautiful of +countenance, but more beautiful in heart. She had been educated at the +Moravian school at Fairfield, and was distinguished for fervent piety +and deep sympathy with the missionary cause. The two young folks were +thrown together, mutual esteem deepened into love, and the maiden, +possessed with so large a missionary spirit, was prepared to share the +lot of the young herald of the Cross. For a time, however, it was +ordained that Robert should pursue his course alone. + +After being at Dukinfield nearly a year, the Directors resolved to +accept the services of Robert Moffat. He left Mr. Smith's employment and +removed to Manchester, so that he might be close to Mr. Roby, to receive +such superintendence as was possible in his studies. This period +extended to but a few months, so that of college training and +opportunities Robert had little experience. + +The time rapidly drew near for his departure abroad. A hurried visit was +paid to the parents whom he never expected to see again, and then he +awaited his call to the mission field. + +On the 13th of September, 1816, after bidding farewell to Mr. Roby, +whose "kindness, like that of a father," wrote Moffat, "will not be +easily obliterated from my mind," he started for London. While in the +Metropolis he visited the Museum at the Rooms of the London Missionary +Society, and the following extract from a letter to his parents, in +connection with this visit, shows the spirit which actuated the youthful +missionary at this time:-- + +"I spent some time in viewing the Museum, which contains a great number +of curiosities from China, Africa, the South Seas, and the West Indies. +It would be foolish for me to give you a description. Suffice it to say +that the sight is truly awful, the appearance of the wild beasts is very +terrific, but I am unable to describe the sensations of my mind when +gazing on the objects of Pagan worship. Alas! how fallen are my +fellow-creatures, bowing down to forms enough to frighten a Roman +soldier, enough to shake the hardest heart. Oh that I had a thousand +lives, and a thousand bodies; all of them should be devoted to no other +employment but to preach Christ to these degraded, despised, yet beloved +mortals." + +With such enthusiasm he prepared to enter upon the work that lay before +him. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +DEPARTURE FOR THE CAPE. + + +The valedictory service was held at Surrey Chapel on the 30th of +September. Nine missionaries were set apart; four for the South Seas, +one of whom was John Williams, the martyr of Erromanga, and five for +South Africa. At first it had been intended that Robert Moffat should +accompany John Williams, but this was subsequently altered. + +The missionaries for Africa embarked at Gravesend on the 18th of October +in the _Alacrity_, and after a prosperous voyage reached Cape Town on +the 13th of January, 1817. + +Two of the party were appointed to stations within the colony; Moffat +and Kitchingman were destined for Namaqualand. Before they could proceed +on their journey, however, permission had to be obtained from the +Government, and this was at first refused. + +While detained in the colony, Moffat lodged with a Dutch farmer, at a +village thirty-six miles from Cape Town, named Stellenbosch. Here he +learnt Dutch, an acquisition of great advantage to him in after life, as +it enabled him to preach to the Boers, and to as many of their native +servants as understood that language. He also accompanied the Rev. +George Thorn, of the Dutch Reformed Church, on an evangelistic tour. It +occupied six weeks, during which time they rode a distance of about +seven hundred miles. + +After a further sojourn at Stellenbosch, Moffat visited Cape Town, and +busied himself in gaining such practical knowledge as came within his +reach. He also visited the military hospital there. Many of the soldiers +were Scotch, and he had a warm heart for soldiers, his brother Alexander +having gone to India in the ranks some years before. + +At last the requisite permission came, and Moffat and Kitchingman +prepared for their journey. Waggons were bought, oxen hired, leave taken +of friends, and on the 22nd of September, 1817, Mr. and Mrs. +Kitchingman, Robert Moffat, and a missionary named Ebner, who, for a +time, had been with Africaner, and who had come to Cape Town for +supplies, set out on their way to Namaqualand. + +The history of the Namaqualand Mission has been sketched in outline in +our introductory chapter. Africaner, although an outlaw and a terror to +the farmers of the colony, had a respect for the English. He visited the +missionaries on one occasion, prior to their removal to Warm Bath, and +said, "I love the English, for I have always heard that they are the +friends of the poor black man." He also sent his children to them for +instruction; yet subsequent events, as we have seen, enraged him, and +led him to destroy the mission station at Warm Bath. + +The Rev. J. Campbell, in his first visit to Africa, 1812-1814, crossed +the interior of the continent to Namaqualand. During his journey, he +found in every village through which he passed the terror of +Africaner's name; and he afterwards said "that he and his retinue never +were so afraid in their lives." From Pella, where the mission station +then was, Mr. Campbell wrote a conciliatory letter to Africaner, in +consequence of which that chieftain agreed to receive a missionary at +his kraal. Mr. Ebner had been sent from Pella, and had been labouring +for a short time previous to his visit to the Cape in 1817. Good had +been accomplished, Africaner and his two brothers, David and Jacobus, +had been baptised, but then the situation of the missionary became +extremely trying, he lost influence with the people, and his property, +and even his life, were in danger. + +Soon after leaving Cape Town, Mr. Ebner parted company with the +Kitchingmans and Moffat, and they pursued their way alone. The details +of the journey illustrate the difficulties of travelling in South Africa +in those days. "In perils oft," aptly expresses the condition of the +missionary in his wanderings, as he travelled mile after mile, often +over dreary wastes of burning sand, famished with hunger, parched with +thirst, with the howl of the hyena and the roar of the lion disturbing +his slumbers at night, and with Bushmen, more savage than either, +hovering near, ever ready to attack the weak and defenceless. + +The farmers, from whom the travellers received hospitality as they +passed the boundaries of the colony, were very sceptical as to the +conversion of Africaner, and gloomy indeed were their predictions as to +the fate of the youthful missionary now venturing into the power of the +outlaw chief. One said Africaner would set him up for his boys to shoot +at, another that he would strip off his skin to make a drum with, and a +third predicted he would make a drinking-cup of his skull. A kind +motherly dame said, as she wiped the tear from her eye and bade him +farewell, "Had you been an old man it would have been nothing, for you +would soon have died, whether or no; but you are young, and going to +become a prey to that monster." + +On one occasion Moffat halted at a farm belonging to a Boer, a man of +wealth and importance, who had many slaves. Hearing that he was a +missionary, the farmer gave him a hearty welcome, and proposed in the +evening that he should give them a service. To this he readily assented, +and supper being ended, a clearance was made, the big Bible and the +psalm-books were brought out, and the family was seated. Moffat inquired +for the servants, "May none of your servants come in?" said he. + +"Servants! what do you mean?" + +"I mean the Hottentots, of whom I see so many on your farm." + +"Hottentots!" roared the man, "are you come to preach to Hottentots? Go +to the mountains and preach to the baboons; or, if you like, I'll fetch +my dogs, and you may preach to them." + +The missionary said no more but commenced the service. He had intended +to challenge the "neglect of so great salvation," but with ready wit +seizing upon the theme suggested by his rough entertainer, he read the +story of the Syrophenician woman, and took for his text the words, +"Truth, Lord, yet the dogs eat of the crumbs which fall from their +masters' table." He had not proceeded far in his discourse when the +farmer stopped him, saying, "Will Mynherr sit down and wait a little, he +shall have the Hottentots." + +He was as good as his word, the barn was crowded, the sermon was +preached, and the astonished Hottentots dispersed. "Who," said the +farmer, "hardened your hammer to deal my head such a blow? I'll never +object to the preaching of the Gospel to Hottentots again." + +After a toilsome march, during which Mr. Kitchingman and Moffat took it +in turn to drive the cattle, losing some through the hyenas by the way, +they reached Bysondermeid, to which station Mr. and Mrs. Kitchingman had +been appointed. There Robert stayed one month, receiving much useful +information from Mr. Schmelen, the missionary whom Mr. Kitchingman had +come to replace, he having been ordered to Great Namaqualand, where he +had laboured before. + +At length, his oxen being rested, Robert Moffat bade adieu to Mr. and +Mrs. Kitchingman, whose friendship he much valued, and with a guide and +drivers for the oxen started onward. Their way led through a +comparatively trackless desert, and they travelled nearly the whole +night through deep sand. Those were not the days of railway trains, and +travelling had to be undertaken in cumbrous, springless bullock-waggons, +several spare oxen being taken to provide for losses and casualties. +Towards morning the oxen were so exhausted that they began to lie down +in the yoke from fatigue, compelling a halt before water had been +reached. The journey was resumed the next day, but still no water could +be found. + +As it appeared probable that if they continued in the same direction, +they would perish through thirst, they altered their course to the +northward, but the experiences were as bad as before. At night they lay +down exhausted and suffering extremely from thirst, and the next morning +rose at an early hour to find the oxen incapable of moving the waggon a +step farther. Taking them and a spade to a neighbouring mountain, a +large hole was dug in the sand, and at last a scanty supply of water was +obtained. This resembled the old bilge-water of a ship for foulness, but +both men and oxen drank of it with avidity. + +[Illustration: WAGGON TRAVELLING IN SOUTH AFRICA.] + +In the evening, when about to yoke the oxen to the waggon, it was found +that most of them had run off towards Bysondermeid. No time was to be +lost, so Moffat instantly sent off the remaining oxen with two men to +solicit assistance from Mr. Bartlett at Pella, while he remained +behind with his goods. "Three days," said he afterwards, "I remained +with my waggon-driver on this burning plain, with scarcely a breath of +wind, and what there was felt as if coming from the mouth of an oven. We +had only tufts of dry grass to make a small fire or rather flame; and +little was needed as we had scarcely any food to prepare. We saw no +human being, not a single antelope or beast of prey made its appearance, +but in the dead of night we sometimes heard the roar of the lion on the +mountain. At last when we were beginning to fear that the men had either +perished or wandered, Mr. Bartlett arrived on horseback, with two men +having a quantity of mutton tied to their saddles. I cannot conceive of +an epicure gazing on a table groaning under the weight of viands, with +half the delight that I did on the mutton." + +[Illustration] + +Fresh oxen, accustomed to deep sand, conveyed the weary travellers to +Pella, where Moffat remained a few days, being greatly invigorated in +mind and body by the Christian kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Bartlett and the +friendly attentions of the heathen converts. + +Starting again, he came to the Orange River, crossing which was +generally a work of difficulty at that time. The native teacher from +Warm Bath, who had come to Pella to conduct Moffat to his village, led +the missionary to a ford opposite to that place. The waggon and its +contents were swam over on a fragile raft of dry willow logs--a +laborious and tedious operation, the raft having to be taken to pieces +after each journey, and the separate logs conveyed back again by +swimmers. All the goods being over, Robert was asked to place himself +upon the raft. Not altogether liking its appearance, and also wishing +to save the natives trouble, he took off his clothes and, leaving them +to be conveyed across, plunged into the stream. The natives were afraid +as they saw him approach the middle of the current, and some of their +most expert swimmers sprang in to overtake him, but in vain. When he +emerged on the northern bank, one of them came up out of breath and +said, "Were you born in the great sea water?" + +Robert Moffat reached Africaner's kraal on the 26th of January, 1818, +and was kindly received by Mr. Ebner. The chief soon made his +appearance, and inquired if the new missionary had been appointed by the +Directors in London. Receiving an affirmative reply, he ordered a number +of women to come. Then pointing to a spot of ground he said to the +women, "There you must build a house for the missionary." In half an +hour the structure was completed, in appearance something like a +bee-hive. In this frail house, of sticks and native mats, Moffat lived +for nearly six months, being scorched by the sun, drenched by the rain, +exposed to the wind, and obliged often to decamp through the clouds of +dust; in addition to which, any dog wishing for a night's lodging could +force its way through the wall, sometimes to the loss of the +missionary's dinner next day. A serpent was occasionally found coiled in +a corner, or the indweller of the habitation had to spring up, in the +middle of the night, to save himself and his house from being crushed to +pieces during the nocturnal affrays of the cattle which roamed at large. +He lived principally upon milk and dried meat, until, after a time, he +was able to raise a little grain and garden stuff. + +A few days after Moffat's arrival, Mr. Ebner departed, so that the young +missionary was left entirely alone in a trying and most difficult +position, a stranger in the midst of a strange people. "Here I was," +said he, "left alone with a people suspicious in the extreme; jealous of +their rights which they had obtained at the point of the sword; and the +best of whom Mr. Ebner described as a sharp thorn. I had no friend and +brother with whom I could participate in the communion of saints, none +to whom I could look for counsel or advice. A barren and miserable +country; a small salary, about twenty-five pounds per annum. No grain, +and consequently no bread, and no prospect of getting any, from the want +of water to cultivate the ground, and destitute of the means of sending +to the Colony. These circumstances led to great searchings of heart, to +see if I had hitherto aimed at doing and suffering the will of Him in +whose service I had embarked. Satisfied that I had not run unsent, and +having in the intricate, and sometimes obscure course I had come, heard +the still small voice saying, 'This is the way, walk ye in it,' I was +wont to pour out my soul among the granite rocks surrounding this +station, now in sorrow, and then in joy; and more than once I have taken +my violin, once belonging to Christian Albrecht, and, reclining upon one +of the huge masses, have, in the stillness of the evening, played and +sung the well-known hymn, a favourite of my mother's-- + + 'Awake, my soul, in joyful lays, + To sing the great Redeemer's praise.'" + +Robert Moffat looked to his God for help and guidance, and his heart was +strengthened. + +At this period the chief, Christian Africaner, was in a doubtful state +of mind; while Titus, his brother, a man of almost reckless courage, was +a fearful example of ungodliness, and a terror to most of the +inhabitants on the station. Soon after the commencement of his stated +services--which were, according to the custom of the missionaries at +that period, religious service morning and evening, and school for three +or four hours during the day--the heart of the youthful missionary was +much cheered by noticing the regular attendance of the chief. Although +not a fluent reader, the New Testament became his constant companion, +and a change passed over him apparent to all. The lion at whose name +many trembled became a lamb, and the love of Jesus Christ filled his +heart. He who was formerly like a fire-brand, spreading discord, enmity, +and war among the neighbouring tribes, was now ready to make any +sacrifice to avoid conflict, and besought parties at variance with each +other to be at peace. + +Even Titus was subdued, and although he never made a profession, yet he +became a steady and unwavering friend to the missionary, and many times +ministered to his wants. "I hear what you say," he would reply when the +truth was pressed upon him, "and I think I sometimes understand, but my +heart will not feel." Two other brothers of the chief, David and +Jacobus, became believers and zealous assistants in the work of the +mission. + +The extreme heat endured in the native house, and the character of the +food, milk and meat only, brought on a severe attack of bilious fever, +which in the course of two days induced delirium. Opening his eyes as +soon as consciousness returned, Moffat saw his attendant and Africaner +sitting beside his couch, gazing upon him with eyes full of sympathy and +tenderness. Taking some calomel he speedily recovered, and was soon at +his post again. + +The place where Africaner dwelt being quite unsuitable for a permanent +mission-station, on account of the scarcity of water, it was determined +to take a journey northward to examine a country on the border of +Damaraland, where it was reported that fountains of water abounded. +There was, however, only one waggon and that a cripple, and neither +carpenters nor smiths were at the station to repair it. Without it they +could not go, so after thinking the matter over Moffat undertook its +repair. Before doing so he must needs have a forge, and a forge meant +bellows; but here was a difficulty, the native bellows were of no use +for the work in hand. He therefore contrived, by means of two goat-skins +and a circular piece of board, to make a pair of bellows of sufficient +power to fan the fire and heat the iron, and with a blue granite stone +for an anvil, a pair of tongs indicative of Vulcan's first efforts, and +a hammer, never intended for its present use, he successfully +accomplished his task, and afterwards repaired some gun-locks, which +were as essential for the comfort and success of the journey as the +waggon. + +The party that set out was a large one, including Africaner, three of +his brothers, and Moffat. The country which they passed through was +sterile in the extreme, and the expedition proved a failure. They +therefore returned home again after an absence of a few weeks. The +school and mission services were resumed, but, as David and Jacobus +Africaner were now able assistants, Moffat undertook itinerating visits +on a more extensive scale than he had done before. For this purpose +Titus presented him with his only horse. Previously Moffat had ridden +upon a bullock with horns, a dangerous practice, as, if the bullock +stumbles, the rider may be thrown forward and transfixed upon them. + +Privations and dangers frequently attended these itinerating journeys. +Referring to one of them Robert Moffat states, "After tying my Bible and +hymn-book in a blanket to the back of my saddle, and taking a good +draught of milk, I started with my interpreter, who rode upon an ox. We +had our guns, but nothing in our purse or scrip, save a pipe, some +tobacco, and a tinder-box. After a hot day's ride to reach a village, +the people would give us a draught of sweet milk, and then old and +young, assembling in a nook of the fold, among the kine, would listen to +my address on the great concerns of their soul's salvation. I exhorted +those who could read to read to others and try to teach them to do the +same, promising them a reward in heaven, for I had none to give on +earth. When service was over, having taken another draught of milk, and +renewed my conversation with the people, I lay down on a mat to repose +for the night. Sometimes a kind housewife would hang a bamboos, a wooden +vessel filled with milk, on a forked stick near my head, that I might, +if necessary, drink during the night." + +Once he slept on the ground near the hut in which the principal man of +the village and his wife reposed. During the night a noise as of cattle +broken loose was heard. In the morning he remarked upon this to his +host, when that individual replied, "Oh, I was looking at the spoor this +morning, it was the lion!" adding that a few nights previously a goat +had been seized from the very spot on which Moffat had been sleeping. +Upon Moffat asking him why he had put him to sleep there, the man +replied, "Oh, the lion would not have the audacity to jump over on you." + +Sometimes it happened that after travelling all day, hoping to reach a +village at night, the travellers would find when they got to the place +that all the people had gone. Then hungry and thirsty they had to pass +the night. In the morning after searching for water, and partaking of a +draught if they were successful in finding it, they would start off +again with their hunger unsatisfied, and deem themselves fortunate if +they overtook the migrating party that evening. + +Of his ordinary manner of living at this time, he says, "My food was +milk and meat, living for weeks together on one, and then for a while on +the other, and again on both together. All was well so long as I had +either, but sometimes they both failed, and there were no shops in the +country where I could have purchased, and, had there been any, I must +have bought on credit, for money I had none." + +His wardrobe bore the same impress of poverty as his larder. The clothes +received when in London soon went to pieces, and the knowledge of sewing +and knitting, unwillingly learnt from his mother, often now stood him in +good stead. She once showed him how a shirt might be smoothed by folding +it properly and hammering it with a piece of wood. Resolving one day to +have a nice one for the Sabbath, Moffat tried this plan. He folded the +shirt carefully, laid it on a smooth block of stone--not a hearth-stone, +but a block of fine granite--and hammered away. "What are you doing?" +said Africaner. "Smoothing my shirt," replied his white friend. "That is +one way," said he, and so it was, for on holding the shirt up to the +light it was seen to be riddled with holes. "When I left the country," +said Moffat, "I had not half-a-dozen shirts with two sleeves apiece." + +[Illustration] + +Robert Moffat's stay in Namaqualand extended to a little over twelve +months. Near its close he made on Africaner's account--with the view of +ascertaining the suitability of a place for settlement--a journey to +the Griqua country, and after a terrible experience, in which he +suffered from hunger, thirst, heat, and drinking poisoned water, he +reached Griqua Town, and entered the house of Mr. Anderson, the +missionary there, speechless, haggard, emaciated, and covered with +perspiration, making the inmates understand by signs that he needed +water. Here he was most kindly entertained, and after a few days started +back again. The return journey was almost as trying as the outward one, +but he reached Vreede Berg (Africaner's village) in safety. The chief +received Moffat's account of his researches with entire satisfaction, +but the removal of himself and people was allowed to remain prospective +for a season. + +Missionary labours were resumed. The school flourished, and the +attendance at the Sabbath services was most encouraging. The people were +so strongly attached to their missionary, that although he was +contemplating a visit to the Cape, he dared not mention the subject to +them. In a letter written at this time, alluding to his every-day life, +he says, "I have many difficulties to encounter, being alone. No one can +do anything for me in my household affairs. I must attend to everything, +which often confuses me, and, indeed, hinders me in my work, for I could +wish to have almost nothing to do but to instruct the heathen, both +spiritually and temporally. Daily I do a little in the garden, daily I +am doing something for the people in mending guns. I am carpenter, +smith, cooper, shoemaker, miller, baker, and housekeeper--the last is +the most burdensome of any. An old Namaqua woman milks my cows, makes a +fire, and washes. All other things I do myself, though I seldom prepare +anything till impelled by hunger. I drink plenty of milk, and often eat +a piece of dry meat. Lately I reaped nearly two bolls of wheat from two +hatfuls which I sowed. This is of great help to me. I shall soon have +plenty of Indian corn, cabbages, melons, and potatoes. Water is scarce. +I have sown wheat a second time on trial. I live chiefly now on bread +and milk. To-day I churned about three Scotch pints of milk, from which +there were two pounds of butter, so you may conceive that the milk is +rich. I wish many times that my mother saw me. My house is always clean, +but oh what a confusion there is among my linen." + +In November, 1818, letters reached Robert Moffat from England. One came +from Miss Smith, in which that young lady stated that she had most +reluctantly renounced hope of ever getting abroad, her father +determining never to allow her to do so. This was a sore trial, but it +only led the child closer to his Father, and that Father, who doeth all +things well, in His own good time, brought to pass that which now seemed +impossible. + +Early in 1819, circumstances required Mr. Moffat to visit Cape Town. +Conversing with Africaner on the state and prospects of missions, the +idea flashed into Moffat's mind that it would be well for that chief to +accompany him, and he suggested it to his coloured friend. Africaner was +astonished. "I had thought you loved me," said he, "and do you advise me +to go to the Government to be hung up as a spectacle of public justice?" +Then, putting his hand to his head, he said, "Do you not know that I am +an outlaw, and that one thousand rix-dollars have been offered for this +poor head?" After a little while he replied to the missionary's +arguments by saying, "I shall deliberate and _roll_ (using the words of +the Dutch Version of the Bible) my way upon the Lord. I know He will +not leave me." + +[Illustration: AFRICANER.] + +To get Africaner safely through the territories of the Dutch farmers to +the Cape was a hazardous proceeding, as the atrocities he had committed +were not forgotten, and hatred against him still rankled in many a +breast. However, attired in one of the only two substantial shirts +Moffat had left, a pair of leather trousers, a duffel jacket, much the +worse for wear, and an old hat, neither white nor black, the attempt was +made, the chief passing as one of the missionary's attendants. His +master's costume was scarcely more refined than his own. + +As a whole, the Dutch farmers were kind and hospitable to strangers, +and as Moffat reached their farms, some of them congratulated him on +returning alive, they having been assured that Africaner had long since +murdered him. At one farm a novel and amusing instance occurred of the +state of feeling concerning them both. As they drew near to this place, +Moffat directed his men to take his waggon to the valley below while he +walked towards the house, which was situated on an eminence. As he +advanced the farmer came forward slowly to meet him. Stretching forth +his hand with the customary salutation, the farmer put his hand behind +him, and asked who the stranger was. The stranger replied that he was +Moffat. + +"Moffat!" exclaimed the sturdy Boer in a faltering voice, "it is your +ghost!" + +"I am no ghost," said the supposed phantom. + +"Don't come near me," said the farmer, "you have been long since +murdered by Africaner. Everybody says you were murdered, and a man told +me he had seen your bones." + +As the farmer feared the presence of the supposed ghost would alarm his +wife, both wended their way to the waggon, Africaner being the subject +of conversation as they walked along. Moffat declared his opinion that +the chief was then a truly good man. + +"I can believe almost anything you say," said the Boer, "but that I +cannot credit." + +Finally he closed the conversation by saying with much earnestness: +"Well, if what you assert be true respecting that man, I have only one +wish, and that is to see him before I die, and when you return, as sure +as the sun is over our heads, I will go with you to see him, though he +killed my own uncle." + +The farmer was a good man, who had showed Moffat kindness on his way to +Namaqualand. Knowing his sincerity and the goodness of his disposition, +Moffat turned to the man sitting by the waggon, and addressing the +farmer said, "This, then, is Africaner." + +With a start, and a look as though the man might have dropped from the +clouds, the worthy Boer exclaimed, "Are _you_ Africaner?" + +Africaner arose, doffed his old hat, and making a polite bow replied, "I +am." + +The farmer seemed thunderstruck, but on realising the fact, lifted up +his eyes and said, "O God, what a miracle of Thy power! what cannot Thy +grace accomplish!" + +On reaching Cape Town, Robert Moffat waited upon Lord Charles Somerset, +the Governor, and informed him that Africaner was in the town. The +information was received with some amount of scepticism, but the +following day was appointed for an interview with him. + +The Governor received the chief with great affability and kindness, and +expressed his pleasure at thus seeing before him, one who had formerly +been the scourge of the country, and the terror of the border colonists. +He was much struck with this palpable result of missionary enterprise, +and presented Africaner with an excellent waggon, valued at eighty +pounds. + +Moffat visited the colony on this occasion with two objects; first, to +secure supplies, and secondly, to introduce Africaner to the notice of +the Colonial Government. Having accomplished these, he fully intended to +return to his flock. Events were, however, ordered otherwise. + +While Moffat was in Cape Town, a deputation from the London Missionary +Society, consisting of the Rev. J. Campbell, and the Rev. Dr. Philip, +was also there. It was the wish of these two gentleman that he should +accompany them in their visits to the missionary stations, and +eventually be appointed to the Bechwana mission. + +The proposition was a startling one, but after careful thought, and with +the entire concurrence of Africaner--who hoped to move with his tribe to +the neighbourhood of the new mission--Moffat accepted it. Africaner +therefore departed alone, generously offering to take in his waggon to +Lattakoo, the new station, the missionary's books and a few articles of +furniture that he had purchased. + +Once more these two brethren in the faith met on this earth, and this +was at Lattakoo. The proposed removal of the tribe, however, never took +place, Africaner being called up higher before that plan could be +carried out. + +The closing scene in the life of this remarkable man was depicted by the +Rev. J. Archbell, Wesleyan missionary, in a letter to Dr. Philip, dated +the 14th of March, 1823:--"When he found his end approaching, he called +all the people together, and gave them directions as to their future +conduct. 'We are not,' said he, 'what we were,--_savages_, but men +professing to be taught according to the Gospel. Let us then do +accordingly. Live peaceably with all men, if possible; and if +impossible, consult those who are placed over you before you engage in +anything. Remain together, as you have done since I knew you. Then, when +the Directors think fit to send you a missionary, you may be ready to +receive him. Behave to any teacher you may have sent as one sent of God, +as I have great hope that God will bless you in this respect when I am +gone to heaven. I feel that I love God, and that He has done much for +me, of which I am totally unworthy,' + +"He also added, 'My former life is stained with blood; but Jesus Christ +has pardoned me, and I am going to heaven. Oh! beware of falling into +the same evils into which I have led you frequently; but seek God, and +He will be found of you to direct you,'" + +Shortly after this he died. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +MARRIAGE, AND ARRIVAL AT LATTAKOO. + + +Up to this time, Robert Moffat had pursued his course alone. No loving +helpmeet had cheered him in his efforts, or with womanly tenderness +ministered to his wants. But though far away, he was fondly remembered +and earnestly prayed for, especially by one noble Christian lady, over +whose fair head scarce twenty-three summers had passed, and whose heart +had been torn with the severe struggle, between filial love and regard +for her parents on the one hand, and her sense of duty and affection for +her missionary friend on the other, which for two and a-half years had +been carried on therein. + +At last, when hope seemed to have vanished, the parents of Mary Smith, +to whom the idea of parting with their only daughter was painful in the +extreme, saw so clearly that it was the Lord who was calling their child +to the work which He had marked out for her, that they felt they dare +not any longer withhold her from it, and therefore calmly resigned their +daughter into His hands. Thus it came to pass that,--after a short stay +in London, and at Cowes, in the Isle of Wight, at which places she won +all hearts by her unfeigned and exalted piety and zeal, and by her +modest, affectionate manner,--we find her on board the sailing-ship +_British Colony_, on her way to South Africa, in the care of the Rev. R. +Beck, a minister of the Dutch Church, and his wife. + +As arranged, the deputation, accompanied by Robert Moffat, left Cape +Town on their tour of inspection of the stations in the eastern part of +the Colony and in Kafirland. This journey necessitated an absence of +twelve months, during which time Robert expected his bride to arrive. +This was a trial of faith, as it seemed hard that she should be obliged +to land in a strange country, and find none of her own to welcome her. +But with Moffat even love followed after duty. + +It so happened, however, that after visiting the line of stations +through the eastern districts as far as Bethelsdorp, the party, at that +place, found their progress effectually barred through war with the +Kafirs. They were therefore obliged to return to Cape Town, thus giving +Moffat the opportunity and great joy of receiving his affianced wife +upon her landing from the vessel. She reached Cape Town in safety, and +on the 27th of December, 1819, the happy couple were united. They +received each other as from the Lord, and for more than fifty years, +during cloud and sunshine, their union was a true and blessed one. + +Robert Moffat had been appointed to the Bechwana station at Lattakoo, or +Kuruman, as it was afterwards called; and for that place the missionary +party, which consisted of the Rev. John Campbell and the Moffats, set +out early in the year 1820. + +A feeble attempt to establish a mission to the Bechwanas had been made, +by the Dutch Missionary Society in Cape Town, as early as A.D. 1800, and +two missionaries, named Edwards and Kok, had been despatched. They were +directed by the chief to settle on the banks of the Kuruman River, at a +distance from the natives, and the effort degenerated into a mere +trading concern. In 1805, the Bechwanas were visited by the celebrated +traveller Dr. Lichtenstein, and, in 1812, by Dr. Burchell, but it was +not until the visit of the Rev. J. Campbell, a little later, that any +real negotiations were entertained for the settlement of missionaries +with this people. The chief, Mothibi, then said to Mr. Campbell, "send +missionaries, and I will be a father to them." + +In response to this invitation Messrs. Evans and Hamilton left England +in 1815, and, full of hope, reached Lattakoo on the 17th of February in +the following year. Instead of being received as they anticipated, they +were repulsed, and directed to settle at the Kuruman River, thirty miles +distant. Disappointed and despondent they returned to Griqua Town. Mr. +Evans relinquished the mission, but a further attempt was made +afterwards by Messrs. Read and Hamilton, and this time permission was +obtained for them to dwell with the chief and his people. Thus the +Bechwana Mission obtained its first real footing. + +In June, 1817, the tribe, under Mothibi, removed from the position where +the missionaries first found it, and settled by the Kuruman River. When +the Rev. J. Campbell returned, to the Colony, Mr. Read accompanied him; +thus, pending the arrival of Robert Moffat, Mr. Hamilton was left alone +in charge of the mission. + +The journey as far as Griqua Town was accomplished without any special +incident. At first the route lay through fertile valleys and lovely +mountain scenery, but soon this changed, and for hundreds of miles the +travellers had to pass through the desolate region of the Karroo desert. +When about half-way through this sterile district, they came to the site +upon which was to be built the village of Beaufort West, where they were +most kindly entertained by a Scotchman named Mr. Baird, the newly +appointed magistrate. + +The Orange River, so frequently an insurmountable obstacle to progress, +was passed in safety, the water being very low, and two or three days +later Griqua Town was reached. Here a halt was made. Lattakoo lay one +hundred miles beyond. + +At this time some uncertainty existed as to whether the Moffats would be +allowed by the Colonial Government to settle at Lattakoo; thus far +consent had been withheld. They had advanced trusting that the way would +be opened, and after a short rest at Griqua Town, the party continued +their journey, and reached Lattakoo five days after leaving the Griqua +station. It was intended that Robert Moffat should take the place of Mr. +Read, as an associate with Mr. Hamilton in the work of the mission. + +The new arrivals were introduced to Mothibi, and were soon visited by a +retinue of chiefs. The manner, appearance, and dress of these natives +much interested Mary Moffat. The whole missionary party stayed together +for three weeks, settling the affairs of the mission; then the Rev. J. +Campbell and Mr. Read started on a journey to visit the Bahurutsi, a +tribe who dwelt nearly two hundred miles to the north-east of Lattakoo. +Moffat and his wife remained with Mr. Hamilton, so that the new +missionary might win the affections of the Bechwana chief and his +people. + +[Illustration] + +Upon the return of the Rev. J. Campbell and Mr. Read, after an absence +of two months, and a short rest at Lattakoo, all the missionaries, +excepting Mr. Hamilton, set off westward along the bed of the Kuruman +River to visit several of the Bechwana tribes which were scattered about +that region. The natives of these parts, never having seen white people +before evinced much curiosity concerning their visitors; especially +about Mrs. Moffat and her dress. To see the missionaries sitting at +table dining and using knives and forks, plates, and different dishes, +was wonderful to them, and for hours they would sit and gaze upon such +scenes. The Word of Life was preached to these natives by either Mr. +Campbell or Robert Moffat as the party journeyed along. + +Their absence from Lattakoo extended to a little over a fortnight, and +on their return, finding, by intelligence received from Dr. Philip, that +permission had not as yet been obtained from the Governor for the +Moffats to settle at that place, Robert and his partner had to return, +much cast down, to Griqua Town, there to commit the matter into the hand +of God, and patiently await the time when He should open the way for +them to commence the work they had so much at heart. Mr. Hamilton was +therefore again left alone with simply a Griqua assistant and a few +Hottentots. + +Just before leaving Lattakoo, Robert Moffat met Africaner, who had +safely brought from Vreede Berg the cattle and property belonging to the +missionary, and also the books and articles of furniture which had been +intrusted to his care when leaving Cape Town. All were in good order, +particular attention having been paid to the missionary's cattle and +sheep during his long absence. This was the last meeting between Moffat +and Africaner. + +While on their journey, and when near Griqua Town, information reached +the missionary party that permission had been granted for the Moffats to +settle at Lattakoo. As, however, the affairs at Griqua Town at this time +were altogether disorganised, it was arranged that they should stay +there for a few months to set the affairs of that place in order. + +During their stay at that station Mrs. Moffat had a severe illness, and +her life was despaired of, but this precious life was preserved, and not +only was his dear one restored, but a bonny wee lassie was given to them +both, who was named Mary, and who, in after years, became the wife of +Dr. Livingstone. + +[Illustration: OLD MISSION HOUSE AT GRIQUA TOWN.] + +At Griqua Town they bade farewell to the Rev. J. Campbell. To them he +had become much endeared, as they had been in his company as +fellow-travellers for many months. He and Mr. Read returned to the +Colony; twenty years later, however, the two friends met again, but that +was upon the Moffats' return to their native land. + +In May, 1821, Mr. and Mrs. Moffat again arrived at Lattakoo, and then +commenced a continuation of missionary conflicts during which their +faith was severely tried, but which ended, after many years, in +triumphant rejoicing as they saw the people brought to Christ, and +beheld the once ignorant and degraded heathen becoming humble servants +of the Lord, reading His Word and obeying His precepts. + +In looking at the Bechwanas as they were when the Moffats first settled +among them, for up to that time the efforts of the missionaries had been +unattended with success, we find a people who had neither an idea of a +God, nor who performed any idolatrous rites; who failed to see that +there was anything more agreeable to flesh and blood in our customs than +in their own; but who allowed that the missionaries were a wiser and +superior race of beings to themselves; who practised polygamy, and +looked with a very jealous eye on any innovation that was likely to +deprive them of the services of their wives, who built their houses, +gathered firewood for their fires, tilled their fields, and reared their +families; who were suspicious, and keenly scrutinised the actions of the +missionaries; in fact, a people who were thoroughly sensual, and who +could rob, lie, and murder without any compunctions of conscience, as +long as success attended their efforts. + +Among such a people did these servants of God labour for years without +any sign of fruit, but with steadfast faith and persevering prayer, +until at last the work of the Holy Spirit was seen, and the strong arm +of the Lord, gathering many into His fold, became apparent. + +The Bechwana tribe with whom Robert Moffat was located was called the +Batlaping, or Batlapis. + +The patience of the missionaries in these early days was sorely tried, +and the petty annoyances, so irritating to many of us, were neither few +nor infrequent. By dint of immense labour, leading the water to it, the +ground which the chief had given the missionaries for a garden was made +available; then the women, headed by the chief's wife, encroached upon +it, and to save contention the point was conceded. The corn when it +ripened was stolen, and the sheep either taken out of the fold at night +or driven off when grazing in the day time. No tool or household utensil +could be left about for a moment or it would disappear. + +One day Mr. Hamilton, who at that time had no mill to grind corn, sat +down and with much labour and perspiration, by means of two stones, +ground sufficient meal in half-a-day to make a loaf that should serve +him, being then alone, for about eight days. He kneaded and baked his +gigantic loaf, put it on his shelf, and went to the chapel. He returned +in the evening with a keen appetite and a pleasant anticipation of +enjoying his coarse home-made bread, but on opening the door of his hut +and casting his eye to the shelf he saw that the loaf had gone. Someone +had forced open the little window of the hut, got in, and stolen the +bread. + +On another occasion Mrs. Moffat, with a babe in her arms, begged very +humbly of a woman, just to be kind enough to move out of a temporary +kitchen, that she might shut it as usual before going into the place of +worship. The woman seized a piece of wood to hurl at Mrs. Moffat's head, +who, therefore, escaped to the house of God, leaving the intruder in +undisturbed possession of the kitchen, any of the contents of which she +would not hesitate to appropriate to her own use. + +A severe drought also set in, and a rain-maker, finding all his arts to +bring rain useless, laid the blame upon the white strangers, who for a +time were in expectation of being driven away. Probably, however, the +greatest trial at this time was caused by the conduct of some of the +Hottentots who had accompanied them from the Cape, and who being but new +converts were weak to withstand the demands made upon them, and brought +shame upon their leaders. Shortly after his arrival Moffat thoroughly +purged his little community. The numbers that gathered round the Lord's +table were much reduced, but the lesson was a salutary one and did good +to the heathen around. + +A callous indifference to the instruction of the missionaries, except it +was followed by some temporal benefit, prevailed. In August, 1822, Mary +Moffat wrote, "We have no prosperity in the work, not the least sign of +good being done. The Bechwanas seem more careless than ever, and seldom +enter the church." A little later Moffat himself stated in one of his +letters, "They turn a deaf ear to the voice of love, and treat with +scorn the glorious doctrines of salvation. It is, however, pleasing to +reflect that affairs in general wear a more hopeful aspect than when we +came here. Several instances have proved the people are determined to +relinquish the barbarous system of commandoes for stealing cattle. They +have also dispensed with a rain-maker this season." + +The Bushmen had a most inhuman custom of abandoning the aged and +helpless, leaving them to starve or be devoured by wild beasts; also if +a mother died it was their practice to bury the infant or infants of +that mother with her. + +During one of his journeys, a few months prior to the date last +mentioned, Moffat came upon a party of Bushmen digging a grave for the +body of a woman who had left two children. Finding that they were about +to bury the children with the corpse he begged for them. They were given +him and for some years formed a part of his household. They were named +Ann and Dicky. + +The importance of acquiring the language of the Bechwanas soon became +apparent to the earnest-hearted missionary. One day he was much cast +down and said to his wife, "Mary, this is hard work." "It is hard work, +my love," she replied, "but take courage, our lives shall be given us +for a prey." "But think, my dear," he said, "how long we have been +preaching to this people, and no fruit yet appears." The wise woman made +answer, "The Gospel has not yet been preached to them _in their own +tongue in which they were born_. They have heard it only through +interpreters, and interpreters who have themselves no just +understanding, no real love of the truth. We must not expect the +blessing till you are able, from your own lips and in their language, to +bring it through their ears into their hearts." + +"From that hour," said Moffat, in relating the conversation, "I gave +myself with untiring diligence to the acquisition of the language." + +As an instance of the drawback of preaching by means of an interpreter, +the sentence, "The salvation of the soul is a very important subject," +was rendered by one of those individuals as follows: "The salvation of +the soul is a very great sack." A rendering altogether unintelligible. + +For the purpose of studying the language Moffat made journeys among the +tribes, so that he might for a time be freed from speaking Dutch, the +language spoken with his own people at Lattakoo. Itinerating visits were +also made in turn every Sabbath to the surrounding villages, and +occasionally further afield, but sometimes, after walking perhaps four +to five miles to reach a village, not a single individual could be found +to listen to the Gospel message. + +The only service in which the missionaries took any real delight at this +time, was the Sabbath evening service held in Dutch for the edification +of themselves and the two or three Hottentots, with their families, who +belonged to the mission. + +In addition to sore privations, discouragements, false accusations, and +the loss of their property, the missionaries found even their lives at +times imperilled. The natives and all on the station were suffering +greatly from a long continued drought. All the efforts of the +professional rain-maker had been in vain, no cloud appeared in the sky, +no rain fell to water the parched land. The doings of the missionaries +were looked upon as being the cause of this misfortune. At one time it +was a bag of salt, which Moffat had brought in his waggon, that +frightened the rain away; at another the sound of the chapel bell. Their +prospects became darker than ever. At last it appeared that the natives +had fully decided to expel them from their midst. A chief man, and about +a dozen of his attendants, came and seated themselves under the shadow +of a large tree near to Moffat's house. He at that moment was engaged in +repairing a waggon near at hand. The scene which ensued and its result +we give in his own words:-- + +[Illustration: "NOW THEN, IF YOU WILL DRIVE YOUR SPEARS TO MY HEART."] + +"Being informed that something of importance was to be communicated, Mr. +Hamilton was called. We stood patiently to hear the message, always +ready to face the worst. The principal speaker informed us, that it was +the determination of the chiefs of the people that we should leave the +country; and referring to our disregard of threatenings, added what was +tantamount to the assurance that measures of a violent character would +be resorted to, to carry their resolutions into effect, in case of our +disobeying the order. + +"While the chief was speaking, he stood quivering his spear in his right +hand. Mrs. Moffat was at the door of our cottage, with the babe in her +arms, watching the crisis, for such it was. We replied:-- + +"'We have indeed felt most reluctant to leave, and are now more than +ever resolved to abide by our post. We pity you, for you know not what +you do; we have suffered, it is true; and He whose servants we are has +directed us in His Word, "When they persecute you in one city, flee ye +to another," but although we have suffered, we do not consider all that +has been done to us by the people amounts to persecution; we are +prepared to expect it from such as know no better. If you are resolved +to rid yourselves of us, you must resort to stronger measures, for our +hearts are with you. You may shed blood or burn us out. We know you will +not touch our wives and children.'" + +Then throwing open his waistcoat Moffat stood erect and fearless. "Now +then," said he, "if you will, drive your spears to my heart; and when +you have slain me, my companions will know that the hour has come for +them to depart." + +At these words the chief man looked at his companions, remarking, with a +significant shake of the head, "These men must have ten lives, when they +are so fearless of death; there must be something in immortality." + +Moffat pithily observes, "The meeting broke up, and they left us, no +doubt fully impressed with the idea that we were impracticable men." + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE MANTATEE INVASION. + + +In March, 1823, a second daughter was born to the Moffats, who was named +Ann. At that time the Batlaping were thoroughly indifferent to the +Gospel, but their hostile spirit to the missionaries had passed away. + +Robert Moffat had heard of a powerful Bechwana tribe, named the +Bangwaketsi, whose chief was Makaba, dwelling about two hundred miles to +the north-east. To this chief and people he now contemplated paying a +visit. + +Rumours had also been current at intervals, for more than a year past, +of strange and terrible doings by a fierce and numerous people, called +the Mantatees, who were advancing from the eastward. To gain definite +intelligence concerning this people, and also with the view of paying +his contemplated visit to Makaba, Moffat resolved upon undertaking a +journey to that chief. He was also influenced by the desire to open up a +friendly intercourse with so powerful, and it might be dangerous, a +potentate as Makaba; and likewise by the wish of gaining opportunities +of more fully studying the language and becoming acquainted with the +localities of the tribes; the ultimate design of all being the +introduction of the Gospel among them. + +An invitation arrived from Makaba, and the way seemed open. Mothibi, +however, the Bechwana chief, was greatly averse to the undertaking, and +threw all possible obstacles in its path, short of actual armed +resistance. His people were forbidden to accompany the missionary, who +was obliged therefore to start with only the few men he had. + +As he journeyed forward the reports concerning the Mantatees were again +heard, and on reaching Nokaneng, about twenty miles distant from +Lattakoo, he learned that the invaders had attacked a Bechwana tribe, +the Barolongs, at Kunuana, about one hundred miles off. Spies were sent +out but returned without any definite tidings, and the journey was +resumed. + +For four days the party travelled across a dry and trackless country, +when they came to a fine valley, in which were some pools and plenty of +game. Here they remained two days, and then prepared to continue their +journey to the Bangwaketsi. Just as they were about to start, however, +they ascertained from two natives that the Mantatees had attacked the +Barolongs, and were in possession of a village somewhat in the rear of +the missionary's party. + +No time was to be lost. The distance was retraced with all speed, and +the alarming news told at Lattakoo. A public meeting was convened, and +Moffat gave a circumstantial account of the information he had gathered. +The enemy were a numerous and powerful body, they had destroyed many +towns of the Bakone tribes, slaughtered immense numbers of people, laid +Kurrechane in ruins, scattered the Barolongs, and, in addition, were +said to be cannibals. + +The alarming tidings produced at first, a gloom on every countenance, +and silence reigned for a few minutes. Then Mothibi, in the name of the +assembly, said he was exceedingly thankful that their missionary had +been "hard-headed" and pursued his journey, thus discovering to them +their danger. + +Moffat counselled that as the Bechwanas were quite unable to resist so +savage a force as the Mantatees, they had better either flee to the +Colony or call in the aid of the Griquas, volunteering to proceed to +Griqua Town to give information and procure assistance. The chief at +that place was one Andries Waterboer, who had been educated by the +missionaries, and who, before his election as chief, had been set apart +for a native teacher. Mr. Melville, the Government agent, also resided +in the town. + +Moffat reached Griqua Town safely, and Waterboer promised to come to the +assistance of the Bechwanas as soon as he could muster his forces. +Moffat then returned to his station. + +Eleven anxious days were passed at Lattakoo, waiting the arrival of the +Griquas. By the time they arrived, the enemy had reached Letakong, only +thirty-six miles away. The Griqua force consisted of about one hundred +horsemen, armed with guns, and it being reported that there were white +men among the invaders, Moffat was asked to accompany the force, as, +having some knowledge of the language, he might be able to bring about a +treaty with them. He agreed to go, and Mr. Melville started with him. + +Before leaving, all met to pray for Divine counsel and help. A blessing +on the means of preventing a further effusion of blood was asked, and if +recourse to violent measures became necessary, it was prayed that the +heads of those engaged might be shielded in the day of battle. + +The small force pressed forward as far as the Matlaurin River, about +half way, where all bivouacked. Leaving the main body, Waterboer, +Moffat, and a few others, rode onward for about four hours, and then +halted for the night among some trees. At day-light they proceeded until +they came in sight of the enemy. These were divided into two parties, +one holding a town, out of which they had driven the inhabitants, and +the other lying on the hills to the left of the town. As the horsemen +drew near, they could perceive that they were discovered, and among the +masses of the invaders could be seen the war-axes and brass ornaments as +they glittered in the sun. + +Riding forward, Moffat and Waterboer found a young woman belonging to +the Mantatees, whose whole appearance denoted direful want. Food was +given her, and some tobacco, and she was sent with a message to her +people that the strangers wanted to speak with them and not to fight. An +old man and a lad were also found dying of starvation, these were helped +and talked to in full sight of the enemy. All possible means were tried +to bring them to a parley, but in vain, they only responded by making +furious rushes, showing their intention to attack. + +The whole day was spent in this manner, and at evening Moffat left +Waterboer and the scouts, and rode back to confer with Mr. Melville and +the other Griqua chiefs, to see if some means could be devised of +preventing the dreadful consequences of battle. One of the Griqua +chiefs, named Cornelius Kok, nobly insisted on Moffat taking his best +horse, one of the strongest present. To this generous act the missionary +afterwards owed his life. + +All the party were in motion the next morning before day-light. The +whole of the horsemen advanced to within about one hundred and fifty +yards of the enemy, thinking to intimidate them and bring them to a +conference. The Mantatees rushed forward with a terrible howl, throwing +their war clubs and javelins. The rushes becoming dangerous, Waterboer +and his party commenced firing, and the battle became general. The +Mantatees obstinately held their ground, seeming determined rather to +perish than flee, which they might easily have done. + +After the combat had lasted two hours and a-half, the Griquas, finding +their ammunition rapidly diminishing, advanced to take the enemy's +position. The latter gave way and fled, at first westward, but being +intercepted, they turned towards the town. Here a desperate struggle +took place. At last, seized with despair, the enemy fled precipitately, +and were pursued by the Griquas for about eight miles. + +Soon after the battle commenced, the Bechwanas who accompanied the +Griqua force came up, and began discharging their poisoned arrows into +the midst of the Mantatees. Half-a-dozen of these fierce warriors, +however, turned upon them, and the whole body scampered off in wild +disorder. But as soon as these cowards saw that the Mantatees had +retired, they rushed like hungry wolves to the spot where they had been +encamped, and began to plunder and kill the wounded, also murdering the +women and children with their spears and battle-axes. + +Fighting not being within the missionary's province, he refrained from +firing a shot, though for safety he kept with the Griqua force. Seeing +now the savage ferocity of the Bechwanas in killing the inoffensive +women and children, he turned his attention to these objects of pity, +who were fleeing in all directions. Galloping in among them, many of the +Bechwanas were deterred from their barbarous purpose, and the women, +seeing that mercy was shown them, sat down, and baring their breasts, +exclaimed, "I am a woman; I am a woman." The men seemed as though it was +impossible to yield, and although often sorely wounded, they continued +to throw their spears and war-axes at any one who approached. + +It was while carrying on his work of mercy among the wounded that Moffat +nearly lost his life. He had got hemmed in between a rocky height and a +body of the enemy. A narrow passage remained, through which he could +escape at full gallop. Right in the middle of this passage there rose up +before him a man who had been shot, but who had collected his strength, +and, weapon in hand, was awaiting him. Just at that moment one of the +Griquas, seeing the situation, fired. The ball whizzed past, close to +Moffat. The aim had been a true one, and the way of escape was clear. + +This battle saved the mission. It did more than that--it saved the +Mantatees themselves from terrible destruction. As a devastating host +they would in all probability have advanced to the borders of the +Colony, and being driven back, would have perished miserably, men, +women, and children, either of starvation, or at the hands of those +tribes whom they would have overcome in their advance, and through whose +territories they must have passed in their retreat. + +After the battle was over, Mr. Melville and Robert Moffat collected many +of the Mantatee women and children, who were taken to the missionary +station. Alarm prevailed there for some days, it being feared that the +Mantatees might make a descent upon the place after the Griquas had +left. At one time the prospect was so ominous that the missionary band, +with their wives and children, after burying their property, left +Lattakoo for a short time, and sought shelter at Griqua Town. The +threatened attack not being made, and as it was found that the Mantatees +had left the neighbourhood, the station was again occupied. + +The Bechwanas were deeply sensible of the interest the missionaries had +shown in their welfare, at a time when they might with ease and little +loss of property have retired in safety to the Colony, leaving them to +be destroyed by the fierce invaders. + +For a long time past, it had been evident to Moffat that the site upon +which they dwelt at Lattakoo was altogether unsuitable for missionary +purposes. The great scarcity of water, especially in dry seasons, +rendered any attempt at raising crops most difficult, and even water for +drinking purposes could only be obtained in small quantity. Advantage +was therefore taken of the present favourable impression, made upon the +minds of Mothibi and his people, to obtain a site for a new station. A +place eight miles distant, about three miles below the Kuruman fountain, +where the river of that name had its source, was examined and found to +offer better advantages for a missionary station than any other for +hundreds of miles round. Arrangements were made with the Bechwana chiefs +so that about two miles of the Kuruman valley should henceforth be the +property of the London Missionary Society, proper remuneration being +given as soon as Moffat returned from Cape Town, to which place he +contemplated paying a visit shortly. + +This new station will be known in the further chronicle of events, by +the name of Kuruman. + +At the beginning of 1824, the Moffats were in Cape Town. They had gone +there to obtain supplies, to seek medical aid for Mrs. Moffat, who had +suffered in health considerably, and to confer personally with Dr. +Philip about the removal of the station. Mothibi having been anxious +that his son, Peclu, should see the country of the white people, had +sent him, accompanied by Taisho, one of the principal chiefs, to Cape +Town with the missionaries. + +The young prince and his companion were astonished at what they saw. +With difficulty they were persuaded to go along with Robert Moffat on +board one of the ships in the bay. The enormous size of the hull, the +height of the masts, the splendid cabin and the deep hold, were each and +all objects of wonder; and when they saw a boy mount the rigging and +ascend to the masthead, their astonishment was complete. Turning to the +young prince, Taisho whispered, "Ah ga si khatla?" (Is it not an ape?) +"Do these water-houses (ships) unyoke like waggon-oxen every night?" +they inquired; and also; "Do they graze in the sea to keep them alive?" +Being asked what they thought of a ship in full sail, which was then +entering the harbour, they replied, "We have no thoughts here, we hope +to think again when we get on shore." + +Upon the same day that the Moffats reached Cape Town, a ship arrived +from England, bringing three new missionaries intended for the Bechwana +station. Of these, however, one only and his wife, Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, +were able to accompany the older missionary upon his return to his post. + +Mrs. Moffat's health being somewhat improved, the party left Cape Town, +and after a tedious and monotonous journey of two months, Robert and +Mary Moffat reached Lattakoo in safety. They had left Mr. and Mrs. +Hughes at Griqua Town, where they were to remain for a season. Upon +reaching home Mr. Hamilton was found pursuing his lonely labours with +that quiet patience so characteristic of him. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +VISIT TO MAKABA. + + +Shortly after his return, and pending the final arrangements for the +removal of the missionary station, it was considered advisable that +Robert Moffat should pay his long promised visit to Makaba, the chief of +the Bangwaketsi. He left on the 1st of July, 1824, and was accompanied +by a large party of Griquas, who were going into that region to hunt +elephants. + +Skirting the edge of the Kalahari desert for some time they afterwards +deviated from their course through want of water, and visited Pitsana, +where a great concourse of natives had gathered, consisting of the +different sections of the Barolong tribe, who had been driven from their +country the previous year during the invasion of the Mantatees. Thence +they proceeded onward till they reached Kwakwe, the residence of Makaba +and his people, and the metropolis of the Bangwaketsi. Here the +missionary was most favourably received by the king, who remarked, with +a laugh, "That he wondered they should trust themselves, unarmed, in the +town of such a _villain_ as he was reported to be." + +He entertained Moffat and his party royally, declaring, "My friends, I +am perfectly happy; my heart is whiter than milk, because you have +visited me. To-day I am a great man. You are wise and bold to come and +see with your own eyes, and laugh at the testimony of my enemies." + +Moffat tried on several occasions to converse with the chief and his +people on Divine things, but apparently with little success. At length +on the Sabbath he resolved to pay Makaba a formal visit, so as to obtain +a hearing for the subject. He found the monarch seated among a large +number of his principal men, all engaged either preparing skins, cutting +them, sewing mantles, or telling news. + +[Illustration: NATIVES SEWING.] + +Sitting down beside him, and amidst his nobles and counsellors, Moffat +stated that his object was to tell him news. The missionary spoke of +God, of the Saviour, but his words fell upon deaf ears. One of the men +sitting near, however, seemed struck with the character of the Redeemer, +and especially with His miracles. On hearing that He had raised the +dead, the man said, "What an excellent doctor He must have been to raise +the dead." This led to a description of His power, and how that power +would be exercised at the last day in the Resurrection. The ear of the +monarch caught the sound of a resurrection from the dead, "What," he +exclaimed in astonishment, "What are these words about? the dead, the +dead arise!" + +"Yes, all the dead shall arise." + +"Will my father arise?" + +"Yes, your father will arise." + +"Will all the slain in battle arise?" + +"Yes." + +"And will all that have been killed and devoured by lions, tigers, +hyenas, and crocodiles again revive?" + +"Yes; and come to judgment." + +"And will those whose bodies have been left to waste and to wither on +the desert plains and scattered to the winds again arise?" asked the +king, with a kind of triumph, as though this time he had fixed the +missionary. + +"Yes!" answered he, with emphasis; "not one will be left behind." + +After looking at his visitor for a few moments, Makaba turned to his +people, saying in a stentorian voice: "Hark, ye wise men, whoever is +among you, the wisest of past generations, did ever your ears hear such +strange and unheard-of news?" + +Receiving an answer in the negative, he laid his hand upon Moffat's +breast and said, "Father, I love you much. Your visit and your presence +have made my heart as white as milk. The words of your mouth are sweet +as honey, but the words of a resurrection are too great to be heard. I +do not wish to hear again about the dead rising! The dead cannot arise! +The dead must not arise!" + +"Why," inquired the missionary, "can so great a man refuse knowledge and +turn away from wisdom? Tell me, my friend, why I must not add to words +and speak of a resurrection?" + +Raising and uncovering his arm which had been strong in battle, and +shaking his hand as if quivering a spear, he replied, "I have slain my +thousands, and shall they arise!" + +"Never before," adds Mr. Moffat in his _Missionary Labours_, "had the +light of Divine revelation dawned upon his savage mind, and of course +his conscience had never accused him, no, not for one of the thousands +of deeds of rapine and murder which had marked his course through a long +career." + +Starting homewards, the Griqua hunting party, for some altogether +unexplained reason, announced their intention of returning with the +missionary instead of remaining behind to hunt; a most providential +circumstance, which in all probability saved the lives of Moffat and his +followers and many more besides. + +A few hours after leaving Makaba, messengers met the returning company +from Tauane, the chief of the Barolongs, asking the help of the +missionary party as he was about to be attacked by the Mantatees. On +reaching Pitsana they found that such was the case. The attack was made +and repelled by the Griquas, about twenty in number, mounted and armed +with guns; and thus the town was saved, the flight of its inhabitants +into the Kalahari desert, there to perish of hunger and thirst, +prevented, and the safety of Robert Moffat and his companions secured. + +The time during which Moffat had been absent from Lattakoo, had been a +most anxious one for his wife and those who remained at the station. A +band of marauders had gathered in the Long Mountains, about forty miles +to the westward, and after attacking some villages on the Kuruman, had +threatened an attack on the Batlaping and the mission premises. The +dreaded Mantatees were also reported to be in the neighbourhood. One +night when Mary Moffat was alone with her little ones and the two +Bushmen children, Mr. Hamilton and the assistants being away at the new +station, a loud rap came at the door, and inquiring who was there, +Mothibi himself replied. He brought word that the Mantatees were +approaching. + +A hasty message was sent to Mr. Hamilton, who arrived about eight +o'clock in the morning when preparations were made for flight. +Messengers continued to arrive, each bringing tidings that caused fresh +alarm, until about noon, when it was ascertained that the fierce and +savage enemy had turned aside and directed their course to the +Barolongs. + +The station was safe, but the loving heart of the missionary's wife was +torn with anguish, as she foresaw that the dreaded Mantatees would be +crossing her husband's path just at the time when he, almost alone, was +returning on his homeward way. + +Prayer was the support of Mary Moffat under this terrible ordeal, and +the way prayer was answered has been seen, in the unaccountable manner +in which Berend Berend and his party of Griquas changed their minds and +resolved upon returning with Robert Moffat, instead of remaining to hunt +elephants in the country of the Bangwaketsi. + +The remainder of the year 1824 witnessed bloodshed and strife all +around. War among the Bechwanas, attacks by the marauders of the Long +Mountains, commotions among the interior tribes: the land was deluged +with blood; even the warlike Bangwaketsi were dispersed, and Makaba was +killed. Once again the missionaries had to flee with their families to +Griqua Town, leaving Mr. Hamilton, as he was without family in charge of +the new station, with two horses ready for flight in case of danger. + +The end of the year found the Kuruman missionaries,--who now consisted +of Robert and Mary Moffat, Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, and Mr. Hamilton,--with +the exception of the last named, at Griqua Town. + +The new station at the Kuruman had been occupied shortly before the +departure of the fugitives; and early in 1825, finding that the +immediate danger had passed, the Moffats, accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. +Hughes, rejoined Mr. Hamilton. Two events of a distressing character to +the Batlaping and their missionaries occurred about this time. The first +was the passage of two terrible hail-storms over a portion of the +country, destroying the crops, killing lambs, and stripping the bark +from trees. The second was the death of the young prince, Peclu, who had +an excellent disposition, was comparatively enlightened, and whose +influence the missionaries expected would have been most salutary among +his countrymen. + +This sorrowful event, combined with a further attack upon the Batlaping +by the marauders, determined Mothibi and his people to leave their +present place of settlement and remove to the eastward. For a +considerable time, however, they remained in an unsettled state, +suffering from attacks, and leading a vagrant life. + +The work of laying out the new station was proceeded with. Three +temporary dwellings had already been erected, consisting of a wooden +framework, filled up with reeds, and plastered within and without; the +foundations of more permanent dwellings had also been laid. Mr. Hughes, +who had been to Cape Town for supplies, returned, accompanied by a mason +named Millen and a few Hottentot assistants from Bethelsdorp. The +company at the station was a large one, and to provide them with food +was a work of difficulty. + +The Kuruman fountain, the source of the Kuruman river, issues from +caverns in a little hill. It was the purpose of the missionaries to lead +the water from the river to irrigate their gardens. For this purpose a +trench was cut two miles in length. This was a work of great labour and +was attended by considerable danger. It was found necessary that the men +when working should have their guns with them, in case of being +surprised by the robbers who roved about. Moffat says, "it was dug in +troublous times." + +Sickness and death entered the missionary dwellings. An infant son was +born to the Moffats, and five days after called away. Mr. Hughes was +laid low through a severe cold, and brought to the gates of death. When +all hope seemed to have vanished he began to amend, though his health +was not restored until he and Mrs. Hughes made a journey to the Cape. In +1827 he left Kuruman and removed to the Griqua Mission. The mother of +Mary Moffat died in October, 1825, but the news did not reach her +daughter in Africa until April, 1826. + +Referring to this time Robert Moffat says: "Our situation during the +infancy of the new station, I shall not attempt to describe. Some of our +newly arrived assistants, finding themselves in a country where the +restraints of law were unknown, and not being under the influence of +religion, would not submit to the privations which we patiently endured, +but murmured exceedingly. Armed robbers were continually making inroads, +threatening death and extirpation. We were compelled to work daily at +every species of labour, most of which was very heavy, under a burning +sun, and in a dry climate, where only one shower had fallen during the +preceding twelve months. These are only imperfect samples of our +engagements for several years at the new station, while at the same +time, the language, which was entirely oral, had to be acquired." + +Notwithstanding all the impediments to such an enterprise, Robert Moffat +had made some progress towards establishing a literature in the native, +or Sechwana tongue. A spelling-book, catechism, and some small portions +of Scripture had been prepared, and sent to the Cape to be printed, in +1825. Through a mistake, these were unfortunately sent on to England, +causing much disappointment and delay. + +Things settled down somewhat in 1826. The discontented Hottentots +returned to the Colony, leaving the missionaries and Mr. Millen to carry +on the work of laying out the station, erecting the buildings, and the +other manual labour connected with the undertaking, assisted only by +such poor help as they could get from the Bechwanas. + +The native population at the station had been much reduced. Such of the +Batlaping as had not moved away, had settled down about the Kuruman +valley. They did not oppose the Gospel, but they appeared quite +indifferent to it. + +For several years the country had been parched through drought, but +early in 1826 rain fell plentifully. The earth was soon covered with +verdure, but the bright prospects of abundance were quickly cut off. +Swarms of locusts infested the land, and vegetation was entirely +destroyed. This led to great scarcity, and although the natives caught +and ate the locusts, hunger and suffering prevailed. The missionaries' +cattle could not be let out of sight, or they were instantly stolen. One +day two noted fellows from the mountains pounced down upon a man who had +charge of some oxen. They murdered the man and made off with an ox. + +To become proficient in the Sechwana language was the earnest purpose of +Robert Moffat. At the end of the year 1826, having moved into his new +dwelling, built of stone, and the state of the country being somewhat +more tranquil, he left his home and family, to sojourn for a time among +the Barolongs, so that he might live exclusively with the natives and +attend to their speech. + +He made the journey by ox-waggon, and was accompanied by the +waggon-driver, a boy, and two Barolongs who were journeying to the same +place as himself. The dangers attending these journeyings from tribe to +tribe were by no means imaginary, the following, related in Moffat's own +words, serving as an illustration of some of the perils often +encountered: + +"The two Barolongs had brought a young cow with them, and though I +recommended their making her fast as well as the oxen, they humorously +replied that she was too wise to leave the waggon, even though a lion +should be scented. We took a little supper, which was followed by our +evening hymn and prayer. I had retired only a few minutes to my waggon +to prepare for the night, when the whole of the oxen started to their +feet. A lion had seized the cow only a few steps from their tails, and +dragged it to the distance of thirty or forty yards, where we distinctly +heard it tearing the animal and breaking its bones, while its bellowings +were most pitiful. When these were over, I seized my gun, but as it was +too dark to see half the distance, I aimed at the spot where the +devouring jaws of the lion were heard. I fired again and again, to which +he replied with tremendous roars, at the same time making a rush towards +the waggon so as exceedingly to terrify the oxen. The two Barolongs +engaged to take firebrands and throw them at him so as to afford me a +degree of light that I might take aim. They had scarcely discharged them +from their hands when the flames went out, and the enraged animal rushed +towards them with such swiftness, that I had barely time to turn the gun +and fire between the men and the lion. The men darted through some thorn +bushes with countenances indicative of the utmost terror. It was now the +opinion of all that we had better let him alone if he did not molest us. + +"Having but a scanty supply of wood to keep up a fire, one man crept +among the bushes on one side of the pool, while I proceeded for the same +purpose on the other side. I had not gone far, when looking upward to +the edge of the small basin, I discerned between me and the sky four +animals, whose attention appeared to be directed to me by the noise I +made in breaking a dry stick. On closer inspection I found that the +large round, hairy-headed visitors were lions, and retreated on my hands +and feet towards the other side of the pool, when coming to my +waggon-driver, I found him looking with no little alarm in an opposite +direction, and with good reason, as no fewer than two lions with a cub +were eyeing us both, apparently as uncertain about us as we were +distrustful of them. We thankfully decamped to the waggon and sat down +to keep alive our scanty fire, while we listened to the lion tearing and +devouring his prey. When any of the other hungry lions dared to approach +he would pursue them for some paces with a horrible howl, which made our +poor oxen tremble, and produced anything but agreeable sensations to +ourselves. We had reason for alarm, lest any of the six lions we saw, +fearless of our small fire, might rush in among us." + +[Illustration: BAROLONG WOMEN.] + +From these dangers Moffat was mercifully preserved and after journeying +for six days he reached the village of a young chief named Bogachu. At +this place, and at one about twenty miles distant, he lived a +semi-savage life for ten weeks. To use a common expression he "made +himself at home" among them. They were kind and appeared delighted with +his company, especially as when food run scarce, he could take his gun +and shoot a rhinoceros or some other animal, when a night of feasting +and talking would follow. + +Every opportunity was embraced by the missionary of imparting Christian +instruction to these people; their supreme idea of happiness, however, +seemed able to rise no higher than having plenty of meat. Asking a man, +who seemed more grave than the rest, what was the finest sight he could +desire, he replied, "A great fire covered with pots full of meat," +adding, "How ugly the fire looks without a pot" + +The object of the journey was fully gained; henceforth Robert Moffat +needed no interpreter; he could now speak and preach to the people in +their own tongue. He found all well on reaching home and prepared to +settle down with a feeling of ability to the work of translation. + +The prospects of the mission at this time began to brighten. Several +thousands of the natives had gathered on the opposite side of the +valley, near the mission station. They were becoming more settled in +their minds, and would collect in the different divisions of the town +when the missionaries visited them; the public attendance at the regular +religious services daily increased, and the school was better attended. +No visible signs of an inward change in the natives could yet be seen, +but Moffat and his fellow-workers felt certain that this was not far +off. + +War again intervened and darkened the brightening prospects. Once more +the missionaries, after prayerful consideration, felt it necessary to +flee to Griqua Town, suffering much loss of time and of property. +Happily the storm passed over, and, on returning to the Kuruman, they +found their houses, and such property as they had left behind, in good +order, a proof of the influence they were gaining over the once thievish +Bechwanas. Half the oxen and nearly all the cows belonging to the +missionaries were, however, dead, no milk could be obtained, and, worse +than these evils, the people had fled, leaving their native houses but +heaps of ashes. + +Sorrowfully these servants of God resolved once more to resume their +labours. A few poor natives had remained at the station, whose numbers +were being increased by others who arrived from day to day. + +At this trying time the hearts of Robert Moffat and his companions were +cheered by the arrival of the Rev. Robert Miles, the Society's +superintendent, who, having made himself conversant with the affairs of +the station, suggested the great importance of preparing something like +hymns in the native language. By the continued singing of these, he +stated the great truths of salvation would become imperceptibly written +on the minds of the people. + +The suggestion so kindly made was acted upon, and Moffat prepared the +first hymn in the language. The spelling-books also arrived, which +enabled the missionaries to open a school in the Sechwana tongue. Mr. +Miles returned, and the stated labours of the mission were carried +forward. With few interruptions they had been continued for ten years +without fruit. But the dawn of a new era seemed now ready to rise above +the horizon. + +Yet again, however, was their faith to be sorely tried by the terrible +scourge--war. The desperadoes consisted this time of a party advancing +from the Orange River, among whom were some Griquas. The suspense and +anxiety were great, but recourse was had to prayer. On this occasion the +missionaries determined to remain at their post. A first attack was +repulsed through the intrepidity of an escaped slave named Aaron +Josephs, and a peaceful interval intervened of about two months, when a +second attack on the mission premises was threatened. By Moffat's +directions, the heights at the back of the station were crowded with +men, to give the appearance of a large defending force, though probably +not a dozen guns could have been mustered among them. The assailants +seeing the preparations for defence, drew up at some distance, and, +after a short delay, sent forward two messengers with a flag of truce. +Moffat went out to meet them, and learned that a renegade Christian +Griqua named Jantye Goeman wished to see him at their camp. + +A meeting was arranged half way between the station and the camp, and +Jantye, who was ashamed to let the missionary see his face, as he had +known him at Griqua Town, tried to lay all the blame upon another +renegade, a Coranna chief named Paul, who had, in days gone by, +entertained Robert Moffat and visited his dwelling. + +At this moment a waggon was seen approaching, and fearing it might +contain some one from Griqua Town, and seeing that a hostile movement +was made towards it, Moffat turned to Jantye and said, "I shall not see +your face till the waggon and its owners are safe on the station." He +instantly ran off and brought the waggon through, when it was found to +contain the Wesleyan missionaries Mr. and Mrs. Archbell from Platberg. + +At last, after much hesitation, Paul himself came near. He could not +look at Moffat, and kept his hat drawn down over his eyes. He told the +missionary that he himself need have no fear, but that revenge should be +had upon the Batlaping who were at Kuruman. + +"I shall have their blood and their cattle too," said Paul, as his eyes +glared with fury. + +Long and patiently Moffat argued with him, showing him the enormity of +his crimes. At last the victory was won. No shot was fired, and both the +station and the Batlaping were saved. Turning to his men, and referring +to some of the missionary's cattle which had been stolen, he cried, +"Bring back those cows and sheep we took this morning." + +It was done. Then he said, "I am going. There are the things of your +people. Will Mynheer not shake hands with me for once?" + +"Of course I will," said Moffat, "but let me see your face." + +"That I will not, indeed," he replied, "I do not want to die yet. I can +see your face through my hat." + +The rude hand of war was henceforth stayed, and the land had peace for +half-a-century, during which time great and happy changes took place at +the Kuruman station. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE AWAKENING. + + +The long delayed, and fervently prayed for time had come at last. For +ten weary years these earnest and faithful missionaries had laboured +without seeing any results. Now their hearts were to rejoice as they +should witness the work of the Holy Spirit, and see those over whom they +had so long mourned, brought to the Saviour, and out of heathen darkness +into Gospel light. + +"The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, +but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth;" so was it +with the awakening among the Bechwanas at the Kuruman. There seemed no +apparent cause for the intensity of feeling that was now displayed by +these people. Men, who had scorned the idea of shedding a tear, wept as +their hearts were melted. The chapel became a place of weeping, and +some, after gazing intently upon the preacher, fell down in hysterics. +The little chapel became too small to hold the numbers who flocked to +it, and with the voluntary aid of Aaron Josephs a new building, +fifty-one feet long by sixteen wide, with clay walls and thatched roof, +was erected to serve as a school-house and place of worship, until the +large stone church, which was to form the most prominent feature of the +station, should be completed. + +This temporary church was opened in May, 1829, and in the following +month, after very careful examination, six candidates for baptism were +selected from among the inquirers. Speaking of these converts Robert +Moffat said, "It was truly gratifying to observe the simplicity of their +faith, implicitly relying on the atonement of Christ, of which they +appeared to have a very clear conception, considering the previous +darkness of their minds on such subjects." + +They were baptised on the first Sabbath in July, a large number of +spectators from the neighbouring towns, and a party of Griquas, being +present. In the evening the missionaries, the new disciples, and a +Griqua, twelve in all, sat down to the Lord's table. In connection with +this event an interesting anecdote is related showing the strong faith +of Mary Moffat! + +On one occasion, some time before this event, when all seemed dark, her +friend Mrs. Greaves of Sheffield had written to Mary Moffat kindly +inquiring if there was anything of use which she could send. The reply +returned was, "Send us a communion service, we shall want it some day." +Communication between the Kuruman and England was tardy then, and before +an answer came to her letter the darkness increased, and the Bechwanas +seemed as far from salvation as ever. On the day preceding the reception +of the first converts into the Kuruman Church, a box arrived from +England, which had been twelve months on the road, and in it were found +the communion vessels that Mary Moffat had asked for more than two years +before. + +Great as was the change, the missionaries rejoiced with trembling. They +knew that there were great prejudices to be overcome, and that the +relation in which the Christians stood to their heathen neighbours would +expose their faith to trial. But they prayed and believed that He who +had begun the good work would carry it on. + +The change of heart speedily produced a change in dress and habits. +Those who had been baptised had previously procured decent raiment, and +prepared it for the occasion with Mrs. Moffat's assistance. A +sewing-school had hitherto been uncalled for, the women's work having +been that of building houses, raising fences, and tilling the ground; +now Mrs. Moffat met those who desired to learn as often as her strength +would permit, and soon she had a motley group of pupils, very few of the +whole party possessing either a frock or a gown. The scarcity of +materials was a serious impediment to progress, but ornaments, which +before the natives had held in high repute, were now parted with to +purchase the skins of animals, which being prepared almost as soft as +cloth were made into jackets, trousers, and gowns. When a visit was paid +by a trader, British manufactures were eagerly bought. + +In the progress of improvement some amusing incidents occurred. A man +might be seen in a jacket with one sleeve, because the other was not yet +finished; or others went about in duffel jackets with sleeves of cotton +of various colours; gowns like Joseph's coat were worn, and dresses of +such fantastic shapes, that to tell the fashion of the same would have +been a puzzle. + +To Mrs. Moffat general application was made both by males and females. +One brought skins to be cut into dresses, another wanted a jacket, a +third a pattern, while a fourth brought his jacket sewed upside down, +and asked why it did not fit. Fat, which before they always considered +was to be rubbed on their bodies or deposited in their stomachs, they +now found useful in making candles to give light in their dwellings. + +The prospects of the missionaries continued cheering, and the increased +anxiety for instruction and growth in knowledge among the candidates +greatly strengthened their hands. "I seek Jesus," one would say; a +second, "I am feeling after God, I have been wandering, unconscious of +my danger, among beasts of prey; the day has dawned, I see my danger." +The missionaries were cautious men, and were slow to receive members +into their little church, but the evidence was complete that numbers +were saved. + +The happy death of a native woman about this time afforded them much +encouragement. When she knew her end was near, she said to those around, +"I am going to die. Weep not because I am going to leave you, but weep +for your sins and your souls. With me all is well, for do not suppose +that I die like a beast, or that I shall sleep for ever in the grave. +No! Jesus has died for my sins; He has said he will save me, I am going +to be with Him." Thus one who a few months before was as ignorant as the +cattle, departed with the full assurance of an eternal life beyond the +grave. + +Rumours had for some time past reached the Kuruman station of a strong +and warlike people who dwelt to the eastward, spoke another language, +and were strangers to the Bechwanas. In the latter portion of 1829, two +envoys were specially sent from Moselekatse, the king of this people, +the Matabele, to the mission station at Kuruman, to learn about the +manners and teaching of the white men there. + +These envoys, who were two of the king's head men, were entertained, the +principal objects, industries, and methods of living were pointed out to +them; but their greatest wonder was excited when they beheld the public +worship in the mission chapel. They listened to the hymns, and to the +address, part of which only they understood, and were much surprised +when they heard that the hymns were not war songs. + +When the time came for the ambassadors to depart, they begged Robert +Moffat to accompany them, as they were afraid of the Bechwana tribes +through whom they would have to pass on their return journey. This +circumstance led to his visiting the warlike Moselekatse, over whom he +obtained a marvellous influence. + +The details of the journey we must pass over. As they advanced they saw +evidences on every hand of the terrible Mantatees, and the still more +terrible Matabele. In places, where populous towns and villages had +been, nothing remained but dilapidated walls and heaps of stones, +mingled with human skulls. The country had become the abode of reptiles +and beasts of prey; the inhabitants having perished beneath the spears +and clubs of their savage enemies. + +The reception accorded Robert Moffat by Moselekatse may best be +described in the missionary's own words:-- + +"We proceeded directly to the town, and on riding into the centre of the +large fold, we were rather taken by surprise to find it lined by eight +hundred warriors, besides two hundred who were concealed on each side of +the entrance, as if in ambush. We were beckoned to dismount, which we +did, holding our horses' bridles in our hands. The warriors at the gate +instantly rushed in with hideous yells, and leaping from the earth with +a kind of kilt round their bodies, hanging like loose tails, and their +large shields, frightened our horses. They then joined the circle, +falling into rank with as much order as if they had been accustomed to +European tactics. Here we stood, surrounded by warriors, whose kilts +were of ape skins, and their legs and arms adorned with the hair and +tails of oxen, their shields reaching to their chins and their heads +adorned with feathers. + +"A profound silence followed for some ten minutes; then all commenced a +war-song, stamping their feet in time with the music. No one approached, +though every eye was fixed upon us. Then all was silent, and Moselekatse +marched out from behind the lines with an interpreter, and with +attendants following, bearing meat, beer, and other food. He gave us a +hearty salutation and seemed overjoyed." + +The waggons were objects that struck the dusky monarch with awe. He +examined them minutely, especially the wheels; one point remained a +mystery, how the iron tire surrounding the wheel came to be in one piece +without end or joint. Umbate, the head-man, who had visited the mission +station, explained what he had seen in the smith's shop there. "My +eyes," said he, "saw that very hand," pointing to Moffat's hand, "cut +these bars of iron, take a piece off one end, and then join them as you +now see them." "Does he give medicine to the iron?" the monarch +inquired. "No," said Umbate, "nothing is used but fire, a hammer, and a +chisel." + +This powerful chieftain was an absolute despot ruling over a tribe of +fierce warriors, who knew no will but his. He was the terror of all the +surrounding country, his smile was life, his frown scattered horror and +death. Yet even in his savage breast there were chords that could be +touched by kindness, and Moffat received many tokens of his friendship +during the eight days that he stayed in his town. + +During one of their first interviews the monarch, laying his hand upon +Moffats shoulder, said, "My heart is all white as milk; I am still +wondering at the love of a stranger who never saw me. You have fed me, +you have protected me, you have carried me in your arms. I live to-day +by you, a stranger." + +Upon Moffat replying that he was unaware of having rendered him any such +service, he said, pointing to his two ambassadors: "These are great men; +Umbate is my right hand. When I sent them from my presence to see the +land of the white men, I sent my ears, my eyes, my mouth; what they +heard I heard, what they saw I saw, and what they said it was +Moselekatse who said it. You fed them and clothed them, and when they +were to be slain you were their shield. You did it unto me. You did it +unto Moselekatse, the son of Machobane." + +Moffat explained to this African king the objects of the missionary, and +pressed upon him the truths of the Gospel. On one occasion the king came +attended by a party of his warriors, who remained at a short distance +dancing and singing. "Their yells and shouts," says Moffat, "their +fantastic leaps and distorted gestures, would have impressed a stranger +with the idea that they were more like a company of fiends than men." As +he looked upon the scene, his mind was occupied in contemplating the +miseries of the savage state. He spoke to the king on man's ruin and +man's redemption. "Why," said the monarch, "are you so earnest that I +abandon all war, and do not kill men?" "Look on the human bones which +lie scattered over your dominions," was the missionary's answer. "They +speak in awful language, and to me they say, 'Whosoever sheddeth man's +blood, by man also will his blood be shed.'" Moffat also spoke of the +Resurrection, a startling subject for a savage and murderer like +Moselekatse. + +The kindness of the king extended to the missionary's return journey. +Food in abundance was given to him, and a number of warriors attended +his waggon as a guard against lions on the way. After an absence of two +months he reached home in safety, where he found all well, and the +Divine blessing still resting upon the Mission. Copious showers had +fallen, and the fields and gardens teemed with plenty. The converts and +many others, leaving their old traditions as to horticulture, imitated +the example of the missionaries in leading out water to their gardens, +and raised crops, not only of their native grain, pumpkins, +kidney-beans, and water-melons, but also vegetables, such as the +missionaries had introduced, maize, wheat, barley, peas, potatoes, +carrots, onions, and tobacco--this latter they had formerly purchased +from the Bahurutsi, but now it became a profitable article of traffic. +They also planted fruit trees. + +As an illustration of their zeal, which was not always according to +knowledge, the following may be given. The course of the missionary's +water-trench along the side of a hill, appeared as if it ascended, +therefore several of the natives set to work in good earnest, and cut +courses leading directly up hill, hoping the water would one day follow. + +The spiritual affairs of the station kept pace with the external +improvements. The temporary chapel continued to be well filled, a +growing seriousness was observable among the people, progress was made +in reading, and there was every reason for encouragement. Early In +1830, after the second mission-house had been finished and occupied by +Mr. Hamilton, the foundation of a new and substantial stone church was +laid. Circumstances, however, and especially the difficulty of procuring +suitable timber for the roof delayed its completion for several years. + +The work of translation had been kept steadily in view. In June, 1830, +Robert Moffat had finished the translation into Sechwana, of the Gospel +of Luke, and a long projected journey to the coast was undertaken by him +and his wife. The journey had for its objects, to put the two elder +children to school, to get the translation of Luke printed, and to +collect subscriptions among friends in the Colony towards the building +of the new place of worship. + +At Philippolis, on their journey, they met with the French missionaries +Rolland and Lemue, of the Paris Protestant Missionary Society, and also +with Mr. and Mrs. Baillie, who had been appointed by the London +Missionary Society to the Kururnan Mission. At Graham's Town, Mary +Moffat remained behind to place the children at the Wesleyan school near +there, and Robert visited several of the mission stations in Kafirland, +and afterwards some of those within the Colony, finally reaching Cape +Town in October, 1830. + +At that early day printing in Cape Town was in its infancy. It was +therefore found necessary to make application to the Governor to allow +the Gospel of Luke In Sechwana to be printed at the Government Printing +Office. The request was cheerfully acceded to, but compositors there +were none to undertake the work. This difficulty, combined with the +promise of an excellent printing press, which Dr. Philip had in his +possession for the Kuruman Mission, induced Moffat to learn printing. +He was joined by Mr. Edwards, who was now appointed to the Kuruman +station, and under the kind superintendence of the assistant in charge +of the office, they soon not only completed the work they had in hand, +but acquired a fair knowledge of the art of printing. Besides the Gospel +of Luke, a small hymn-book was printed in the Sechwana language. + +A violent attack of bilious fever followed these labours, which had been +carried on in the hottest season of the year, and when the time came for +Robert Moffat to leave Cape Town he had to be carried on board the ship +on a mattress. The sea passage to Algoa Bay, however, although a rough +one, tended greatly to his restoration to health. + +Sickness among their oxen, and the birth of a daughter, whom they named +Elizabeth, detained the Moffats some time at Bethelsdorp, on their +return journey; from which place, accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. Edwards, +they went forward to the Kuruman, where they arrived in June, 1831. They +carried with them the edition of the Gospel of Luke, a hymn-book printed +in the language of the people, a printing-press, type, paper, and ink, +besides liberal subscriptions from friends in the Colony towards the +erection of the mission church. + +Great was the astonishment of the natives when they saw the +printing-press at work. Lessons, spelling-books and catechisms were +prepared for the schools. To see a white sheet of paper disappear for a +moment and then emerge covered with letters was beyond their +comprehension. After a few noisy exclamations one obtained a sheet, with +which he bounded through the village, showing it to all he met, and +saying it had been made in a moment with a round black hammer (a +printer's ball) and a shake of the arm. + +A large box containing materials for clothing from a friend in +Manchester, Miss Lees, had also formed part of the baggage brought from +the Cape. Materials being now at hand, and Mrs. Edwards and Mrs. Baillie +co-operating, a sewing-school on a much larger scale was established, to +the great comfort and improvement of the natives. + +The congregation continued to increase and new members were added to the +church, but sorrows tempered the joy of this happy time. Small-pox +entered the country, and many of the inhabitants died; with them passed +away one of the daughters of Robert and Mary Moffat. Towards the end of +1832 the labourers at Kuruman were cheered by a visit from Dr. Philip, +who arranged that the two French missionaries, Rolland and Lemue, should +commence a mission station at Motito, a place nearly forty miles +distant, in a north-easterly direction. + +In January, 1835, a scientific expedition under Dr. Andrew Smith, +arrived at Moffat's station. This visit appeared as though ordered by an +over-ruling Providence for the especial benefit of himself and his +devoted wife. It found them in sore trouble, and it brought help and a +friend in time of need. Mr. Edwards was away and Robert had been +overworked. When Dr. Smith arrived, he found him suffering from an +attack of intermittent fever, and hastened to render aid. Under the +Doctor's skilful treatment he speedily recovered. On the 10th of March +another son was added to the Moffat family, and shortly afterwards Mary +was suddenly taken seriously ill, and became so weak, that for many days +her recovery seemed hopeless. The Doctor was at that time away +surveying, but upon receiving information of the position of affairs at +Kuruman, he immediately hastened to render all the assistance in his +power. + +Speaking of this friend, raised up so unexpectedly, Robert Moffat writes +in his book: "His tender sympathy and unremitting attention in that +trying season, during which all hope of her recovery had fled, can never +be erased from our grateful recollection, for in the midst of his active +and laborious engagements at the head of the expedition, he watched for +several successive nights, with fraternal sympathy, what appeared to be +the dying pillow of my beloved partner, nor did he leave before she was +out of danger." + +A life-long friendship was cherished for the one who had come to them in +their sore need, and who was always most gratefully remembered by the +African missionary and his exemplary wife. + +Shortly after these events, at the request of Dr. Smith, Robert Moffat +accompanied the expedition on a visit to Moselekatse and the Matabele +country. Moselekatse was delighted to see his missionary friend again. +The scientific expedition had permission to travel through any part of +the monarch's territories, but Moffat, the king kept as his guest. +Together they visited, in the missionary's waggon, several of the +Matabele towns, and many conversations were held, in which the +importance of religion, and the evil effects of the king's policy were +faithfully pointed out. + +By this journey, which occupied three months, a way was paved for some +American missionaries to reside with Moselekatse, and the country was +surveyed to find timber suitable for the roof of the new Kuruman +church. This timber was afterwards collected by Messrs. Hamilton and +Edwards--the wood-cutters having to travel to a distance of two hundred +and fifty miles--and fashioned into the roof of the church; which stands +at this day a monument of the united labours of Hamilton, Moffat, and +Edwards; and a wonder to beholders as to how such an achievement could +have been performed with the slender means then at hand. + +[Illustration: MOFFAT PREACHING AT MOSHEU'S VILLAGE.] + +Upon Moffat's return home again, his wife, by Dr. Smith's orders, left +for the Cape to recruit her strength; and Robert Moffat went +itinerating among the scattered Bechwanas. A most interesting time was +spent at a village, one hundred and fifty miles from Kuruman, where a +chief named Mosheu and his people resided. Three times did the +missionary preach to them on the first day, besides answering the +questions of all who gathered round. Many were most anxious to learn to +read, and such spelling-books as Moffat had with him were distributed +among them. + +Some of the head men thought they would like to try, and requested +Moffat to teach them. A large sheet alphabet, torn at one corner, was +found, and laid on the ground. All knelt in a circle round it, some of +course viewing the letters upside down. "I commenced pointing with a +stick," says he, "and when I pronounced one letter, all hallooed to some +purpose. When I remarked that perhaps we might manage with somewhat less +noise, one replied, 'that he was sure the louder he roared, the sooner +would his tongue get accustomed to the seeds' as he called the letters." + +Somewhat later, a party of young folks seized hold of the missionary, +with the request, "Oh, teach us the A B C with music." Dragged and +pushed, he entered one of the largest native houses, which was instantly +crowded. The tune of "Auld Lang Syne" was pitched to A B C, and soon the +strains were echoed to the farthest corner of the village. Between two +and three o'clock on the following morning, Moffat got permission to +retire to rest; his slumbers were, however, disturbed by the assiduity +of the sable choristers; and on awaking after a brief repose, his ears +were greeted on all sides by the familiar notes of the Scotch air. + +Very pleasing progress was made by these people in Christian knowledge. +Mosheu brought his daughter to Mrs. Moffat for instruction, and his +brother took his son to Mr. Lemue at Motito for the same purpose. + +The mission at the Kuruman continued to prosper, both at the home and +the out-stations. Numbers of Bechwanas were added to the church, both at +Kuruman and Griqua Town. Under Mr. Edwards' superintendence the readers +largely increased, and the Infant School, commenced and carried on by +Mrs. Edwards, with the assistance of a native girl, was highly +satisfactory. Civilisation advanced, some of the natives purchasing +waggons, and using oxen for labour which formerly had been performed by +women. Clothing was in such demand, that a merchant named Hume, an +honourable trader in whom the missionaries had confidence, built a +house, and settled at the station. The new church, after much labour, +was opened in November, 1838, on which occasion between eight and nine +hundred persons attended the service; and on the following Sabbath, one +hundred and fifty members united in celebrating the Lord's Supper. + +Persevering Christian love, combined with strong faith, much prayer, and +untiring labour, had changed the barren wilderness into a fruitful land. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +VISIT TO ENGLAND. + + +The work of Bible translation had been steadily pressed forward; all +available time having been devoted by Robert Moffat to that undertaking. +By the end of 1838, the whole of the New Testament had been rendered +into the native tongue, and a journey was made by the Moffats to Cape +Town, to recruit their health, and to get the Sechwana New Testament +printed; the task being too heavy for the mission press. Cape Town was +but little better off than the Kuruman for accomplishing a work of this +magnitude, and it speedily became apparent that the printing would have +to be undertaken in England. + +Twenty-two years had passed away since the youthful missionary stood +upon the deck of the _Alacrity_, and bade farewell to the land of his +birth. During that time he had never allowed his interest in the affairs +of his native country to grow cold. Letters and newspapers had been +eagerly welcomed, and the memory of friends in the far distant isle had +been most keenly cherished, both by him and his Mary. Now once more they +were to tread upon its well-loved shores, and to tell to its people the +story of God's work among the savage tribes of South Africa. + +There were no floating "Castles"[A] at that time, making the journey in +twenty days, and a passage had to be taken in a small ship +homeward-bound from China, having troops on board. Measles raged at the +Cape, and sickness was on board ship. Between the two the Moffats had +much to endure, and the vessel had not left Table Bay when another +daughter was born to add to their joy and anxiety. Three days' after his +sister came, dear six-year-old Jamie, lying beside his prostrate mother +in her cot, was called to the Better Land, with the words, "Oh, that +will be joyful, when we meet to part no more," upon his dying lips. + +[A]: [Donald Currie's line of Mail steamships, the _Garth Castle_, &c., +which make the voyage to the Cape in twenty days.] + +On the 6th June, 1839, the ship anchored off Cowes, and a few days later +reached London. The reception of Robert Moffat was most enthusiastic, +and so great was the demand for his presence at public meetings, that it +was with the utmost difficulty he procured liberty to visit his own +friends. + +Twenty years had made great changes in the homes at both Dukinfield and +Inverkeithing. Mary Moffat's aged father was living, but her mother and +a brother had been called away, another brother was in America, and a +third was a missionary in Madras. Robert's parents were still living, +but a brother and two sisters had passed away. Many friends, whose kind +and generous thoughtfulness had often cheered the heart of the faithful +missionary and his faithful wife in their voluntary exile, now gathered +around them, among whom were Mrs. Greaves of Sheffield, the donor of the +Communion Service, and Miss Lees of Manchester. + +Of the events connected with this visit to England, want of space +precludes us from giving details. A great wave of missionary enthusiasm +at that time swept over the country, and Moffat found himself hurried +from town to town with but scant opportunities for rest. In May, 1840, +he preached the Anniversary Sermon for the London Missionary Society, +and, at their Annual Meeting, Exeter Hall was packed so densely that +after making his speech in the large upper hall, Moffat had to give it +again in the smaller hall below. + +An anecdote related in the course of his speech at the Bible Society's +May Meeting shows the value set by a native woman upon a single Gospel +in the native tongue. "She was a Matabele captive," said Moffat. "Once, +while visiting the sick, as I entered her premises, I found her sitting +weeping, with a portion of the Word of God in her hand. I said, 'My +child what is the cause of your sorrow? Is the baby still unwell?' 'No,' +she replied, 'my baby is well,' 'Your mother-in-law?' I inquired. 'No, +no,' she said, 'it is my own dear mother, who bore me.' Here she again +gave vent to her grief, and, holding out the Gospel of Luke, in a hand +wet with tears, she said, 'My mother will never see this word; she will +never hear this good news! Oh, my mother and my friends, they live in +heathen darkness; and shall they die without seeing the light which has +shone on me, and without tasting that love which I have tasted!' Raising +her eyes to heaven she sighed a prayer, and I heard the words again, 'My +mother, my mother!'" + +His hope when he landed had been to get the printing of the Sechwana New +Testament speedily accomplished, and to return to South Africa before +winter; but it was not until January, 1843, that he was able once again +to sail for Africa. + +In 1840 two new missionaries were set apart for the Bechwana +mission--- William Ross and David Livingstone. With them Robert Moffat +was able to send five hundred copies of the Sechwana New Testament. + +As the sheets were passing through the press, it was suggested to him +that the Psalms would be a valuable addition to the work. With his +characteristic energy he immediately commenced the task, and, a few +months after the sailing of Ross and Livingstone, he had the joy of +sending to Africa over two thousand copies of the New Testament, with +which the Psalms had been bound up. By the end of 1843 six thousand +copies had been sent out. A revision of the book of Scripture Lessons +was also undertaken and carried through the press. A demand was made +upon him to write a book, in response to which he prepared his well +known work, "Missionary Labours and Scenes in South Africa," which was +published in 1842, and met with great success. + +At length the time drew near when once more Robert and Mary Moffat +should cross the sea to their beloved home at Kuruman. Valedictory +services of a most enthusiastic character were held in Scotland, +Newcastle, Manchester, and London. At Edinburgh a copy of the +"Encyclopaedia Britannica" was presented to Robert Moffat, and at +Newcastle a set of scientific instruments was given him. A great impetus +was imparted to missionary work abroad through these and preceding +meetings, during his sojourn in England, and when on the 30th of +January, 1843, he and his wife embarked at Gravesend, accompanied by two +new missionaries for the Bechwana field, they carried with them the +esteem of a wide circle of friends, and had the fervent prayers of many +offered up on their behalf. + +On the 10th of April they landed at Cape Town, and six weeks later +embarked in a small coasting vessel for Algoa Bay. At Bethelsdorp, a +village a few miles beyond Port Elizabeth, they rejoined Messrs. Ashton +and Inglis, who with their wives had gone on before by steamer; but here +they were detained for several months, waiting for a vessel to arrive +from England which had on board a large quantity of baggage for the +missionaries and their work. + +[Illustration: CAPE TOWN.] + +At last the start was made, the long train of ox waggons wended their +way, the Orange River was crossed, this time on a pont or floating +bridge, and at the Vaal River, one hundred and fifty miles distant from +Kuruman, the missionary party were met by David Livingstone, who had +ridden forth to bid them welcome. + +From this point onwards friends both white and black emulated each other +in testifying their gladness at their friend's return, until as the +Moffats drew near to Kuruman their progress became like a royal one. At +last between two and three o'clock on the 10th of December, 1843, they +sat down once again in their own home, amongst those for whom they had +toiled so zealously, and over whom their hearts yearned with a holy +love. The delight of the natives at having their missionary and his wife +among them again was unbounded. In a letter published in the _Missionary +Magazine_, October, 1844, Moffat thus writes, giving an account of their +reception:--"Many were the hearty welcomes we received, all appearing +emulous to testify their joy. Old and young, even the little children, +would shake hands with us. Some gave vent to their joy with an air of +heathen wildness, and some in silent floods of tears; while others, +whose hearts had sickened with deferred hope, would ask again and again, +'Do our eyes indeed behold you?' Thus we found ourselves once more among +a people who loved us, and who had longed for our return." + +The mission having been largely reinforced, it was arranged that Mr, and +Mrs. Ross should go to Taung, about one hundred miles east of Kuruman, +where a portion of the Bechwana tribe had settled under Mahura, a +brother of Mothibi; while Edwards and Livingstone were to commence work +among the Bakhatla, two hundred miles to the north-east. Inglis was to +go to the same neighbourhood; thus the regular missionary staff of the +Kuruman station comprised after their departure, the venerable Mr. +Hamilton, who had seen the commencement of the Bechwana Mission in 1816, +Mr. and Mrs. Ashton, and the Moffats. + +The place to which Edwards and Livingstone had gone was a large native +town near to the haunts of lions. These greatly harassed the cattle and +deprived the missionaries of sleep. One day a hunt was arranged. +Livingstone joined the party, was attacked by the lion, and was only +rescued with a broken and mangled arm by the bravery and devotion of his +native servant, Mebalwe, who himself got severely bitten. + +[Illustration: LIVINGSTONE ATTACKED BY A LION.] + +During his recovery from this injury Livingstone visited the Kuruman, +and there won the heart of Moffat's eldest daughter, her mother's +namesake, who soon afterwards exchanged the name of Mary Moffat for that +of Mary Livingstone. In due course she accompanied her husband to +Chonwane where for a time he was located with Sechele, the chief of the +Bakwena. + +The life of the missionaries at the Kuruman was a, busy one. All were +fully employed. Moffat's principal work was translation, and in this his +colleague Ashton afforded him much critical assistance, besides +relieving him almost entirely of the duties of the printing office. But +other work had to be undertaken. The natives needed much help and +guidance; dwelling-houses had to be enlarged and new schoolrooms built, +and, as there were no funds for the payment of artisans, the +missionaries had to put their own hands to the work; besides which, as +money was not forthcoming to meet the cost of the new schoolrooms, a +kind of amateur store was opened by the missionaries' wives for the sale +of clothing to the natives. + +The Rev. J. J. Freeman who visited Africa a few years later, in 1849, +gives us a picture of the Kuruman station as he saw it. "It wears," says +he, "a very pleasing appearance. The mission premises, with the walled +gardens opposite, form a street wide and long. The chapel is a +substantial and well-looking building of stone. By the side of it stands +Mr. Moffat's house, simple yet commodious. In a cottage hard by, the +venerable Hamilton was passing his declining days, extremely feeble, but +solaced by the motherly care of his colleague's wife. The gardens were +well stocked with fruit and vegetables, requiring much water, but easily +getting it from the 'fountain.' On the Sunday morning the chapel bell +rang for early service. Breakfasting at seven, all were ready for the +schools at half-past eight. The infants were taught by Miss Moffat +(their daughter Ann, afterwards Mrs. Frédoux) in their school-house; +more advanced classes were grouped in the open air, or collected in the +adjacent buildings. Before ten the work of separate teaching ceased, and +young and old assembled for public worship. A sanctuary, spacious and +lofty, and airy withal, was comfortably filled with men, women, and +children, for the most part decently dressed." + +[Illustration] + +This description may be supplemented by that of a scene of frequent +occurrence, given in "Robert and Mary Moffat" by their son Mr. John A. +Moffat. He says: "The public services were, of course, in the Sechwana +language. Once a week the missionary families met for an English +devotional meeting. It was also a sort of custom that as the sun went +down there should be a short truce from work every evening. A certain +eminence at the back of the station became, by common consent, the +meeting-place. There the missionary fathers of the hamlet would be +found, each sitting on his accustomed stone. Before them lay the broad +valley, once a reedy morass, now reclaimed and partitioned out into +garden lands; its margin fringed with long water-courses, overhung with +grey willows and the dark green syringa. On the low ground bordering the +valley stood the church, with its attendant mission-houses and schools, +and on the heights were perched the native villages, for the most part +composed of round, conical huts, not unlike corn-stacks at a distance, +with some more ambitious attempts at house-building in the shape of +semi-European cottages. Eastward stretched a grassy plain, bounded by +the horizon, and westward a similar plain, across which about five miles +distant, was a range of low hills. Down to the right, in a bushy dell, +was the little burying-ground, marked by a few trees." + +In 1845, Robert Moffat narrowly escaped an accident that would have +involved most serious consequences. He was superintending the erection +of a new corn-mill, and whilst seeing to its being properly started, +incautiously stretched his arm over two cog-wheels. In an instant the +shirt sleeve was caught and drawn in, and with it the arm. Fortunately +the mill was stopped in time, but an ugly wound, six inches in length, +with torn edges, bore witness to the danger escaped. This wound laid him +aside for many weeks, but finally he recovered from the effects of the +accident. + +For the next four or five years things pursued an even course at the +Kuruman. In 1846, Mary Moffat started on a journey to visit the +Livingstones at Chonwane. She availed herself of the escort of a native +hunting party, and took her three younger children with her. She passed +through the usual dangers of such a journey, as the following extract +from a letter written to her husband will show:-- + +"I am very glad of Boey's company.... I should indeed have felt very +solitary with my lone waggon with ignorant people, but he is so +completely at home in this field that one feels quite easy. We do not +stop at nights by the waters, but come to them at mid-day, and then +leave about three or four o'clock. We cannot but be constantly on the +outlook for lions, as we come on their spoor every day, and the people +sometimes hear them roar. Just before outspanning to-day, Boey, being on +horseback looking for water, met with a majestic one, which stood still +and looked at him. He tried to frighten the lion, but he stood his +ground, when Boey thought it was time to send a ball into him, which +broke his leg, by which means he is disabled from paying us a visit." + +Early in 1847 a general meeting of those engaged in the Bechwana mission +was held at Lekatlong (near what are now the Diamond Fields). On his way +homewards from this meeting Moffat visited some of the Batlaping +villages along the Kolong River. A striking advance had taken place of +late years, and a severe contest was going on between heathenism and +Christianity. A little company of believers had gathered in each place, +and were ministered to by native teachers, who had spent a few months in +training at Kuruman. + +In the same year Mary Moffat left for the Cape to make arrangements for +educating her younger children. As Robert could not leave his work she +journeyed alone, having as attendants four Bechwana men and a maid. +These partings wrung the mother's heart. The time spent on the road was +precious, and although it extended to two months, seemed all too short. +She felt that never again would she have her young children about her. +The son, John, was placed at school in Cape Town for a time, and the two +daughters were sent under the care of a worthy minister to England. Of +the parting with these her darlings Mary Moffat wrote:--"Though my heart +was heaving with anguish I joyfully and thankfully acceded forthwith +(_i.e._, to the offer of the Rev. J. Crombie Brown to take the +children), and set about preparations in good earnest. This was about +the end of January. On the tenth of February they embarked, and after +stopping the night on board I tore myself from my darlings to return to +my desolate lodgings to contemplate my solitary journey, and to go to my +husband and home childless." Of her it may be said, _She left all and +followed Him_! + +In 1848 the book of Proverbs and Ecclesiastes had been finished and +Isaiah begun. In 1849 "Pilgrim's Progress" was added to the Sechwana +literature, and the work of translation steadily progressed. "Line upon +Line" had also been rendered into the native tongue by Mr. Ashton. + +But while all was peaceful and in a measure prosperous at the Kuruman, +clouds were gathering to the eastward, which were destined eventually to +throw a dark shadow over the whole Bechwana Mission. The encroachments +of the Boers upon the natives led to much bloodshed, and to the +dispersion of several native tribes, with the consequent abandonment of +mission-work among them. One of the early sufferers was Moselekatse, +who, having been attacked in 1837, had retired to a place far away to +the north-east, and for some years nothing was heard of him, except by +vague rumour; indeed his very existence was a matter of doubt. + +Livingstone had settled with Sechele at Kolobeng, which place he used +simply as a base of operations for visiting the eastern tribes, and +prosecuting missionary work among them. Much good was done, and the +Scriptures in Sechwana, as far as issued, were circulated among the +people. But the Boers advanced, the natives were dispossessed of their +lands, and missionaries were expelled from their regions. Finding that +all hope of carrying on the work in this neighbourhood was over, +Livingstone turned his eyes northward, and commenced that series of +explorations which absorbed the remainder of his life. Sechele retired +to a mountain fastness, named Lithubaruba, away to the north-west. + +As time passed onward, Robert Moffat felt more than ever the importance +of completing the work he had undertaken--the translation of the entire +Bible into Sechwana. Every minute that could be devoted to the task was +eagerly embraced, his labours often extending far into the night. +Numerous interruptions made the work more difficult. "Many, many are the +times I have sat down and got my thoughts somewhat in order," he writes, +"with pen in hand to write a verse, the correct rendering of which I had +just arrived at, after wading through other translations and lexicons, +when one enters my study with some complaint he has to make, or counsel +to ask, or medical advice and medicine to boot, a tooth to be extracted, +a subscription to the auxiliary to be measured or counted; or one calls +to say he is going to the Colony, and wishes something like a passport; +anon strangers from other towns, and visitors from the interior arrive, +who all seem to claim a right to my attentions." + +This incessant application was making inroads upon his health, and the +strong powerful frame and iron constitution of the Scotch missionary +began to show signs that could not be neglected. A peculiar affection of +the head troubled him--a constant roaring noise like the falling of a +cataract, and a buzzing as of a boiling up of waters. It never ceased +day and night, and he lost much sleep in consequence of it. His only +relief seemed to be in study and preaching, when the malady was not +noticed; but immediately these occupations were over it was found to be +there, and reasserted itself in full force. + +In 1851 the rebellion of the Kat River Hottentots occurred, which, for a +long time, brought obloquy upon the missionaries of South Africa and the +Mission cause. + +In 1852 Mr. Hamilton was gathered to his rest, after having been the +faithful coadjutor of Robert Moffat, and a missionary at the Kuruman for +thirty-four years; the next year tidings reached Mary Moffat that her +beloved father had ended his pilgrimage at the ripe age of ninety years. + +A short time previous a letter had been received from the Directors of +the London Missionary Society, urging Robert Moffat to take sick leave +and visit the Cape, or to return to England, but, as rest and change +were absolutely essential, Moffat determined to find the needed +relaxation in visiting his old native friend, Moselekatse. He was also +in doubt as to the fate of his son-in-law, Livingstone, who had started +long before for the tribes on the Zambesi. + +Carrying supplies for that missionary, in hope of being able to succour +him, in May, 1854, Moffat once again bade his faithful partner farewell, +and started for a journey to a comparatively unknown country, seven or +eight hundred miles away. The son of Mr. Edwards, the missionary who for +some time had laboured with Moffat at Kuruman, and a young man named +James Chapman accompanied him, for purposes of trade. After journeying +for several days through a desert country, they reached Sechele's +mountain fastness. Moffat found that chief in great difficulties, but +still holding to the faith into which he had been baptised by +Livingstone. One hundred and twenty more miles of desert travelling +brought the party to Shoshong, the residence of another chief and his +tribe. Thence after groping their way for eighteen days in a region new +to them, without guides, they reached a village containing some natives +who were subject to the Matabele king. + +For some days Moffat and his companions were not allowed to advance. The +Induna in charge of the outpost was afraid of a mistake, but at last a +message came that they were to proceed, and finally they drew near to +the royal abode. The chief was filled with joy at meeting his old friend +"Moshete." An account of the interview is described in Moffat's journal, +from which we extract the following:--"On turning round, there he +sat--how changed! The vigorous, active, and nimble chief of the +Matabele, now aged, sitting on a skin, lame in his feet, unable to walk, +or even to stand. I entered, he grasped my hand, gave one earnest look, +and drew his mantle over his face. It would have been an awful sight for +his people to see the hero of a hundred fights wipe from his eyes the +falling tears. He spoke not, except to pronounce my name, Moshete, +again and again. He looked at me again, his hand still holding mine, and +he again covered his face. My heart yearned with compassion for his +soul. Drawing a little nearer to the outside, so as to be within sight +of Mokumbate, his venerable counsellor, he poured out his joy to him." + +The old chief was suffering with dropsy, but under Moffat's medical care +he recovered, and was soon able to walk about again. The advice which +had been given to him by his missionary friend during their previous +intercourse, had not been wholly lost, the officers who attended him, as +well as those of lower grades, stating that the rigour of his government +had since that time been greatly modified. + +Moffat stayed with Moselekatse nearly three months. After much +persuasion, permission was given him to preach the Gospel to the +Matabele people, a privilege hitherto always denied. On the 24th of +September, 1854, these people received, for the first time, instruction +in the subjects of creation, providence, death, redemption, and +immortality. + +It was Moffat's purpose to journey forward beyond the Matabele to the +Makololo tribe, to leave supplies at their town of Linyanti, so that +Livingstone might obtain them if he returned safely from St. Paul de +Loanda, on the west coast. Moselekatse would not accede to the idea of +him going alone, and finally the king himself determined to accompany +him. The Makololo and Matabele were, however, like many other of the +native tribes, hostile to each other. With the bags, boxes, &c., on the +heads of some of the men best acquainted with the country, the party set +out, but after travelling to the farthest outpost of the Marabele, the +king declared it was impossible for the waggons to proceed. At Moffat's +earnest request, he sent forward a party of his men with the supplies, +which in due course reached the Makololo, who placed them on an island, +built a roof over them, and there they were found in safety by +Livingstone when he returned some months afterwards from the west coast. + +Towards the end of October, Moffat bade farewell to the Matabele king. +Moselekatse pressed him to prolong his stay, pleading that he had not +seen enough of him, and that he had not yet shown him sufficient +kindness. "Kindness!" replied Moffat, "you have overwhelmed me with +kindness, and I shall now return with a heart overflowing with thanks." +Leaving the monarch a supply of suitable medicines to keep his system in +tolerable order, and admonishing him to give up beer drinking, and to +receive any Christian teacher who might come as he had received him, the +missionary took his departure. The long return journey was accomplished +without any remarkable event, and in due course Moffat reached his home +again in safety. + +By this journey his health was much improved, his intercourse and +friendship with the people of the interior were cemented and extended, +and he looked forward with hopeful assurance to the early advancement of +Christianity to those distant regions. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +THE SECHWANA BIBLE. + + +The great task was at length accomplished; the work of nearly thirty +years brought to a close. The Word of God in the language of the +Bechwana people, in all its glorious completeness and power, was now in +their hands. + +To Robert Moffat the labour had been of a herculean character. He had +spared himself no labour or drudgery which its prosecution involved. To +accomplish it he had left his home and lived a semi-savage life for +nearly three months, that he might perfect himself in the language. +Without any special training for the important undertaking, and under +the greatest disadvantages, he had not only acquired the language, but +reduced it to its elements, and then presented it in a synthetic and +grammatical form. Beyond that his earnest desire had been to render the +whole Bible into the native tongue. + +As age increased, the importance of finishing the work became more and +more apparent, till even a minute spent in anything but purely +mission-work, or his translation duties, seemed as wasted time. Writing +when the end was near, he said: "When I take up a newspaper, it is only +to glance at it with a feeling like that of committing sacrilege. I have +sometimes been arrested with something interesting, and have read it +with ten or more strokes in the minute added to my pulse, from the +anxiety caused by the conviction that I am spending precious time apart +from its paramount object, while I feel perfectly composed over anything +which I am satisfied has a direct bearing on the true object of the +missionary." + +But the work was now accomplished, the last sheet had been passed for +press, the last verse of the Old Testament completed, and now his mind, +which had been for so many years strained under the weighty +responsibility of translating the Word of God, was free. Of his feelings +on this occasion he made mention in a speech delivered some years later +at Port Elizabeth, on the occasion of his final departure from South +Africa. We quote from the Chronicle of the London Missionary Society for +August, 1870. + +"At last," he said, referring to the commencement of the undertaking, "I +came to the resolution that if no one else would do it, I would +undertake it myself. I entered heartily upon the work. For many years I +had no leisure, every spare moment being devoted to translating, and was +a stranger even in my own family. There was labour every day, for back, +for hands, for head. This was especially the case during the time Mr. +Edwards was there; our condition was almost one of slavery. Still the +work advanced, and at last I had the satisfaction of completing the New +Testament. Of this 6000 copies were printed by the Home Society. + +"When Dr. Livingstone came, he urged me to begin at once with the Old +Testament. That was a most stupendous work. Before commencing it I +passed many sleepless nights. It was the wish of all that I should +undertake it. I did so, and went on with the work from time to time, as +I had leisure, daily and nightly. I stuck to it till I had got as far as +the end of Kings, when I became completely done up. The Directors were +afraid that I was killing myself. I was advised to go home, to leave the +work, but I decided otherwise. I determined to look up Moselekatse, and +went off with a son of brother Edwards. By the time I had found +Moselekatse, I had got all right again. I came back and resumed my work, +and continued it till its completion. I cannot describe to you the +feelings of that time--of the writing of the last verse. I could hardly +believe that I was in the world, so difficult was it for me to realise +the fact that my labour of years was completed. Whether it was from +weakness or overstrained mental exertion, I cannot tell; but a feeling +came over me that I would die, and I felt perfectly resigned. To +overcome this I went back again to my manuscript still to be printed, +read it over, and re-examined it, till at length I got back again to my +right mind. This was the most remarkable time of my life, a period I +shall never forget. My feelings found vent by my falling upon my knees +and thanking God for His grace and goodness in giving me strength to +accomplish my task. My work was thus accomplished, and now I see the +Word of God read by thousands of Bechwanas in their native tongue." + +An incident related in his speech at the Bible Society's Annual Meeting +upon the occasion of his first visit to England in 1839, shows the +importance to the natives of having the Bible in their own tongue. +Speaking of his translation of the Gospel of Luke, he alluded to the +state of the unconverted heathen, and the contrast manifested by the +Christian converts. When the heathen saw the converts reading the Book +which had produced this change, they inquired if they (the converts) +talked to it. "No," answered they, "it talks to us; for it is the Word +of God." "What then," replied the strangers, "does it _speak_?" "Yes," +said the Christians, "it speaks to the heart!" This explanation was +true, and was often illustrated in fact; for among those to whom the +same Book was read by others, it became proverbial to say that the +readers were "turning their hearts inside out!" + +[Illustration: DR. LIVINGSTONE.] + +In 1854 Mary Moffat paid another visit to the Colony, and was in +consequence away from home when Robert returned from his journey to +Moselekatse. Tidings reached him about that time of the death of his +mother, the one who first instilled into his breast an enthusiasm for +the missionary calling. She died as she had lived, a godly, consistent +woman, and was called to the heavenly city at the age of eighty-four. + +In 1856 Dr. Livingstone, after his unparalleled walk from Loanda, on the +west coast, to Quillimane, on the east--from the shores of the Atlantic +to those of the Indian Ocean--visited England. His visit, and the +description he gave of the country and natives, rekindled missionary +enthusiasm, a special interest being taken in the Matabele and Makololo +tribes. The London Missionary Society resolved to establish missions +among them. As the locality where the Makololo dwelt was in the midst of +a marshy network of rivers, it was considered as a necessary condition +of commencing the proposed missionary work that they should remove to a +spot on the north bank of the Zambesi, opposite to where the Matabele +dwelt on the south bank. The two tribes were, however, hostile to each +other; and, to overcome this hostility, it was determined to +simultaneously establish missions among both tribes. With this object in +mind the Directors wrote to Robert Moffat, proposing that he should go +for a twelvemonth to the Matabele, taking two younger men with him, and +plant a mission among this people. + +This letter reached him just as he had completed the translation and +printing of the Old Testament; and, notwithstanding that he was then +sixty-two years of age, and had already been forty-one years hard at +work for the Society, he determined to go. He felt, however, that it was +necessary for him to start at once, and prepare the minds of Moselekatse +and his people for the coming among them of missionaries. Thus it came +about that once again Robert Moffat quitted Kuruman, and started forward +for the long and trying journey, through the African desert, to visit +his old friend, and obtain his consent to the settlement of missionaries +among his people. + +Visiting the chief Sechele on the way, he pursued his course until he at +length reached the headquarters of Moselekatse. The king was not very +enthusiastic about receiving missionaries for himself and his people. He +was somewhat suspicious; and his former experience with the American +missionaries at Mosega had been rather unfortunate, the Boers having +attacked the Matabele, and, after pillaging the mission station, carried +the missionaries away with them. However, he would receive the +new-comers,--but his friend Moshete must come also. "I love you," said +he, "you are my father. These new men I do not know them. All men are +not alike." + +This African monarch had sufficient knowledge to know that, if the +doctrines of the Bible prevailed among his tribe, his claims to divine +honour would for ever cease. His warriors used to pay him homage as +follows: "O Pezoolu, the king of kings, king of the heavens, who would +not fear before the son of Machobane (his father's name), mighty in +battle?" and with other similar marks of adulation. He also had a shrewd +suspicion that the opening of the country for white men to come and +settle, would mean, eventually, the downfall of the power of himself and +his people? but in his friend Ramary, or Moshete, he had implicit +confidence. + +As an instance of the power which Moffat had obtained over this despotic +chief of a fierce African tribe, it may be related that he prevailed +upon Moselekatse to grant deliverance to the heir to the chieftainship +of the Bamangwato, a large tribe living at Shoshong, to the north-east +of Sechele's people. It was after a long conversation that the thing was +settled. Macheng, the heir, who had been detained captive for sixteen +years, was called, and Moselekatse addressing him said: "Macheng, man of +Moffat, go with your father. We have arranged respecting you. Moffat +will take you back to Sechele. That is my wish as well as his, that you +should be in the first instance restored to the chief from whom you were +taken in war. When captured you were a child; I have reared you to be a +man." + +The effect of this deliverance on the neighbouring tribes was very +great. It occurred while Moffat was with Moselekatse, arranging for the +settlement of the new missionaries. When he and his charge arrived at +Sechele's town, on his way home, he was met by Sechele and the other +chiefs of his tribe, who marched on in front, and led them to a kind of +natural amphitheatre, where at least ten thousand of the people, in all +their equipments of war, were assembled. Sechele commanded silence, and +introduced the business of the meeting. Speaker followed speaker, in +enthusiastic language giving expression to the joy they felt at seeing +the chief of the Bamangwato return from captivity. In the course of his +speech one said as follows:-- + +"Ye tribes, ye children of the ancients, this day is a day of marvel.... +Now I begin to perceive that those who preach are verily true. If Moffat +were not of God, he would not have espoused the cause of Sechele, in +receiving his words, and delivering Macheng from the dwelling-place of +the beasts of prey, to which we Bechwanas dared not approach. There are +those who contend that there is nothing in religion. Let such to-day +throw away their unbelief. If Moffat were not such a man, he would not +have done what he has done, in bringing him who was lost--him who was +dead--from the strong bondage of the mighty. Moselekatse is a lion; he +conquered nations, he robbed the strong ones, he bereaved mothers, he +took away the son of Kheri. We talk of love. What is love? We hear of +the love of God. Is it not through the love of God that Macheng is among +us to-day? A stranger, one of a nation--who of you knows its distance +from us?--he makes himself one of us, enters the lion's abode, and +brings out to us our own blood." + +On reaching home, from his visit to the Matabele, Moffat found that the +Livingstones were starting for the Zambesi, and were to call at the Cape +on their way; also that a large party of new missionaries had been +appointed to commence the new interior missions. The Moffats at once +started for the Cape, and there met Dr. and Mrs. Livingstone and their +companions. Once more the mother and daughter embraced each other, and +as the latter had suffered much on the voyage, it was arranged that she +should accompany the missionary party, and travel overland to the +Zambesi. + +At Cape Town Moffat also had the pleasure of welcoming his own son, the +Rev. John Moffat, who was to proceed to the Matabele as a missionary, +paid for out of Dr. Livingstone's private resources. Sir George Grey, +Her Majesty's High Commissioner, warmly encouraged the proposed plans +for extending Christianity and commerce to the interior tribes, and +arranged with Robert Moffat for establishing a postal communication with +the Zambesi _viâ_ Kuruman. + +All arrangements having been completed the missionaries left Cape Town +on their way to Kuruman, from whence they were to proceed to their +respective stations, with the Makololo and the Matabele. Delays, +however, intervened; the Boers had attacked some of the Batlapings, and +threatened to attack the Kuruman station; the difficulties of the road +also prevented some of the party arriving with the others. At last, +however, the way was made clear, the opposition of the Boers to the +advance of the party was, through the intervention of Sir George Grey, +overcome, and on the 7th of July, 1859, the first division started for +their far distant destination. This division comprised Mr. Helmore, a +veteran who for many years had been stationed at Lekatlong, with his +wife and four children, and Mr. and Mrs. Price. There was also a native +teacher from Lekatlong, named Tabe, who determined to accompany his old +missionary, and the usual staff of native attendants. These were all to +proceed to the Makololo. The situation was a grave one. The end of the +journey was a point a thousand miles farther into the interior than any +of them had ever been, except two native servants, who had accompanied +Livingstone on a previous occasion. But they went forward in faith not +knowing what lay before them, but trusting all into the hands of Him, +without whose knowledge not even a sparrow falls to the ground. + +A week later Mr. Thomas and John Moffat with their wives left; they were +speedily followed by Robert Moffat and Mr. Sykes. At Sechele's town the +two portions of this latter division were united, and thence they +journeyed onwards towards the Matabele. Disease broke out among some of +their oxen, and, on reaching the first outpost of Moselekatse's people, +a messenger was sent forward to the king explaining the state of +affairs, and proposing that the oxen of the missionaries should be left +in quarantine, and that Moselekatse should supply his own oxen to bring +the party to headquarters. This message was sent so as to avoid +connecting the advent of the Gospel among these people with that of a +pestilence among their herds of cattle; which would inevitably have +been the case had the diseased oxen proceeded onwards and infected those +belonging to the Matabele. + +An answer was returned to the effect that the party were to proceed, and +that though the epidemic took effect, they should be held guiltless. + +Moffat despatched a second messenger, to say that he had heard the +king's words, and in a couple of days would leave; but that he begged +the monarch to reflect on the consequences of the epidemic being +introduced among his tens of thousands of cattle, and to believe that +the mission party felt the most extreme anxiety upon the subject. + +They then proceeded forward very slowly for two or three days, when they +were met by another messenger, who stated that Moselekatse was gratified +with the anxiety expressed for him and his; and that now, fully +convinced of his danger, he desired that all their oxen should return, +and that warriors were advancing to drag the mission waggons to +headquarters. + +Every one started with surprise at the strange idea, but soon the +warriors came, shields, and spears, and all, also a number of oxen to be +slaughtered for food. After some war evolutions, the warriors took the +place of the draught oxen, and a start was made. There was many "a +strong pull, a long pull, and a pull all together," as the waggons +rolled onward; but after ten days' hard struggle and slow progress, it +became evident that the men sent were unequal to the task, and the +monarch, who for some unknown reason had kept his oxen back, sent them +at last to bring the waggons to his camp. + +Moselekatse received his old friend with his usual cordiality; but it +soon became evident that something was wrong. All kinds of evasions and +delays met the request for a spot of ground on which to found a mission +station; days, weeks, and months passed, during which the missionaries +suffered great hardships; and at last the chief broke up his camp and +left them, without oxen to draw their waggons, saying that he would send +people to guide them to the spot where they were to settle, and at which +place he would join them later on. + +His conduct seemed strange, and Moffat began to suspect that he had +repented of giving his permission for the missionaries to settle with +him. This proved to be the case; the Boer inroads, following as they had +done, in several cases, the advent of the missionaries, made him +suspicious, and the fears of himself and people having been aroused, the +question was in debate as to whether the settlement should be allowed or +not. + +At last a favourable change took place, the clouds dispersed, and the +sky became clear. Oxen were sent to take the missionary waggons forward +to Inyati, there to join Moselekatse. All was settled, a spot which +looked well for a station was pointed out, each of the new-comers +pitched his tent under a tree that he had chosen, until a more solid +dwelling should be erected, and the Matabele Mission was fairly +established. This was in December, 1859. + +The Mission was established, but work had only begun. The first six +months of the year 1860 were months of incessant toil to the +missionaries at Inyati. Houses had to be built, waggons repaired, and +garden ground made ready for cultivation. Early and late, Moffat was to +be found at work,--in the saw-pit, at the blacksmith's forge, or +exercising his skill at the carpenter's bench; in all ways aiding and +encouraging his younger companions. He also endeavoured to gain +Moselekatse's consent to the opening of regular communication with the +Livingstone expedition on the Zambesi _viâ_ Matabeleland, but the +suspicious nature of the monarch foiled this project. The isolation of +his country in this direction was so great that, although but a +comparatively short distance away, no tidings whatever could be obtained +of the other party who, under Mr. Helmore, had gone to the Makololo +tribe. + +In June, 1860, Moffat felt that his work at Inyati was done. He had +spared neither labour of mind nor body in planting the Mission, and had +endured hardships at his advanced age that younger men might well have +shrunk from. The hour approached for him to bid a final farewell to +Moselekatse, and once more he drew near to the chiefs kraal, with the +purpose of speaking to him and his people, for the last time, on the +all-important themes of life, death, and eternity. The old chief was in +his large courtyard and received his missionary friend kindly. Together +they sat, side by side--the Matabele despot, whose name struck terror +even then into many native hearts, and the messenger of the Prince of +Peace, the warriors ranged themselves in a semi-circle, the women crept +as near as they could, and all listened to the last words of "Moshete." +It was a solemn service, and closed the long series of efforts which the +missionary had made to reach the hearts of Moselekatse and his people. +On the morrow he started for home, which he reached in safety, having +been absent twelve months. + +Meanwhile, terrible trials had befallen the party who had started to +found the Makololo Mission. The difficulties attending their journey to +Linyanti were such as nothing but the noblest Christian principle would +have induced them to encounter, or enabled them to surmount. The chief +of these was the great scarcity of water. One of their trials is thus +described:-- + +"From the Zouga we travelled on pretty comfortably, till near the end of +November, when we suffered much from want of water.... For more than a +week every drop we used had to be walked for about thirty-five miles. +Mrs. Helmore's feelings may be imagined, when one afternoon, the +thermometer standing at 107 deg. in the shade, she was saving just _one +spoonful of water_ for each of the dear children for the next morning, +not thinking of taking a drop herself. Mr. Helmore, with the men, was +then away searching for water; and when he returned the next morning +with the precious fluid, we found that he had walked _full forty +miles_." + +At length, after enduring innumerable difficulties and privations for +seven months, they arrived at Linyanti, the residence of the chief +Sekeletu. He refused to allow them to remove to a more healthy spot, but +proposed that they should live with him in the midst of his +fever-generating marshes, and as no better plan offered, they were +compelled to accept it. In the course of a week all were laid low with +fever. Little Henry Helmore and his sister, with the infant babe of Mr. +Price, were the first to die; then followed the heart-stricken mother, +Mrs. Helmore; six weeks later Mr. Helmore breathed his last; and the +missionary band was reduced to Mr. and Mrs. Price and the helpless +orphans. As the only means of saving their lives the survivors prepared +to depart, but now the chief threw obstacles in the way of their doing +so. Their goods were stolen, their waggon taken possession of; and upon +Mr. Price telling the chief that "if they did not let him go soon they +would have to bury him beside the others," he was simply told "that he +might as well die there as anywhere else." + +Finally a few things were allowed for the journey, and the sorrowful +party started homeward, Mr. Price very ill, and his wife having lost the +use of her feet and legs. + +With the scantiest possible provision they had to face a journey of +upwards of a thousand miles to Kuruman, but they set forward. Just as +they were beginning to take hope after their heavy trials, and to think +of renewed efforts for the Lord, Mrs. Price was called to her rest. "My +dear wife," wrote the sorrowing husband, "had been for a long time +utterly helpless, but we all thought she was getting better. In the +morning I found her breathing very hard. She went to sleep that night, +alas! to wake no more. I spoke to her, and tried to wake her, but it was +too late. I watched her all the morning. She became worse and worse, and +a little after mid-day her spirit took its flight to God who gave it. I +buried her the same evening under a tree--the only tree on the immense +plain of Mahabe. This is indeed a heavy stroke, but 'God is my refuge +and strength, a very present help in trouble.'" + +Finally the bereaved missionary was met by Mr. and Mrs. Mackenzie, who +had started to join the Makololo Mission, and, as all turned their steps +towards Kuruman, they were rejoiced by meeting Robert Moffat, who, +having heard of the disaster, and that Mr. Price, with the remnant of +the party, were on the road, had gone out in search of them. All +returned sorrowfully to Kuruman, and the ill-fated Makololo Mission +collapsed. + +Robert Moffat and his wife watched the progress of the Mission at Inyati +with the keenest interest. In it they seemed to live their early life at +Lattakoo over again. Their hearts were in the work of the missionaries +at that distant station; and, over and above the earnest desire they had +to see the work of God prosper among those uncivilised natives, was the +tie of kinship, their own flesh and blood being present in the person of +their son, John Moffat, who, with his wife, formed a portion of the +Matabele Mission. Post-bags and supplies were forwarded by every +available opportunity, and warm words of cheer and sympathy from the +aged pair at Kuruman encouraged the workers in the far distant region to +perseverance in their work for the Lord. + +Kuruman served indeed as a home station to which all the interior +missionaries could look. The fact of being an interior missionary was +sufficient to secure the travel-worn stranger, or friend, a warm welcome +and good cheer for weeks together, and none entered more heartily or +with deeper sympathy into the plans and endeavours of the wayfarer, or +offered more earnest prayers on the behalf of himself and his work, than +the tried and faithful couple, Robert and Mary Moffat, who had for so +many years borne the burden and heat of the day. + +In October, 1861, their daughter Bessie, who was born on board ship in +Table Bay, as they were leaving for their first visit to England, +married Mr. R. Price, whose wife died the previous year, during that +terrible journey from Linyanti, when the Makololo Mission had to be +abandoned. Thus as one fell from the ranks, another stepped forward to +take the vacant place, and carry on the glorious work for the sake of +Him who said, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every +creature." The Prices went for a time to Shoshong, hoping to join the +Matabele Mission, but finally laboured among the Bakwena, under the +chief Sechele. + +The Kuruman station itself during this time presented a scene of +unabated activity. A revision of the New Testament was in progress, the +youngest Miss Moffat, then the only child at home, was working hard at +schools and classes, and Mr. Ashton was again at work with his old +colleague. + +The year 1862 brought severe domestic bereavements to the Moffats. +During a journey to Durban, in Natal, their eldest son, Mr. Robert +Moffat, died, leaving a wife and four children. He had started to bring +them from Durban to the home he had prepared at Kuruman. He had +primarily been intended for a missionary, and had been sent to England +to be educated for that purpose, but his health failing he had to return +to South Africa, where for some time he served in the Survey Department +under Government, and afterwards became a trader. He was very highly +respected and had thoroughly gained the confidence of the natives. + +A few weeks later the sad tidings reached the sorrowing parents from the +Zambesi that their eldest daughter Mary, the wife of Dr. Livingstone, +had been called to her rest. A white marble cross, near Shupanga House +on the Shiré River, marks the spot where this sainted martyr to the +cause of Africa's regeneration sleeps in peace. + +In the following year tidings reached Robert Moffat that William Ross +the missionary at Lekatlong, about eighty miles to the south-east, was +seriously ill. In a few hours Moffat was on his way; he arrived in time +to find his friend alive, and did all that could be done to alleviate +his suffering, but shortly after he also passed away. This mournful +event led to Mr. Ashton being transferred to Lekatlong, and for a time +the whole weight of duty at Kuruman rested on Moffat's shoulders. + +Although in perils oft, Robert Moffat had never suffered thus far +personal violence from the hands of a native, but now he had a very +narrow escape from death. A young man, who for some time had been living +on the station, had shown signs of a disordered mind, and was placed +under mild restraint. Conceiving a violent personal animosity against +the missionary, he attacked him as he was returning from church, and +with a knobbed stick inflicted some terrible blows, then, frightened at +his own violence, he fled. To one with a weaker frame than Robert +Moffat's the consequences might have been very serious; as it was he +recovered, though with a heart that was sorely grieved. + +In 1865, the Mission was reinforced by the arrival of the Rev. John +Brown, from England, and by John Moffat, who had returned from the +Matabele. The relaxation from the active duties of the station thus +afforded was utilised by Robert Moffat in the work of Scripture +revision, the preparation of additional hymns, and the carrying of +smaller works through the press. + +Mention has been made of the marriage of their second daughter, Ann, to +Jean Frédoux, a missionary of the Paris Evangelical Society, who was +stationed at Motito, a place situated about thirty-six miles to the +north-east of Kuruman. He was a man of gentle disposition and addicted +to study. Early in March, 1866, he had started upon a tour to carry on +evangelistic work among the Barolong villages along the margin of the +Kalahari desert. While visiting one of these, a low class trader arrived +who had been guilty of atrocious conduct at Motito. The natives insisted +upon the trader going to Kuruman, where his conduct could be +investigated, and, upon his refusing to do so, prepared to take him by +force. He intrenched himself in his waggon with all his guns loaded, and +dared any one to lay hands upon him. Frédoux seeing the serious state +that matters were assuming quietly drew near to the trader's waggon, and +urged him to go peaceably to Kuruman, assuring him that the people were +determined he should go, if not peaceably, then by force. + +While thus pleading with this man, a fearful explosion took place, the +waggon and its occupant were blown to atoms, Jean Frédoux and twelve +natives were killed, and about thirty more were injured. + +This was a further heavy affliction for Robert Moffat and his wife. As +soon as they heard of the catastrophe, Robert hastened to succour his +widowed daughter, and to consign to the grave at Motito the shattered +remains of his son-in-law. + +A few months later another visit was paid to the open grave, this time +to consign to its last resting place the body of Mrs. Brown, the wife of +the Rev. John Brown, who a short time before had taken up his abode at +the Kuruman as a colleague of Robert Moffat. + +In 1868 the missionary staff at that station consisted of Robert Moffat +and his son John Moffat. The former had now more than completed the +three-score years and ten allotted to man as the duration of human life, +and unlike the great leader of God's chosen people, of whom it is said, +"his eye was not dim, nor his natural force abated," Robert Moffat felt +the infirmities of age creeping very rapidly upon him. Yet he held on +his way for two years longer. A short and constant cough during the +winter months aggravated his natural tendency to sleeplessness, and at +last he felt himself reluctantly compelled to accept the invitation of +the Directors to return finally to England. + +Going home to England it could hardly be called, his home was with his +loved Bechwanas, with those for whom he had toiled and prayed so long. +The ashes of his son Robert, and of his devoted daughter Mary reposed +beneath the sands of Africa; his early and later manhood had been spent +beneath its scorching sun. The house he was to leave had been the +birthplace of most of his children, and his home for more than forty +years. Yes, it was hard to leave; and the expectation had become very +real to him that his body and that of his faithful partner would be laid +side by side in that little burial-ground in the bushy dell, marked by a +few trees, at Kuruman. But the final determination had been arrived at, +and with slow and hesitating steps, as though waiting for something, +even then, to prevent their departure, preparations were made for +leaving the station for ever. + +Of the general aspect of affairs at the Kuruman during these last two +years we have a graphic description from the pen of the Rev. John +Moffat, who in a letter to the Directors dated 12th October, 1868, wrote +as follows:-- + +"The public services on the station are a prayer-meeting at sunrise on +Sunday; preaching in Sechwana, morning, afternoon, and evening, with the +Sunday school twice, and a juvenile afternoon service. The early +prayer-meeting is left entirely to the natives, the three preaching +services entirely to the missionaries, and the Sunday school, with the +juvenile service, to my sister. There is also a Wednesday evening +service, a monthly missionary prayer meeting, a church meeting, and a +prayer meeting on Thursday afternoon. This last is in the hands of the +natives. No native takes any part in the preaching on the station, +except in extreme cases, when it is regarded as a makeshift. My father +and I share the preaching between us. Occasionally, say once in three +weeks, one of us rides to two villages to the north-west, holding +services at each; they are respectively eight and twelve miles distant. +My custom at home, in the regular way, is to give New Testament reading +in the morning, a topical sermon in the afternoon, and Old Testament +exposition in the evening. On Monday evening I have a young men's Bible +class, which is to me the most interesting work I have to do, more +especially as I have much encouragement in it.... On the Monday evening, +also, my sister and I hold a practising class for the purpose of trying +to improve the singing. On Tuesday evening I meet male inquirers, on +Wednesday, before the service, I have a Bible class for women, on +Thursday we have an English prayer meeting, and on Friday evening I meet +female inquirers. I need not mention the school conducted by my sister +and three native assistants." + +Speaking of the place and people he continues:-- + +"The population is small and scattered. On the spot there must be a good +many people, and also at the villages to the north-west; but otherwise +the district contains only small villages of from twenty to one hundred +huts. It extends fifty miles west and north-west, and about twenty-five +miles in other directions. + +"The people are poor and must remain so. The country is essentially dry. +Irrigation is necessary for successful agriculture, and there are few +spots where water flows. There is no market for cattle, even if they +throve abundantly, which they do not. I despair of much advance in +civilisation, when their resources are so small, and when the European +trade is on the principle of enormous profits and losses. Two hundred +per cent, on Port Elizabeth prices is not considered out of the way. + +[Illustration: MAIN STREET IN PORT ELIZABETH.] + +"Heathenism, as a system, is weak, indeed in many places it is nowhere. +Christianity meets with little opposition. The people generally are +prodigious Bible readers, church-goers, and psalm-singers, I fear to a +large extent without knowledge. Religion to them consists in the above +operations, and in giving a sum to the Auxiliary. I am speaking of the +generality, There are many whom I cannot but feel to be Christians, but +dimly. This can hardly be the result of low mental power alone. The +Bechwanas show considerable acuteness when circumstances call it out. + +"The educational department of the Mission has been kept in the +background. On this station the youth on leaving school have sunk back +for want of a continued course being opened to them. The village +schoolmasters, uneducated themselves, and mostly unpaid, make but a +feeble impression. The wonder is that they do so much, and where the +readers come from. It is hard to say that the older missionaries could +have done otherwise.... I cannot tell you how one thing presses on me +every day: the want of qualified native schoolmasters and teachers; and +the question: how are they to be obtained?" + +On Sunday, 20th March, 1870, Robert Moffat preached for the last time in +the Kuruman church, and on the Friday following the departure took +place. "Ramary" and "Mamary," as Mr. and Mrs. Moffat were called, had +completely won the hearts of the natives. For weeks past messages of +farewell had been coming from the more distant towns and villages, and +now that the final hour had arrived and the venerable missionary, with +his long white beard, and his equally revered wife, left their house and +walked to their waggon they were beset by crowds of people, each one +longing for another shake of the hand, a last parting word, or a final +look; and, as the waggon drove away, a long pitiful wail rose from those +who felt that their teacher and friend was with them no more. + +After a rough but safe journey of eight weeks, Robert and Mary Moffat +reached Port Elizabeth on the 20th May, 1870, and received a hearty +welcome from a large number of missionaries and other Christian friends, +who had gathered to meet them. Making a brief stay they embarked in the +mail steamer _Roman_ and landed at Cape Town on the 2nd of June. Here +they were entertained by the Christian community at a public breakfast. +A few days later they embarked in the steamship _Norseman, en route_ for +England. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +CLOSING SCENES. + + +In the Chronicle of the London Missionary Society for March, 1870, the +following notice appeared: "Our readers will be glad to hear that there +is now a definite prospect of welcoming again to England our veteran +missionary, the Rev. Robert Moffat. He may be expected, with Mrs. +Moffat, about the month of June. Mr. Moffat no longer enjoys his former +robust health. In his last letter he writes: 'What to me was formerly a +molehill is now a mountain, and we both have for some time past begun to +feel some of the labour and sorrow so frequently experienced by those +who have passed their three-score years and ten.'" + +The _Norseman_ reached Plymouth on the 24th of July, and next day Robert +and Mary Moffat landed at Southampton, thus returning to their native +land, to leave it no more, after an absence of over fifty years; during +which time they had visited it only once before. + +On the 1st of August he was welcomed by the Society, at an influential +meeting, convened for the purpose, in the Board Room of the Mission +House, in Blomfield Street. At that meeting, alluding to his previous +visit in 1839, and to the printing of the New Testament in Sechwana, he +stated as follows:-- + +"When I came to the Cape, previous to my first visit, I brought a +translation of the New Testament, which I had translated under +considerable difficulties, being engaged a portion of the day in roofing +an immense church, and the remainder in exegetical examinations and +consulting concordances. I was anxious to get it printed, and I brought +it down to the Cape, but there I could find no printing-office that +would undertake it. The Committee of the Bible Society very kindly--as +they have always been to me, I say it with pleasure--forwarded paper and +ink to the Cape expecting I should get the work done there. As I said, +there was not a printing-office that would undertake it. Dining with Sir +George Napier, the Governor, I informed him of the difficulty. He said, +'Jump on board a ship with your translation and get it printed in +England, and you will be back again while they are thinking about it +here. Print a New Testament among a set of Dutch printers! why I can't +even get my proclamations printed.' I said, 'I have become too +barbarous; I have almost forgotten my own language; I should be +frightened to go there.' 'Oh stuff!' he said. + +"Some time after he met me in the street: 'Well, Moffat, what have you +determined upon?' 'I am waiting the return of Dr. Philip.' 'Don't wait +for anybody; just jump on board a ship. Think of the importance of +getting the New Testament put in print in a new language!' He invited me +to dinner again and said, 'Have you come to a conclusion? I wish I could +give you mine. I feel some interest in the extension of the knowledge of +the Word of God. Take nobody's advice, but jump on board a ship for +England.' He spoke so seriously that I began to feel serious myself. + +[Illustration: MARY MOFFAT.] + +"Dr. Philip came, and when the Governor explained the circumstances, the +Doctor said, 'Go, by all means.' I was nervous at the thought. I was not +a nervous man in Africa. I could sleep and hear the lions roar. There +seemed so many great folks to meet with. I came to England and by-and-by +I got over it." + +On the Wednesday, following this meeting, he was entertained at a public +breakfast at the Cannon Street Hotel. + +For a few weeks the Moffats dwelt at Canonbury, though Robert himself +was so much engaged in visiting different parts of the country, +Edinburgh included, where he met with many old friends, that he was not +suffered at this time to dwell for long in any one place. + +The winter was spent at Brixton, and on the 21st of December, £1000 was +presented to Robert Moffat as a birthday gift, a most cheering tribute +of esteem to a tried and faithful servant of Jesus Christ. + +The effects of this act of kindness had not passed away when a heavy +cloud hung over the happy home at Brixton. She, who for more than +half-a-century had been the loving helpmeet of the African missionary, +sharing his joys and sorrows, his hopes and discouragements, and many of +his privations and perils, lay dying. A troublesome cough, a difficulty +of breathing, a few long deep breaths, and she was gone, without even a +word of farewell; called home to receive the "Well done, good and +faithful servant," and to enter into the joy of her Lord. Her last words +were a prayer for her husband, that strength might be given him to bear +the blow. + +Robert Moffat indeed needed strength in this hour of affliction. His +first exclamation on finding that she had really gone was, "For +fifty-three years I have had her to pray for me," and writing to his old +friend and fellow-labourer, Roger Edwards, who was then at Port +Elizabeth, he said, "How lonely I feel, and if it were not for Jeanie +(his daughter) it would be much more so." + +The events of the next few years may be briefly summarised. He travelled +much to different parts of the country, visiting High Leigh, the old +house at Dukinfield, and Carronshore. His services were continually in +requisition for missionary meetings, and doubtless many of our readers +will be old enough to remember the bronzed face, with its full flowing +beard, blanched by age, the keen eyes, and the venerable form of Robert +Moffat at this time, and to call to mind the pleasure they derived as +they listened to his glowing descriptions of the needs of Africa. + +The winter of 1871 was passed at Ventnor, in the Isle of Wight, and +occupied in revising proof sheets of the Old Testament in Sechwana. +While there he was, by Her Majesty's own desire, introduced to the +Queen, whom he had never seen before. He also received the degree of +Doctor of Divinity, from the University of Edinburgh. + +To meet the need for training a native ministry, which had been felt by +Moffat and others engaged in the work of the Bechwana Mission, and which +had shortly before his return been pressed upon the attention of the +Directors, several thousand pounds were subscribed, and, as a way of +doing honour to the veteran who was now in their midst, it was proposed +to call the Institute that was to be founded, "The Moffat Institute." +This now stands as a centre of influence amidst the tribes surrounding +the Kuruman station. + +In 1873, a number of friends, who thought that the liberal contributions +which had been subscribed to the Institute, hardly gave such a direct +proof of their esteem for their venerated friend as could be desired, +presented Robert Moffat with a sum of upwards of £5000. This liberality +provided for his wants during the remainder of his life, enabled him to +serve the Directors and the cause of missions, without being any longer +a burden upon the funds of the Society, and also placed him in a +position to meet the wants of his widowed daughter and her fatherless +family. + +While living at Brixton, Robert Moffat attended the ministry of the late +Rev. Baldwin Brown, in whose mission-work in Lambeth he was much +interested. On his eightieth birthday, 21st December, 1875, he opened +the new Mission Hall in connection with this work, which hall was +thenceforward called by his name. On the same day he received many +congratulatory tokens, among them being an address signed by a great +number of Congregational ministers from every part of the country. Prior +to this in the same year, he had lectured upon Missions in Westminster +Abbey, and in the preceding year he had performed the melancholy duty of +identifying the remains of his son-in-law, Dr. Livingstone, upon their +being brought home from Africa. + +Engagements and constant requests for his services made great inroads +upon his time. "People either could not or would not see that he was +getting old," he frequently said; but people knew that as long as he had +strength to speak, he would not grow weary of addressing audiences on +missionary work. + +In 1876, we find him dining on one occasion with the Archbishop of +Canterbury at Lambeth Palace, and on another breakfasting with Mr. +Gladstone, in the house of the Rev. Newman Hall. In the following year +by invitation of the French Missionary Society he visited Paris, and +while there addressed a meeting of 4000 Sunday-school children. + +On the 20th of December, 1878, he received the freedom of the City of +London, and somewhat over two years later was the guest of the then Lord +Mayor, Alderman, now Sir William, McArthur, for several days, a banquet +being given in his honour. + +During the time that Cetewayo was in England Robert Moffat was much +interested in him and paid him a visit. Among the Zulu king's attendants +was a man who could speak Sechwana, and with him Moffat at once got into +conversation. The man's delight was unbounded. He had been in the train +of a son of Moselekatse, and had heard of the missionary. "A u Moshete?" +(Are you Moffat) he asked again and again, with beaming eyes exclaiming +when convinced of the fact, "I see this day what my eyes never expected +to behold, Moshete!" + +For the last four years of his life Robert Moffat resided at Park +Cottage, Leigh, near Tunbridge, where he was the tenant of the late +Samuel Morley, Esq. From both Mr. and Mrs. Morley he received much +kindness, which continued until the day of his death. + +The end now drew near. In 1883, he complained of great weariness and +intermittent pulsation. This troubled him so constantly that advice was +sought. For a short time this availed. He attended the Bible Society's +meeting in the second week in May, and the meeting of the London +Missionary Society on the 10th, and in July paid a visit to Knockholt, +where he met Mr. and Mrs. George Sturge. From this visit he returned +seeming better, but in a few days unfavourable symptoms again showed +themselves. Yet the strong frame, that had endured so much, seemed loath +to give in, and, whenever able, he was in and out of his garden. He also +took two drives, Mrs. Morley very kindly sending her carriage for that +purpose when he felt able to make use of it. + +"Mark the perfect man, and behold the upright: for the end of that man +is peace." Most beautifully was this truth exemplified in the closing +scenes of the life of this truly noble and good man. On Sunday, 5th +August, he was too weak to attend chapel, and spent a peaceful Sabbath +at home. He was very fond of hymns and would often repeat one after +another. In the evening he chose several which were sung, though +feebleness prevented him from joining the singing. Among those chosen +were: "The sands of time are sinking," "Come, Thou fount of every +blessing," "How sweet the name of Jesus sounds," and "Nearer, my God, to +Thee." His New Testament was his constant companion during these last +days, and whatever the topic of conversation, it always turned with him +to heaven and the Saviour. + +On Monday he seemed somewhat better, but on Tuesday night he was much +worse. Hours of pain and sleeplessness were passed, yet he rose on +Wednesday and went out several times to the garden. In the evening he +became very ill and had a fainting fit, but managed after awhile to get +upstairs, and, after remaining on the bedside for some time, propped up +with pillows, he undressed, with little assistance and much +deliberation, winding up his watch, with a cold, trembling hand,--"for +the last time," he said. + +The doctor arrived shortly afterwards, who found that he had broken a +blood-vessel. The night was passed partly in peaceful sleep, and partly +in converse with his children who were then present. His daughter says, +"He was just full of his Saviour's love and mercy all through his life; +he repeated many hymns and passages of Scripture." + +On Thursday morning he was visited by Mr. Morley and two other friends, +with whom he conversed. He also had his Testament, but finding he could +not read it, his daughters read to him. He repeated many hymns, among +them the Scotch version of the hundred and third Psalm, but stopped and +said, "There is nothing like the original," which was then read from the +Bible. His mother's favourite hymn, "Hail, sovereign Light," was also by +his special desire read to him. + +Another sleep--a wandering, perhaps unconscious, look at his children, a +struggle, and then a quietness? and the pilgrimage was over, the spirit +had fled to be present with the Lord whom he had loved so well and +served so faithfully. "His end was peace." + +He died on the 10th of August, 1883, in his eighty-eighth year. + +The funeral took place a few days later at Norwood Cemetery, when, +surrounded by such relatives as were in England, Sir Bartle Frere, Mr. +Samuel Morley and several other Members of Parliament, deputations from +the various Missionary and several Religious Societies, and by the Mayor +of Bloemfontein, his remains were consigned to the tomb. + +Never had a truer hero been borne to the grave, nor one more thoroughly +worthy of the name of MAN. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +CONCLUSION. + + +As soon as it was realised that Robert Moffat had actually gone, it was +felt that a truly great man had departed from among us. A niche in the +temple of earth's true nobility seemed empty. The prevailing feeling was +given expression to by some of the leading journals, which in eulogistic +articles commented upon the life, work, and character of him who had +gone. + +_The Times_, in its review, contained the following remarks:--"His chief +work was among the Bechwanas. His picture of what they were when he +first knew them would hardly now be recognised, so entirely have they +changed under the new influences which Moffat was the first to bring to +bear upon them. He found them mere savages, constantly at war among +themselves and with their neighbours, ignorant of the arts of +agriculture, and in the utterly degraded state for which we must seek a +counterpart now in the more distant tribes, whom the message of +civilisation has not yet reached. His first care was to make himself +thoroughly master of the language of those to whom he was sent. For +fifty years he has declared he had been accustomed to speak the +Bechwana tongue; he reduced it to written characters, and translated the +Scriptures into it. The Bechwanas, under Moffat's guidance, became new +men. Mission work grew and spread among them; what Moffat had begun to +do was taken up by other hands; a permanent body of native pastors was +created from among the Bechwanas themselves, and the whole region was +raised out of the savage state in which Moffat had found it, and became, +in no small degree, civilised as well as Christianised.... It would +seem, indeed, that it is only by the agency of such men as Moffat and +his like that the contact of the white and black races can be anything +but a curse to the blacks. It is the missionary alone who seeks nothing +for himself. He has chosen an unselfish life. If honour comes to him, it +is by no choice of his own, but as the unsought tribute which others, as +it were, force upon him. Robert Moffat has died in the fullness both of +years and honours. His work has been to lay the foundations of the +Church in the central regions of South Africa. As far as his influence +and that of his coadjutors and successors has extended, it has brought +with it unmixed good. His name will be remembered while the South +African Church endures, and his example will remain with us as a +stimulus to others, and as an abiding proof of what a Christian +missionary can be and can do." + +The _Brighton Daily News_ commenced its article by saying:--"The grave +has just closed over one of the most notable men whose figures are +familiar to the inhabitants of Brighton. Robert Moffat, the veteran +pioneer in the mission field, and the simplest of heroes, has passed +away, and many of the noblest of the land followed his remains to their +resting-place." It concluded with, "In the drawing-rooms of fashionable +Brighton, crowded with the lovers of art and science, no one grudged the +cessation of music the most classical, or of conversation the most +charming, to listen to the venerable Doctor when requested to repeat +some incidents of his missionary life. All felt that the scene was +hallowed by the presence of one who had done a work for the good of men, +such as few have been privileged to accomplish. Robert Moffat belonged +to no sect or party. To better the world and advance the one Church +formed the sole end of his being." + +Other journals and magazines bore like testimony to his worth. + +Of his work we have said much in the preceding pages, and also something +of its results. To this may be added Robert Moffat's own account of some +of the benefits which sprung from the prosecution of missionary +enterprise in South Africa. In his speech at Port Elizabeth, on finally +leaving for England, in May, 1870, referring to the general progress +made in the interior, he said:-- + +"Christianity has already accomplished much in this long benighted land. +When I first went to the Kuruman scarcely an individual could go beyond. +Now they travel in safety to the Zambesi. Then we were strangers, and +they could not comprehend us. They treated us with great indignity, and +considered us to be the outcasts of society, who, being driven from our +own race, went to reside with them; but bearing in remembrance what our +Saviour had to undergo, we were encouraged to persevere, and much +success has rewarded our efforts. Now it is safe to traverse any part of +the country, and traders travel far beyond Kuruman without the slightest +fear of molestation. Formerly men of one tribe could not travel through +another's territory, and wars were frequent. During my early mission +life, I often heard of men of one tribe going to trade with another, and +being murdered. I was at a native place when a thing of that sort once +occurred. A party of men had come two hundred miles to dispose of some +articles. The resident natives, taking a dislike to them, set upon them +and killed two of their number. I asked them why they had done this, and +tried to show them it was wrong. They seemed to know that; and from that +time I have never heard of anything of the sort. + +"The influence of Christianity in that country is now very great, and +constantly increasing. Where one station was scarcely tolerated, there +are now several. The Moravians have their missionaries. The Berlin +Society have theirs, and others are engaged in the good work, besides +numerous native Gospel teachers. Our advanced station at the Matabele is +in a very prosperous state, and I quite expect that the Matabele will +become one day a great nation. They sternly obey their own laws, and I +have noticed that when men of fixed principles become convinced of the +great truths of Christianity they hold firmly to the faith, and their +fidelity is not lightly to be shaken." + +In the same speech he also mentioned the fact that whereas at first the +natives would not buy anything, not even a pocket handkerchief, now, +when he was speaking, no less than sixty thousand pounds worth of +British manufactures passed yearly into the hands of the native tribes +around Kuruman. + +Thus the missionary prepared the way for the merchant, and the Gospel +for the progress of civilisation. + +Of Moffat's character we have had frequent glimpses in the preceding +pages; of his personal appearance and dignified mien our portrait and +pictures give some idea. A few words may, however, be added, based upon +the facts recorded by his son in the last chapter of "Robert and Mary +Moffat." + +Tall and strong, with dark piercing eyes, he stood, a man of dauntless +courage, quick and energetic in action, with a resolution in the +performance of duty that no opposition could thwart; yet, withal, of +gentle manner, and of an even temper, proof against the many attacks +made upon it. His disposition was to think well of men, and to believe +what they said. Deceit he hated, it was the one thing he could not +forgive. He trusted men implicitly; and this probably accounted for the +fact that the Bechwanas, who carried the art of lying to perfection, +seldom lied to him. They knew it was the one thing that would make him +angry. + +His reverence for holy things was very great. He relished a joke as well +as any man, indeed, there was a good deal of humour in him; but woe to +that man who spoke jestingly of the things pertaining to God. The Word +of the Lord was too real and too important for any triviality. God was +ever present to him, and he lived for God. His son says: "Even when I +was alone with him, on some of his itinerating journeys, no meal was +commenced without a reverent doffing of the Scotch bonnet, his usual +head-dress in those days, and the solemn blessing; and our morning and +evening worship was never missed or hurried." + +An instance of his forbearance under provocation is afforded in the +following:-- + +"On our return from England in 1843," says the writer just quoted, "we +were a large party, with three or four waggons. One night we outspanned +in the dark, not knowing that we were on forbidden ground--within the +limits of a farm, but a half-mile short of the homestead. In the early +morning a young man rode up, and demanded to know what we were doing +there without leave. My father gently explained that we had done it in +ignorance, but his explanation was cut short by a harangue loud and +long. The stripling sat on his horse, my father stood before him with +bowed head and folded arms, whilst a torrent of abuse poured over him, +with a plentiful mixture of such terse and biting missiles of invective +as greatly enrich the South African Dutch language. We stood around and +remembered that only a few months before the man thus rated like a dog +was standing before enthusiastic thousands in England, who hung with +bated breath upon his utterances. Something of shame must have arrested +the wrath of the young man, for he suddenly rode away without impounding +our cattle, as he had threatened to do. We inspanned and proceeded, +calling on our way at the house, and there we found ourselves received +by a venerable white-haired farmer and his wife with open arms, for they +and my parents proved to be old friends. Right glad were we that nothing +had been done on our side to make us ashamed to meet them." + +In his home he was a true father, and the influence that surrounded his +children must have been a happy one, seeing that so many of them +embraced the missionary calling, and followed in the footsteps of their +venerated parents. Mary, the eldest daughter, married Dr. Livingstone; +Ann, the French missionary, Jean Frédoux; Bessie, a younger daughter, +was united to the Rev. Roger Price; and a son, the Rev. John Moffat, +became for a time his father's coadjutor at the Kuruman station. + +In bringing this memoir to a conclusion, we may be permitted to glance +at South Africa as it is at the present time, and to note some of the +contrasts between its condition now, and that as stated in our opening +chapter, prior to Robert Moffat's arrival. + +At the time when he first landed at Cape Town, the work of evangelising +the heathen was confined principally to two Societies--the Moravian +Mission and the London Missionary Society. Now the Societies exceed +twelve in number, and represent the following nationalities: English, +American, French, Swiss, Norwegian, and the people of Finland. + +First, in order of date, may be noticed the work of the Moravian +Brethren, which is chiefly carried on among the Hottentots and Kafirs. +Their chief station is Genadendal, eighty miles east of Cape Town, which +has several smaller stations grouped around it. Besides these, still +farther east, among the Kafir tribes, is the station of Shiloh, also +having a number of out-stations gathered round it. + +The London Missionary Society follows with its eleven principal stations +and nine out-stations. This Society is now labouring in South Africa, in +Kafirland, Bechwanaland and Matabeleland. The Report for 1886 shows +sixteen English missionaries and sixty-five native preachers as engaged +in preaching and teaching, and as results, 1361 Church members. These +returns are however incomplete, and very much has occurred, through the +numerous wars and unsettled state of the country, to retard the progress +of missionary work. + +Next comes the Wesleyan Missionary Society, who, commencing operations +at Cape Town in 1814, extended their stations round the coast from +Little Namaqualand to Zululand. They are also labouring among the +Barolongs in the Orange Free State, in Swaziland, and at the Gold +Fields at Barberton, in the Transvaal. + +The Scotch Presbyterians are represented by the missions of the Free +Church of Scotland, and the United Presbyterian Church. These confine +their labours principally to British Kaffraria and Kafirland. The Free +Church has a high-class Institution at Lovedale for the training of a +native ministry and also for teaching the natives many of the useful +arts, and an improved system of agriculture. There is an efficient staff +of teachers, and in 1885, 380 pupils attended the Institution, of whom +seventy-one were Church members and ninety-one candidates or inquirers. +A similar institution has also been established among the Fingoes at +Blythswood in Fingoland. + +More than fifty years ago, at the suggestion of Dr. Philip, the Rhenish +Mission commenced work among the Hottentots of Cape Colony, but its +operations extended, and now embrace Little and Great Namaqualand, south +and north of the Orange River, and, away beyond, the territory known as +Damaraland. Their stations are in a flourishing condition, and some +15,000 converts bear evidence to the success of their efforts. This +Society also looks after the preparation of native teachers, &c., and +has an excellent institution for that purpose at Worcester, near Cape +Town, its principal station. + +Still farther north, beyond Damaraland is Ovampoland, occupied by the +Missionary Society of Finland. Seven ordained Missionaries and three +Christian artisans were equipped and despatched to work in this region, +at the suggestion of the Rhenish Society. Their enterprise is of +comparatively recent date and results cannot yet be tabulated. The +influence for good exerted will, however, doubtless yield fruit +by-and-by. + +The missions of the Berlin Society stretch from the eastern portion of +Cape Colony to the Transvaal, and embrace also the Orange Free State and +the Diamond Fields. They have over 7000 converts, and a large number of +children under instruction in various schools. + +Basutoland, to the east of the Orange Free State, is cared for by the +French Evangelical Missionary Society, who commenced work in South +Africa in 1829. Their first missionaries were appointed to the +Bahurutse, then tributary to Moselekatse, but being repulsed through the +jealousy of that potentate they settled at Motito, and finally accepted +an invitation from Moshesh, chief of the Basutos, to work among that +people. The mission has fourteen principal stations and sixty-six +out-stations, with about 20,000 adherents, of whom about 3500 are Church +members. + +In 1835 six missionaries, appointed by the American Board of Foreign +Missions, arrived from the United States to labour in South Africa. +Three proceeded to Natal and settled near Durban. The other three +journeyed to Moselekatse at Mosega. Their mission was however broken up +through the incursions of the Boers, and they were compelled to flee to +Natal. For some years the mission there was much harassed through war, +but it is now firmly established and is doing excellent work of a +religious and educational character, having a number of well-instructed +native pastors and teachers, besides the staff of European missionaries. +In 1886 the Board reports having in connection with this mission seven +stations and seventeen out-stations, and 886 Church members. + +The Society for the Propagation of the Gospel commenced its missions in +South Africa in 1838. Its work is divided between the Colonists and the +natives, and is carried on in Cape Colony and Natal; its dioceses +stretching round the coast much in the same manner as the Wesleyan +stations. + +Besides those already mentioned, there are at work now in South Africa +the Norwegian Missionary Society, labouring in Natal and Zululand; the +Hermannsburg Mission, founded by Pastor Harms, whose operations are +carried on in Natal, Zululand, and the Transvaal; and the Swiss society, +The Mission of the Free Church of the Canton de Vaud, whose efforts are +directed to a tribe inhabiting a country between Delagoa Bay and +Sofala.[B] + +[B]: [Many of the facts contained in this review of Mission work in South +Africa have been gleaned from "South Africa," by the Rev. James Sibree, +F.R.G.S.] + +Thus the missionary cause has grown, notwithstanding the many +difficulties it has had to contend with, and now the sound of the Gospel +is heard throughout the land. From the southernmost part of what was the +"Dark Continent," but which is now termed by some the "Twilight +Continent," and which we trust may soon be blessed with the full light +of Christianity, there stretches away a series of mission stations right +to the Zambesi; and there joining hands with the system of Central +African missions the glad tidings of salvation are wafted onward to the +great lake, the Victoria Nyanza, in the north; eastward to the coast; +and, in the west, made known to thousands by means of the various +organisations now doing such excellent work on the Congo River. + +In a central position, amidst the tribes of South Africa, Kuruman, the +scene of Robert Moffat's trials and triumphs, stands to-day, surrounded +by a number of native towns and villages, where native teachers, trained +in the Moffat Institute, are located, and native Churches have been +formed,--a beacon shedding its glorious rays around, dispelling the +darkness, and bringing the heathen to the knowledge of the Saviour, +Jesus Christ. + + + + +THE END. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Robert Moffat, by David J. Deane + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROBERT MOFFAT *** + +***** This file should be named 15379-8.txt or 15379-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/3/7/15379/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Chuck Greif and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** + diff --git a/15379-8.zip b/15379-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a4d930 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-8.zip diff --git a/15379-h.zip b/15379-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59ba198 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h.zip diff --git a/15379-h/15379-h.htm b/15379-h/15379-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7a3a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/15379-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5636 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?> +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <meta name="generator" + content="HTML Tidy for Linux/x86 (vers 1st November 2002), see www.w3.org" /> + + <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Robert Moffat, The + Missionary Hero of KURUMAN by David J. Deane.</title> + <style type="text/css"> + /*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ + <!-- + p {text-indent: 1em; text-align: justify; } + body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; } + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + h2 {margin-top: 3em;} + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + .center {text-align: center;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;} + .poem {margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: left;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + span.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 91%; right: 1%; font-size: 7pt;} + + ol.TOC {list-style-type: upper-roman; margin-right: 10%; margin-left: 10%;} + ol li {margin-bottom: 1em; position: relative;} + + span.tocright {position: absolute; right: 10%;} + --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Robert Moffat, by David J. Deane + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Robert Moffat + The Missionary Hero of Kuruman + +Author: David J. Deane + +Release Date: March 16, 2005 [EBook #15379] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROBERT MOFFAT *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Chuck Greif and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + +</pre> + + <h1>ROBERT MOFFAT</h1> + + <h5>The</h5> + + <h3><i>Missionary Hero</i></h3> + + <h5>of</h5> + + <h3>KURUMAN.</h3><br /> + <br /> + + + <h5>BY</h5> + + <h2>DAVID J. DEANE,</h2> + + <h5>AUTHOR OF "JOHN WICLIFFE, THE MORNING STAR OF THE + REFORMATION,"<br /> + "MARTIN LUTHER, THE REFORMER," ETC.</h5><br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/001.jpg" alt="title page image" + width="150" /> + </div><br /> + + + <h5>FIFTH EDITION. TWENTY-FIFTH THOUSAND.</h5> + + <h3>FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY</h3> + + <h3>NEW YORK CHICAGO TORONTO</h3> + + <h3><i>Publishers of Evangelical Literature.</i></h3><br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Book Cover" width="640" /> + </div><br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <hr /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page5" + id="page5"></a>{5}</span> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0160.jpg" alt="image" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE</h2> + + <p>The record of a life like that of Robert Moffat, the South + African missionary, can never be devoid of interest until all + appreciation for noble deeds and patient endeavour becomes + extinct in the heart of man. Till then, our pulses will quicken + and our enthusiasm kindle as we read of dangers encountered and + overcome, of the true courage that could undismayed encounter + the king of beasts roaming on the African plain, and of passing + the time with savage chiefs, beneath the spears and clubs of + whose warriors thousands had been slain. Or our sympathy is + awakened as stories of sickness and suffering, of hunger and + terrible thirst, of trying disappointments, continued year + after year, are related. Anon, gratitude causes the tear to + start to our eye as we witness the love that prompts the effort + to win the heathen to the Saviour, and see the once benighted + ones clothed and subdued, learning in mind and heart the truth + of the Gospel. Gratitude arises that we have men, heroic + Christian men, who count nothing dear to them, not even their + lives, that they may win sinners to the love of Jesus + Christ.</p> + + <p>Such an one was he, whose memoir we present to + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page6" id="page6"></a>{6}</span> + our readers, with the earnest desire that his strong faith may + strengthen ours, that his quiet courage may excite us to + perseverance in well-doing, and that his deliverance from + manifold and very real dangers may lead us to place reliance + upon Him in whom Moffat trusted, and who never forsakes those + that trust in Him. May we all see, and especially the youth of + our land, as we read the records of such noble lives, that true + godliness detracts not from true manhood, but rather that it + glorifies and ennobles it, until evil is overcome, and the + wicked are put to silence.</p> + + <p>In writing this brief sketch of the life of the Rev. Dr. + Moffat, the author has been much indebted to those who have + trodden the path before him; especially to the two well-known + works, "Robert and Mary Moffat," by their son John S. Moffat, + and to Robert Moffat's own book, "Missionary Labours and Scenes + in South Africa." He also owes his acknowledgments to "The + Missionary Magazine," "The Chronicle of the London Missionary + Society," to the Reports of various Missionary Societies, "A + Life's Labours in South Africa," and to other works from which + information upon the subject has been gathered. To the two + first named the author especially refers those of his readers + who wish for fuller details than are given in this volume.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0161.jpg" alt="bible" width="400" /> + </div> + <hr /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page7" + id="page7"></a>{7}</span></p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0162.jpg" alt="image" width="640" /> + </div><br /> + <br /> + + + <h2>CONTENTS</h2> + + <ol class="TOC"> + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_I">PIONEER MISSIONS IN SOUTH + AFRICA,</a><span class="tocright">9</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH,</a> + <span class="tocright">18</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_III">DEPARTURE FOR THE CAPE,</a> + <span class="tocright">27</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">MARRIAGE AND ARRIVAL AT + LATTAKOO,</a><span class="tocright">49</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_V">THE MANTATEE INVASION,</a> + <span class="tocright">63</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">VISIT TO MAKABA,</a> + <span class="tocright">71</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">THE AWAKENING,</a> + <span class="tocright">85</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">VISIT TO ENGLAND,</a> + <span class="tocright">101</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">THE SECHWANA BIBLE,</a> + <span class="tocright">118</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CLOSING SCENES,</a> + <span class="tocright">141</span></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">CONCLUSION,</a> + <span class="tocright">150</span></li> + </ol> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + <p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page9" + id="page9"></a>{9}</span></p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0163.jpg" alt="image" width="640" /> + </div><br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <h1><a name="ROBERT_MOFFAT" id="ROBERT_MOFFAT"></a>ROBERT + MOFFAT</h1> + <hr /> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2> + + <h3>PIONEER MISSIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA.</h3> + + <p>The history of missions in South Africa abounds in + interesting facts and incidents. Stories of heroism, strange + adventures, and descriptions of journeyings among savage tribes + and through countries frequented by beasts of prey, form part + of its details. Its theme is love to God and love to man, and + its facts have been called into existence through the efforts + of noble-minded and true-hearted men and women to bring their + coloured brethren and sisters to the knowledge of the Saviour, + Jesus Christ.</p> + + <p>Many names are held in veneration in connection with these + missions, names of those who, having laboured faithfully upon + earth, have been called to their reward; among these none + stands forward with greater prominence than that of Robert + Moffat.</p> + + <p>A brief glance at the development of the colony at the Cape + of Good Hope, and at the early efforts made to evangelise the + native races, may enable the reader + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page10" + id="page10"></a>{10}</span> better to understand the work + carried on by Robert Moffat, and the success achieved; also to + realise something of the position of affairs when he first + landed in South Africa.</p> + + <p>Discovered by the Portuguese in 1486, it was not until the + middle of the seventeenth century that much was done in the way + of European colonisation. In 1652 the bold and mountainous + promontory of the Cape was taken possession of by the Dutch, + and a settlement was founded on the site of the present Cape + Town. The earliest colonists were chiefly Dutch and German + farmers; who were joined a little later on by numbers of French + and Piedmontese Huguenots, driven from their native lands for + conscience' sake.</p> + + <p>At this early period the whole of what is now designated the + Colony, was inhabited by Hottentots, a people lighter in colour + than the Kafirs and Bechwanas, having pale yellow-brown skins, + symmetrical in form when young, hardy, and having small hands + and feet. They have nomadic tendencies; and, in their + uncivilised state, scarcely practise agriculture. Their system + of government is somewhat patriarchal; and they live in + "kraals," or villages, consisting of bee-hive shaped huts, + arranged in circular form. Their ideas of a Deity are extremely + faint, they possess little in the nature of religious + ceremonies, but the power of sorcerers among them is great. + According to the locality occupied, they are known as + Hottentots, Namaquas, or Corannas.</p> + + <p>As the European colonists increased in numbers, they + gradually advanced northward and eastward, either driving back + the natives or subjugating them as slaves to their service. In + 1806 the colony passed into the hands of the English, and, + after a season of conflict, the Hottentots within the British + territory <span class="pagenum"><a name="page11" + id="page11"></a>{11}</span> were emancipated. This act of + justice took place on 17th July, 1828.</p> + + <p>In the early years of the present century, the natives of + South Africa comprised—besides the Hottentots, who + occupied the southern portion of the country, and were thinly + scattered, to the north-west, in Great Namaqualand—the + Kafirs, who dwelt in the south-east, beyond the Fish River; the + Basutos, whose kraals were south of the Orange River; the + Bechwanas and kindred tribes to the north of that river; and + far away to the north-west, beyond Namaqualand, the Damara + tribes, of whom but little was known at that time. Besides + these, there were the Bushmen, a roving people, small in + stature, and sunk to the lowest depths of barbarism, hunted + down by the Dutch farmers like wild beasts, who had their hands + turned against every man, and every man's hand turned against + them.</p> + + <p>To the Moravians belongs the honour of first seeking to + bring the natives of South Africa under the influences of + Christianity. In 1737 George Schmidt, who had been sent forth + by the small Moravian church of Herrnhut, arrived in Cape + Colony, and at Genadendal (the Vale of Grace), then known as + Bavian's Kloof (the Glen of Baboons), established a mission + station, where he laboured among the despised and oppressed + Hottentots with much success for seven years. His work excited + considerable opposition and persecution. He gathered a small + Christian community and a school; but the Boers, or Dutch + farmers, becoming jealous of the black population receiving + education, he was summoned to Holland, and not allowed to + return.</p> + + <p>Fifty years elapsed before the Brethren were able to resume + their work; but in 1792, three + humble<span class="pagenum"><a name="page12" + id="page12"></a>{12}</span> Christian artisans recommenced + labour at Genadendal. The occupation of the colony by the + British Government gave security to their mission, and it soon + grew to be a large settlement, and a centre of light and + civilisation to the surrounding country.</p> + + <p>In 1799 the London Missionary Society commenced work in Cape + Colony; at first by four brethren, who were shortly reinforced + by Dr. J.P. Vanderkemp, a native of Holland, a man of rare + gifts and dauntless courage. Successively scholar, cavalry + officer, and physician, he was for some years a sceptic, but + being converted through the drowning of his wife and child, and + his own narrow escape from death, he commenced the earnest + study of the Bible and the Eastern languages, and gained such + wonderful proficiency in the latter, that it is stated he had a + fair knowledge of sixteen.</p> + + <p>Vanderkemp chose the Kafir tribes for his field of labour, + and in 1799 proceeded from Graf Reinet, then the most distant + colonial town, and that nearest to the Kafirs, to the + headquarters of that people. Frequently in danger of his life, + among those who considered the murder of a white man a + meritorious deed, he worked and endured great hardship and + privation, that he might make known the truths of the Gospel to + the ignorant around, until the close of the year 1800, when, + owing to a rebellion among the farmers, and the general + unsettled state of the frontier, he was compelled to relinquish + his mission.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page13" + id="page13"></a>{13}</span></p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0164.jpg" alt="map" width="640" /> + </div> + + <p>Afterwards he laboured among the Hottentots of the colony + with rare self-devotedness, often in great straits and many + perils, but with frequent manifestations of the Divine blessing + upon the work carried on. Finally, the Hottentot mission was + transferred to Bethelsdorp, where steady progress was made. The + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page14" + id="page14"></a>{14}</span> scholars readily learned to read + and write, and their facility in acquiring religious knowledge + was astonishing, considering the peculiar apathy, stupidity, + and aversion to any exertion, mental or corporeal, which + characterised the natives. Dr. Vanderkemp died in 1811, after + breathing out the Christian assurance, "All is well."</p> + + <p>While Dr. Vanderkemp bent his steps towards Kafirland, three + other missionaries, by name Kitcherer, Kramer, and Edwards, + proceeded to the Zak River, between four hundred and five + hundred miles north-east of Cape Town. Here a mission was + established to the Bushmen, which, although unsuccessful in its + original intention, became the finger-post to the Namaquas, + Corannas, Griquas, and Bechwanas, for by means of that mission + these tribes and their condition became known to the Christian + world. After moving from their original location to the Orange + River, at the invitation of a Griqua chief, Berend Berend by + name, the mission was carried on among the Corannas, Namaquas, + and Bastards (mixed races), finally removing in 1804 to Griqua + Town, where it developed into the Griqua Mission, under Messrs. + Anderson and Kramer, and became a powerful influence for good; + continuing in existence for many years.</p> + + <p>Mr. Anderson thus describes the condition of the Griquas + when he first settled in their midst, and for some time + afterwards:—</p> + + <p>"They were without the smallest marks of civilisation. If I + except one woman, they had not one thread of European clothing + among them; and their wretched appearance and habits were such + as might have excited in our minds an aversion to them, had we + not been actuated by principles which led us to pity them, and + served to strengthen us in pursuing + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page15" + id="page15"></a>{15}</span> the object of our missionary work; + they were, in many instances, little above the brutes. It is a + fact that we were present with them at the hazard of our lives. + When we went among them they lived in the habit of plundering + one another; and they saw no moral evil in this, nor in any of + their actions. Violent deaths were common. Their usual manner + of living was truly disgusting, and they were void of + shame."</p> + + <p>By missionary effort these unpromising materials yielded + such fruit, that, in 1809, the congregation at Griqua Town + consisted of 800 persons, who resided at or near the station + during the whole or the greater part of the year. Besides their + stated congregations the missionaries were surrounded by + numerous hordes of Corannas and Bushmen, among whom they + laboured. The land was brought under cultivation, and fields + waving with corn and barley met the eye where all had been + desolation and barrenness. In 1810 a threatened attack from a + marauding horde of Kafirs was averted in answer to prayer. Mr. + Janz, the only missionary then on the place, with the people, + set apart a day for special supplication; they sent a pacific + message and present to the Kafirs, who immediately retired. In + place of war there was peace, and the blessings of civilisation + followed the preaching of the Gospel.</p> + + <p>A mission had also been commenced by the London Missionary + Society in Great Namaqualand, north of the Orange River, on the + western coast of Africa; a country of which the following + description was given by an individual who had spent many years + there: "Sir, you will find plenty of sand and stones, a thinly + scattered population, always suffering from want of water, on + plains and hills roasted like a burnt leaf, under the scorching + rays of a cloudless sun."<span class="pagenum"><a name="page16" + id="page16"></a>{16}</span></p> + + <p>The missionaries, after a journey of great difficulty and + suffering, reached the land of the Namaquas, and halted for a + time at a place which they named "Silent Hope," and then at + "Happy Deliverance;" finally they settled at a spot, about one + hundred miles westward of Africaner's kraal, called Warm Bath. + Here, for a time, their prospects continued cheering. They were + instant in season and out of season to advance the temporal and + spiritual interests of the natives; though labouring in a + debilitating climate; and in want of the common necessaries of + life. Their congregation was increased by the desperado Jager, + afterwards Christian Africaner, a Hottentot outlaw, who, with + part of his people, occasionally attended to the instructions + of the missionaries; and they visited the kraal of this robber + chieftain in return. It was here that he first heard the + Gospel, and, referring afterwards to his condition at this + time, he said that he saw "men as trees walking."</p> + + <p>Terrible trials soon came upon these devoted missionaries. + Abraham Albrecht, one of their number died, and Africaner, + becoming enraged, threatened an attack upon the station. The + situation of the missionaries and their wives was most + distressing. Among a feeble and timid people, with scarcely any + means of defence, a bare country around, no mountain, glen, or + cave in which they could take refuge, under a burning sun and + on a glowing plain, distant two hundred miles from the abodes + of civilised men, between which and them lay the dreary + wilderness and the Orange River; such was their position, with + the human lion in his lair, ready to rouse himself up to deeds + of rapine and blood.</p> + + <p>For a whole month they were in constant terror, hourly + expecting the threatened attack. Their souls + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page17" + id="page17"></a>{17}</span> revolted at the idea of abandoning + the people, who were suffering from want, to become a prey to a + man from whom they could expect no quarter. On one occasion + they dug a square hole in the ground, about six feet deep, that + in case of an attack they might escape the musket balls. In + this they remained for the space of a week, having the tilt + sail of a waggon thrown over the mouth of the pit to keep off + the burning rays of an almost vertical sun. Eventually they + withdrew northward to the base of the Karas mountains, but + finding it impossible to settle, retired to the Colony.</p> + + <p>Africaner approached the station, and finding it deserted, + plundered it of whatever articles could be found; one of his + followers afterwards setting fire to the houses and huts. Thus + for a season, this mission was brought to a close. It was after + a time resumed at a place south of the Orange River named + Pella.</p> + + <p>Thus missions in South Africa had been commenced, stations + among the Hottentots and others had been formed, good work had + been done, and the way pioneered. The field was opened and it + was wide, but as yet the labourers were few.</p> + + <p>At the time when Vanderkemp closed his eyes on this world, a + lad was working as an apprentice to a Scotch gardener, rising + in the dense darkness of the cold winter's mornings at four + o'clock, and warming his knuckles by knocking them against the + handle of his spade. He was passing through a hard training, + but this lad was being prepared to take up the work which + Vanderkemp had so well begun, though in a somewhat different + sphere, and to repair the loss which had been sustained by the + missionary cause through his death. The name of this lad was + Robert Moffat.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page18" + id="page18"></a>{18}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0165.jpg" alt="sailboat" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2> + + <h3>CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH.</h3> + + <p>Robert Moffat was born on the 21st of December, 1795. His + parents dwelt at that time at Ormiston, in East Lothian, + Scotland. They were pious God-fearing people; the mother though + holding a stern religious faith, yet possessed a most tender + loving heart, and very early sought to instil into the minds + and hearts of her children the love of God and a knowledge of + the Holy Scriptures.</p> + + <p>Of the early childhood of the future missionary very little + is stated. In 1797 his father received an appointment in the + Custom House at Portsoy, and in 1806 the home of the Moffats + was at Carronshore, on the Firth of Forth. At this time the + family consisted of four sons and two daughters, besides the + subject of this memoir.</p> + + <p>A glimpse of the interior of their cottage, during the long + winter evenings, is given, which shows how the mother by her + gentle influence may become the means of sowing seed, which + shall spring up in after years bearing fruit a hundred-fold. + The lads were gathered by the fireside learning to knit and + sew, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="page19" + id="page19"></a>{19}</span> while so engaged their mother, who + took great interest in the missionary enterprises then carried + on, read aloud, in such publications as she could obtain, the + descriptions given of the work and sufferings of the pioneer + labourers in heathen lands, more especially of the Moravians in + Greenland and the East Indies.</p> + + <p>Of educational advantages, Robert had but few in his early + days. One, "Wully Mitchell," as he was popularly called, the + parish schoolmaster was his first tutor; and "the Shorter + Catechism," the title-page of which contained the alphabet, his + first instruction book. His progress was but slow, his hands + often being made to suffer for the dullness of his brains. A + boy living in the midst of shipping, his desires were more for + nautical matters than for Wully's books, and so he ran off to + sea. The captain of the ship on which he was, became much + attached to the lad, so with his parent's consent, he made + several voyages in the coasting trade. Many hairbreadth escapes + fell to his lot, and at last he quitted the sea, as he states + "to the no small joy of my parents."</p> + + <p>When about eleven he accompanied his elder brother, + Alexander, to Mr. Paton's school at Falkirk. This school was + for writing and book-keeping, but such as chose to pay received + lessons in astronomy and geography after school hours. + Alexander was one of these, and Robert was allowed to wait for + his brother in the large room while the class was being + conducted. "I felt queer," he tells us "to know what the master + was doing within the circle, and used to look very attentively + through any little slip of an opening under an elbow, while I + eagerly listened to the illustrations given, the master all the + while never suspecting that I was capable of understanding the + planetary system. What I could not understand my + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page20" + id="page20"></a>{20}</span> brother explained on our way home." + In this manner he picked up some knowledge of astronomy.</p> + + <p>At this school the lad continued for six months. It was the + last he ever attended.</p> + + <p>When about fourteen, Robert Moffat was apprenticed to a + gardener, named John Robertson, a just but hard man, who lived + at Parkhill, Polmont. The toil was severe and the food scanty. + Often in the bitter cold of a Scottish winter the lads employed + were required to commence work at four o'clock in the morning, + and had to hammer their knuckles against the handles of their + spades to try and bring some feeling into them. Here he + remained till the end of 1812.</p> + + <p>While thus engaged, he managed to attend an evening class + occasionally, and made an attempt at learning Latin and + mensuration. He also picked up some knowledge of the smith's + craft, and acquired sufficient skill to play a little on the + violin. A special craving, which stood him in good stead in + after life, impelled him to learn something of whatever he came + in contact with.</p> + + <p>Upon the completion of his apprenticeship, in 1812, he + obtained a situation at Donibristle, a seat of the Earl of + Moray at Aberdour. Here, he delighted his fellow-workers of an + evening by his violin performances, was fond of athletic + sports, in which he excelled, and became an accomplished + swimmer, saving the life of one of his companions, who having + got out of his depth was in imminent danger of drowning.</p> + + <p>In this situation he continued about a twelvemonth, and + then, being about sixteen, he found employment as + under-gardener to Mr. Leigh, of High Leigh, in Cheshire. While + at Donibristle he had been able to frequently visit his + parents; the time had now come when he must bid them + adieu.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page21" + id="page21"></a>{21}</span></p> + + <p>The parting scene between Robert and his mother has been + sketched by his own hand and appeared in the Bible Society's + "Gleanings for the Young." It is described as + follows:—</p> + + <p>"When we came within sight of the spot where we were to + part, perhaps never again to meet in this world, she + said—</p> + + <p>"'Now, my Robert, let us stand here for a few minutes, for I + wish to ask one favour of you before we part, and I know you + will not refuse to do what your mother asks.'</p> + + <p>"'What is it, mother?' I inquired.</p> + + <p>"'Do promise me first that you will do what I am now going + to ask, and I shall tell you.'</p> + + <p>"'No, mother, I cannot till you tell me what your wish + is.'</p> + + <p>"'O Robert, can you think for a moment that I shall ask you, + my son, to do anything that is not right? Do not I love + you?'</p> + + <p>"'Yes, mother, I know you do; but I do not like to make + promises which I may not be able to fulfil.'</p> + + <p>"I kept my eyes fixed on the ground. I was silent, trying to + resist the rising emotion. She sighed deeply. I lifted my eyes + and saw the big tears rolling down the cheeks which were wont + to press mine. I was conquered, and as soon as I could recover + speech, I said—</p> + + <p>"'O mother! ask what you will and I shall do it.'</p> + + <p>"'I only ask you whether you will read a chapter in the + Bible every morning and another every evening?'</p> + + <p>"I interrupted by saying, 'Mother, you know I read my + Bible.'</p> + + <p>"'I know you do, but you do not read it regularly, or as a + duty you owe to God, its Author.' And she added: 'Now I shall + return home with a happy heart, + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page22" + id="page22"></a>{22}</span> inasmuch as you have promised to + read the Scriptures daily. O Robert, my son, read much in the + New Testament. Read much in the Gospels—the blessed + Gospels; then you cannot well go astray. If you pray, the Lord + Himself will teach you.'</p> + + <p>"I parted from my beloved mother, now long gone to that + mansion about which she loved to speak. I went on my way, and + ere long found myself among strangers. My charge was an + important one for a youth, and though possessing a muscular + frame and a mind full of energy, it required all to keep pace + with the duty which devolved upon me. I lived at a considerable + distance from what are called the means of grace, and the + Sabbaths were not always at my command. I met with none who + appeared to make religion their chief concern. I mingled, when + opportunities offered, with the gay and godless in what are + considered innocent amusements, where I soon became a + favourite; <i>but I never forgot my promise to my + mother</i>."</p> + + <p>After several delays, High Leigh was reached on Saturday, + 26th December, 1813, and there the young man found himself + surrounded by a genial atmosphere. The head gardener took to + him, and soon left a great deal in his hands. This made his + work very heavy and responsible; but, although labouring almost + day and night, he yet managed to devote some time to the study + of such books as he could obtain. The kindly notice of Mrs. + Leigh was attracted to him, and she lent him books, and + encouraged him to studious pursuits.</p> + + <p>In very early years serious impressions had been made upon + the heart of Robert Moffat. The earnest teachings of his + minister, combined with his mother's counsels and prayers, left + recollections which could never be effaced. These impressions + were now to be deepened, and the good seed that had been sown + to <span class="pagenum"><a name="page23" + id="page23"></a>{23}</span> be quickened. The Wesleyan + Methodists had commenced a good work at High Leigh, and a pious + Methodist and his wife induced Moffat to attend some of their + meetings. He became convinced of his state as a sinner, and + unhappy, but after a severe and protracted struggle, he found + pardon, justification, and peace, through faith in Jesus + Christ, and henceforth his life was devoted to the service of + his Lord. Energetically he threw himself into the society and + work of his new friends, but by so doing, lost the goodwill of + Mr. and Mrs. Leigh, who were grieved that one in whom they took + so much interest should have become a Methodist. So were these + good people despised by many in those days.</p> + + <p>At this time Robert's worldly prospects were brightening, + and a position of honour and comfort seemed opening before him. + But the anticipations of that day were not to be.</p> + + <p>Apparently unimportant events frequently determine the whole + course of our lives, and a simple incident was now about to + change the current of this young man's life, and to convert the + rising gardener into the God-honoured and much-beloved + missionary. How this came to pass we now relate:</p> + + <p>While at High Leigh, Robert Moffat had occasion to visit + Warrington, a town about six miles distant He set off one calm + summer evening. All nature seemed at rest, and thoughts of God + and a feeling of admiration for His handiworks took possession + of the young man's mind. His life was reviewed, and with + thoughts full of hope he entered the town. Passing over a + bridge he noticed a placard. It contained the announcement of a + missionary meeting, over which the Rev. William Roby, of + Manchester, was to preside. He had never seen such an + announce<span class="pagenum"><a name="page24" + id="page24"></a>{24}</span> ment before. He read the placard + over and over again, and, as he did so, the stories told by his + mother of the Moravian missionaries in Greenland and Labrador, + which had been forgotten for years, came vividly to mind. From + that moment, his choice was made; earthly prospects vanished: + his one thought was, "how to become a missionary?"</p> + + <p>Many difficulties seemed to stand in the way between Robert + and the accomplishment of his desire, but the same Divine power + which had implanted the desire, prepared the way for its + fulfilment. He visited Manchester, shortly after the event just + related, to be present at a Wesleyan Conference; and while + there, with much hesitancy and trepidation, ventured to knock + at the door of Mr. Roby's house and request an interview with + that gentleman. He was shown into the parlour, and the man whom + he had been hoping, yet dreaded, to see, quickly made his + appearance. "He received me with great kindness," said Moffat, + "listened to my simple tale, took me by the hand, and told me + to be of good courage."</p> + + <p>The result of this interview was a promise on Mr. Roby's + part to write to the Directors of the London Missionary Society + concerning him, and to communicate their wishes to him as soon + as they were received. In the meantime Robert returned to his + ordinary occupation.</p> + + <p>After waiting a few weeks a summons came from Mr. Roby for + Moffat to visit Manchester again; and, with the view of his + studying under the care and instruction of that reverend + gentleman, it was arranged that he should accept a situation in + a nursery garden belonging to Mr. Smith, at Dukinfield, that + place being near at hand. Moffat continued here about a + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page25" + id="page25"></a>{25}</span> year, visiting Mr. Roby once or + twice each week. Mr. and Mrs. Smith were a pious and worthy + couple, and their house was a house of call for ministers. They + were always ready for every good work whether at home or + abroad.</p> + + <p>"In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy + paths," is one of the maxims of Holy Writ that should be + engraven upon the heart and mind of every youth and maiden. + Robert Moffat's desire was for the glory of God and the + extension of the Redeemer's kingdom, and God was not only + opening the way for His servant, but was preparing a faithful + and devoted helpmate for him in his various spheres of labour + through life.</p> + + <p>Robert's employer had an only daughter, named Mary, + beautiful of countenance, but more beautiful in heart. She had + been educated at the Moravian school at Fairfield, and was + distinguished for fervent piety and deep sympathy with the + missionary cause. The two young folks were thrown together, + mutual esteem deepened into love, and the maiden, possessed + with so large a missionary spirit, was prepared to share the + lot of the young herald of the Cross. For a time, however, it + was ordained that Robert should pursue his course alone.</p> + + <p>After being at Dukinfield nearly a year, the Directors + resolved to accept the services of Robert Moffat. He left Mr. + Smith's employment and removed to Manchester, so that he might + be close to Mr. Roby, to receive such superintendence as was + possible in his studies. This period extended to but a few + months, so that of college training and opportunities Robert + had little experience.</p> + + <p>The time rapidly drew near for his departure abroad. A + hurried visit was paid to the parents whom he never + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page26" + id="page26"></a>{26}</span> expected to see again, and then he + awaited his call to the mission field.</p> + + <p>On the 13th of September, 1816, after bidding farewell to + Mr. Roby, whose "kindness, like that of a father," wrote + Moffat, "will not be easily obliterated from my mind," he + started for London. While in the Metropolis he visited the + Museum at the Rooms of the London Missionary Society, and the + following extract from a letter to his parents, in connection + with this visit, shows the spirit which actuated the youthful + missionary at this time:—</p> + + <p>"I spent some time in viewing the Museum, which contains a + great number of curiosities from China, Africa, the South Seas, + and the West Indies. It would be foolish for me to give you a + description. Suffice it to say that the sight is truly awful, + the appearance of the wild beasts is very terrific, but I am + unable to describe the sensations of my mind when gazing on the + objects of Pagan worship. Alas! how fallen are my + fellow-creatures, bowing down to forms enough to frighten a + Roman soldier, enough to shake the hardest heart. Oh that I had + a thousand lives, and a thousand bodies; all of them should be + devoted to no other employment but to preach Christ to these + degraded, despised, yet beloved mortals."</p> + + <p>With such enthusiasm he prepared to enter upon the work that + lay before him.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0166.jpg" alt="hyppos" width="400" /> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page27" + id="page27"></a>{27}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0167.jpg" alt="ship" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER + III.</h2> + + <h3>DEPARTURE FOR THE CAPE.</h3> + + <p>The valedictory service was held at Surrey Chapel on the + 30th of September. Nine missionaries were set apart; four for + the South Seas, one of whom was John Williams, the martyr of + Erromanga, and five for South Africa. At first it had been + intended that Robert Moffat should accompany John Williams, but + this was subsequently altered.</p> + + <p>The missionaries for Africa embarked at Gravesend on the + 18th of October in the <i>Alacrity</i>, and after a prosperous + voyage reached Cape Town on the 13th of January, 1817.</p> + + <p>Two of the party were appointed to stations within the + colony; Moffat and Kitchingman were destined for Namaqualand. + Before they could proceed on their journey, however, permission + had to be obtained from the Government, and this was at first + refused.</p> + + <p>While detained in the colony, Moffat lodged with a Dutch + farmer, at a village thirty-six miles from Cape Town, named + Stellenbosch. Here he learnt Dutch, an acquisition of great + advantage to him in after life, as it enabled him to preach to + the Boers, and to as <span class="pagenum"><a name="page28" + id="page28"></a>{28}</span> many of their native servants as + understood that language. He also accompanied the Rev. George + Thorn, of the Dutch Reformed Church, on an evangelistic tour. + It occupied six weeks, during which time they rode a distance + of about seven hundred miles.</p> + + <p>After a further sojourn at Stellenbosch, Moffat visited Cape + Town, and busied himself in gaining such practical knowledge as + came within his reach. He also visited the military hospital + there. Many of the soldiers were Scotch, and he had a warm + heart for soldiers, his brother Alexander having gone to India + in the ranks some years before.</p> + + <p>At last the requisite permission came, and Moffat and + Kitchingman prepared for their journey. Waggons were bought, + oxen hired, leave taken of friends, and on the 22nd of + September, 1817, Mr. and Mrs. Kitchingman, Robert Moffat, and a + missionary named Ebner, who, for a time, had been with + Africaner, and who had come to Cape Town for supplies, set out + on their way to Namaqualand.</p> + + <p>The history of the Namaqualand Mission has been sketched in + outline in our introductory chapter. Africaner, although an + outlaw and a terror to the farmers of the colony, had a respect + for the English. He visited the missionaries on one occasion, + prior to their removal to Warm Bath, and said, "I love the + English, for I have always heard that they are the friends of + the poor black man." He also sent his children to them for + instruction; yet subsequent events, as we have seen, enraged + him, and led him to destroy the mission station at Warm + Bath.</p> + + <p>The Rev. J. Campbell, in his first visit to Africa, + 1812-1814, crossed the interior of the continent to + Namaqualand. During his journey, he found in every + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page29" + id="page29"></a>{29}</span> village through which he passed the + terror of Africaner's name; and he afterwards said "that he and + his retinue never were so afraid in their lives." From Pella, + where the mission station then was, Mr. Campbell wrote a + conciliatory letter to Africaner, in consequence of which that + chieftain agreed to receive a missionary at his kraal. Mr. + Ebner had been sent from Pella, and had been labouring for a + short time previous to his visit to the Cape in 1817. Good had + been accomplished, Africaner and his two brothers, David and + Jacobus, had been baptised, but then the situation of the + missionary became extremely trying, he lost influence with the + people, and his property, and even his life, were in + danger.</p> + + <p>Soon after leaving Cape Town, Mr. Ebner parted company with + the Kitchingmans and Moffat, and they pursued their way alone. + The details of the journey illustrate the difficulties of + travelling in South Africa in those days. "In perils oft," + aptly expresses the condition of the missionary in his + wanderings, as he travelled mile after mile, often over dreary + wastes of burning sand, famished with hunger, parched with + thirst, with the howl of the hyena and the roar of the lion + disturbing his slumbers at night, and with Bushmen, more savage + than either, hovering near, ever ready to attack the weak and + defenceless.</p> + + <p>The farmers, from whom the travellers received hospitality + as they passed the boundaries of the colony, were very + sceptical as to the conversion of Africaner, and gloomy indeed + were their predictions as to the fate of the youthful + missionary now venturing into the power of the outlaw chief. + One said Africaner would set him up for his boys to shoot at, + another that he would strip off his skin to make a drum with, + and a third predicted he would make a + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page30" + id="page30"></a>{30}</span> drinking-cup of his skull. A kind + motherly dame said, as she wiped the tear from her eye and bade + him farewell, "Had you been an old man it would have been + nothing, for you would soon have died, whether or no; but you + are young, and going to become a prey to that monster."</p> + + <p>On one occasion Moffat halted at a farm belonging to a Boer, + a man of wealth and importance, who had many slaves. Hearing + that he was a missionary, the farmer gave him a hearty welcome, + and proposed in the evening that he should give them a service. + To this he readily assented, and supper being ended, a + clearance was made, the big Bible and the psalm-books were + brought out, and the family was seated. Moffat inquired for the + servants, "May none of your servants come in?" said he.</p> + + <p>"Servants! what do you mean?"</p> + + <p>"I mean the Hottentots, of whom I see so many on your + farm."</p> + + <p>"Hottentots!" roared the man, "are you come to preach to + Hottentots? Go to the mountains and preach to the baboons; or, + if you like, I'll fetch my dogs, and you may preach to + them."</p> + + <p>The missionary said no more but commenced the service. He + had intended to challenge the "neglect of so great salvation," + but with ready wit seizing upon the theme suggested by his + rough entertainer, he read the story of the Syrophenician + woman, and took for his text the words, "Truth, Lord, yet the + dogs eat of the crumbs which fall from their masters' table." + He had not proceeded far in his discourse when the farmer + stopped him, saying, "Will Mynherr sit down and wait a little, + he shall have the Hottentots."</p> + + <p>He was as good as his word, the barn was crowded, the sermon + was preached, and the + astonished<span class="pagenum"><a name="page31" + id="page31"></a>{31}</span> Hottentots dispersed. "Who," said + the farmer, "hardened your hammer to deal my head such a blow? + I'll never object to the preaching of the Gospel to Hottentots + again."</p> + + <p>After a toilsome march, during which Mr. Kitchingman and + Moffat took it in turn to drive the cattle, losing some through + the hyenas by the way, they reached Bysondermeid, to which + station Mr. and Mrs. Kitchingman had been appointed. There + Robert stayed one month, receiving much useful information from + Mr. Schmelen, the missionary whom Mr. Kitchingman had come to + replace, he having been ordered to Great Namaqualand, where he + had laboured before.</p> + + <p>At length, his oxen being rested, Robert Moffat bade adieu + to Mr. and Mrs. Kitchingman, whose friendship he much valued, + and with a guide and drivers for the oxen started onward. Their + way led through a comparatively trackless desert, and they + travelled nearly the whole night through deep sand. Those were + not the days of railway trains, and travelling had to be + undertaken in cumbrous, springless bullock-waggons, several + spare oxen being taken to provide for losses and casualties. + Towards morning the oxen were so exhausted that they began to + lie down in the yoke from fatigue, compelling a halt before + water had been reached. The journey was resumed the next day, + but still no water could be found.</p> + + <p>As it appeared probable that if they continued in the same + direction, they would perish through thirst, they altered their + course to the northward, but the experiences were as bad as + before. At night they lay down exhausted and suffering + extremely from thirst, and the next morning rose at an early + hour to find the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page32" + id="page32"></a>{32}</span> oxen incapable of moving the waggon + a step farther. Taking them and a spade to a neighbouring + mountain, a large hole was dug in the sand, and at last a + scanty supply of water was obtained. This resembled the old + bilge-water of a ship for foulness, but both men and oxen drank + of it with avidity.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0168.jpg" + alt="WAGGON TRAVELLING IN SOUTH AFRICA" width="500" /> + + <h4>WAGGON TRAVELLING IN SOUTH AFRICA.</h4> + </div> + + <p>In the evening, when about to yoke the oxen to the waggon, + it was found that most of them had run off towards + Bysondermeid. No time was to be lost, so Moffat instantly sent + off the remaining oxen with two men to solicit assistance from + Mr. Bartlett at Pella, <!--photo on page 33--> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page34" + id="page34"></a>{34}</span> while he remained behind with his + goods. "Three days," said he afterwards, "I remained with my + waggon-driver on this burning plain, with scarcely a breath of + wind, and what there was felt as if coming from the mouth of an + oven. We had only tufts of dry grass to make a small fire or + rather flame; and little was needed as we had scarcely any food + to prepare. We saw no human being, not a single antelope or + beast of prey made its appearance, but in the dead of night we + sometimes heard the roar of the lion on the mountain. At last + when we were beginning to fear that the men had either perished + or wandered, Mr. Bartlett arrived on horseback, with two men + having a quantity of mutton tied to their saddles. I cannot + conceive of an epicure gazing on a table groaning under the + weight of viands, with half the delight that I did on the + mutton."</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0169.jpg" alt="group of people" + width="640" /> + </div> + + <p>Fresh oxen, accustomed to deep sand, conveyed the weary + travellers to Pella, where Moffat remained a few days, being + greatly invigorated in mind and body by the Christian kindness + of Mr. and Mrs. Bartlett and the friendly attentions of the + heathen converts.</p> + + <p>Starting again, he came to the Orange River, crossing which + was generally a work of difficulty at that time. The native + teacher from Warm Bath, who had come to Pella to conduct Moffat + to his village, led the missionary to a ford opposite to that + place. The waggon and its contents were swam over on a fragile + raft of dry willow logs—a laborious and tedious + operation, the raft having to be taken to pieces after each + journey, and the separate logs conveyed back again by swimmers. + All the goods being over, Robert was asked to place himself + upon the raft. Not altogether liking its appearance, and also + wishing <span class="pagenum"><a name="page35" + id="page35"></a>{35}</span> to save the natives trouble, he + took off his clothes and, leaving them to be conveyed across, + plunged into the stream. The natives were afraid as they saw + him approach the middle of the current, and some of their most + expert swimmers sprang in to overtake him, but in vain. When he + emerged on the northern bank, one of them came up out of breath + and said, "Were you born in the great sea water?"</p> + + <p>Robert Moffat reached Africaner's kraal on the 26th of + January, 1818, and was kindly received by Mr. Ebner. The chief + soon made his appearance, and inquired if the new missionary + had been appointed by the Directors in London. Receiving an + affirmative reply, he ordered a number of women to come. Then + pointing to a spot of ground he said to the women, "There you + must build a house for the missionary." In half an hour the + structure was completed, in appearance something like a + bee-hive. In this frail house, of sticks and native mats, + Moffat lived for nearly six months, being scorched by the sun, + drenched by the rain, exposed to the wind, and obliged often to + decamp through the clouds of dust; in addition to which, any + dog wishing for a night's lodging could force its way through + the wall, sometimes to the loss of the missionary's dinner next + day. A serpent was occasionally found coiled in a corner, or + the indweller of the habitation had to spring up, in the middle + of the night, to save himself and his house from being crushed + to pieces during the nocturnal affrays of the cattle which + roamed at large. He lived principally upon milk and dried meat, + until, after a time, he was able to raise a little grain and + garden stuff.</p> + + <p>A few days after Moffat's arrival, Mr. Ebner departed, so + that the young missionary was left entirely alone in a trying + and most difficult position, + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page36" + id="page36"></a>{36}</span> a stranger in the midst of a + strange people. "Here I was," said he, "left alone with a + people suspicious in the extreme; jealous of their rights which + they had obtained at the point of the sword; and the best of + whom Mr. Ebner described as a sharp thorn. I had no friend and + brother with whom I could participate in the communion of + saints, none to whom I could look for counsel or advice. A + barren and miserable country; a small salary, about twenty-five + pounds per annum. No grain, and consequently no bread, and no + prospect of getting any, from the want of water to cultivate + the ground, and destitute of the means of sending to the + Colony. These circumstances led to great searchings of heart, + to see if I had hitherto aimed at doing and suffering the will + of Him in whose service I had embarked. Satisfied that I had + not run unsent, and having in the intricate, and sometimes + obscure course I had come, heard the still small voice saying, + 'This is the way, walk ye in it,' I was wont to pour out my + soul among the granite rocks surrounding this station, now in + sorrow, and then in joy; and more than once I have taken my + violin, once belonging to Christian Albrecht, and, reclining + upon one of the huge masses, have, in the stillness of the + evening, played and sung the well-known hymn, a favourite of my + mother's—</p> + + <div class="poem"> + <div class="stanza"> + <span>'Awake, my soul, in joyful lays,<br /></span> + <span>To sing the great Redeemer's + praise.'"<br /></span> + </div> + </div> + + <p>Robert Moffat looked to his God for help and guidance, and + his heart was strengthened.</p> + + <p>At this period the chief, Christian Africaner, was in a + doubtful state of mind; while Titus, his brother, a man of + almost reckless courage, was a fearful example of ungodliness, + and a terror to most of the inhabitants + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page37" + id="page37"></a>{37}</span> on the station. Soon after the + commencement of his stated services—which were, according + to the custom of the missionaries at that period, religious + service morning and evening, and school for three or four hours + during the day—the heart of the youthful missionary was + much cheered by noticing the regular attendance of the chief. + Although not a fluent reader, the New Testament became his + constant companion, and a change passed over him apparent to + all. The lion at whose name many trembled became a lamb, and + the love of Jesus Christ filled his heart. He who was formerly + like a fire-brand, spreading discord, enmity, and war among the + neighbouring tribes, was now ready to make any sacrifice to + avoid conflict, and besought parties at variance with each + other to be at peace.</p> + + <p>Even Titus was subdued, and although he never made a + profession, yet he became a steady and unwavering friend to the + missionary, and many times ministered to his wants. "I hear + what you say," he would reply when the truth was pressed upon + him, "and I think I sometimes understand, but my heart will not + feel." Two other brothers of the chief, David and Jacobus, + became believers and zealous assistants in the work of the + mission.</p> + + <p>The extreme heat endured in the native house, and the + character of the food, milk and meat only, brought on a severe + attack of bilious fever, which in the course of two days + induced delirium. Opening his eyes as soon as consciousness + returned, Moffat saw his attendant and Africaner sitting beside + his couch, gazing upon him with eyes full of sympathy and + tenderness. Taking some calomel he speedily recovered, and was + soon at his post again.</p> + + <p>The place where Africaner dwelt being quite + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page38" + id="page38"></a>{38}</span> unsuitable for a permanent + mission-station, on account of the scarcity of water, it was + determined to take a journey northward to examine a country on + the border of Damaraland, where it was reported that fountains + of water abounded. There was, however, only one waggon and that + a cripple, and neither carpenters nor smiths were at the + station to repair it. Without it they could not go, so after + thinking the matter over Moffat undertook its repair. Before + doing so he must needs have a forge, and a forge meant bellows; + but here was a difficulty, the native bellows were of no use + for the work in hand. He therefore contrived, by means of two + goat-skins and a circular piece of board, to make a pair of + bellows of sufficient power to fan the fire and heat the iron, + and with a blue granite stone for an anvil, a pair of tongs + indicative of Vulcan's first efforts, and a hammer, never + intended for its present use, he successfully accomplished his + task, and afterwards repaired some gun-locks, which were as + essential for the comfort and success of the journey as the + waggon.</p> + + <p>The party that set out was a large one, including Africaner, + three of his brothers, and Moffat. The country which they + passed through was sterile in the extreme, and the expedition + proved a failure. They therefore returned home again after an + absence of a few weeks. The school and mission services were + resumed, but, as David and Jacobus Africaner were now able + assistants, Moffat undertook itinerating visits on a more + extensive scale than he had done before. For this purpose Titus + presented him with his only horse. Previously Moffat had ridden + upon a bullock with horns, a dangerous practice, as, if the + bullock stumbles, the rider may be thrown forward and + transfixed upon them.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page39" + id="page39"></a>{39}</span></p> + + <p>Privations and dangers frequently attended these itinerating + journeys. Referring to one of them Robert Moffat states, "After + tying my Bible and hymn-book in a blanket to the back of my + saddle, and taking a good draught of milk, I started with my + interpreter, who rode upon an ox. We had our guns, but nothing + in our purse or scrip, save a pipe, some tobacco, and a + tinder-box. After a hot day's ride to reach a village, the + people would give us a draught of sweet milk, and then old and + young, assembling in a nook of the fold, among the kine, would + listen to my address on the great concerns of their soul's + salvation. I exhorted those who could read to read to others + and try to teach them to do the same, promising them a reward + in heaven, for I had none to give on earth. When service was + over, having taken another draught of milk, and renewed my + conversation with the people, I lay down on a mat to repose for + the night. Sometimes a kind housewife would hang a bamboos, a + wooden vessel filled with milk, on a forked stick near my head, + that I might, if necessary, drink during the night."</p> + + <p>Once he slept on the ground near the hut in which the + principal man of the village and his wife reposed. During the + night a noise as of cattle broken loose was heard. In the + morning he remarked upon this to his host, when that individual + replied, "Oh, I was looking at the spoor this morning, it was + the lion!" adding that a few nights previously a goat had been + seized from the very spot on which Moffat had been sleeping. + Upon Moffat asking him why he had put him to sleep there, the + man replied, "Oh, the lion would not have the audacity to jump + over on you."</p> + + <p>Sometimes it happened that after travelling all day, hoping + to reach a village at night, the travellers would + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page40" + id="page40"></a>{40}</span> find when they got to the place + that all the people had gone. Then hungry and thirsty they had + to pass the night. In the morning after searching for water, + and partaking of a draught if they were successful in finding + it, they would start off again with their hunger unsatisfied, + and deem themselves fortunate if they overtook the migrating + party that evening.</p> + + <p>Of his ordinary manner of living at this time, he says, "My + food was milk and meat, living for weeks together on one, and + then for a while on the other, and again on both together. All + was well so long as I had either, but sometimes they both + failed, and there were no shops in the country where I could + have purchased, and, had there been any, I must have bought on + credit, for money I had none."</p> + + <p>His wardrobe bore the same impress of poverty as his larder. + The clothes received when in London soon went to pieces, and + the knowledge of sewing and knitting, unwillingly learnt from + his mother, often now stood him in good stead. She once showed + him how a shirt might be smoothed by folding it properly and + hammering it with a piece of wood. Resolving one day to have a + nice one for the Sabbath, Moffat tried this plan. He folded the + shirt carefully, laid it on a smooth block of stone—not a + hearth-stone, but a block of fine granite—and hammered + away. "What are you doing?" said Africaner. "Smoothing my + shirt," replied his white friend. "That is one way," said he, + and so it was, for on holding the shirt up to the light it was + seen to be riddled with holes. "When I left the country," said + Moffat, "I had not half-a-dozen shirts with two sleeves + apiece."<span class="pagenum"><a name="page41" + id="page41"></a>{41}</span></p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0170.jpg" alt="lion" width="640" /> + </div> + + <p>Robert Moffat's stay in Namaqualand extended to a little + over twelve months. Near its close he made on Africaner's + account—with the view of ascertaining + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page42" + id="page42"></a>{42}</span> the suitability of a place for + settlement—a journey to the Griqua country, and after a + terrible experience, in which he suffered from hunger, thirst, + heat, and drinking poisoned water, he reached Griqua Town, and + entered the house of Mr. Anderson, the missionary there, + speechless, haggard, emaciated, and covered with perspiration, + making the inmates understand by signs that he needed water. + Here he was most kindly entertained, and after a few days + started back again. The return journey was almost as trying as + the outward one, but he reached Vreede Berg (Africaner's + village) in safety. The chief received Moffat's account of his + researches with entire satisfaction, but the removal of himself + and people was allowed to remain prospective for a season.</p> + + <p>Missionary labours were resumed. The school flourished, and + the attendance at the Sabbath services was most encouraging. + The people were so strongly attached to their missionary, that + although he was contemplating a visit to the Cape, he dared not + mention the subject to them. In a letter written at this time, + alluding to his every-day life, he says, "I have many + difficulties to encounter, being alone. No one can do anything + for me in my household affairs. I must attend to everything, + which often confuses me, and, indeed, hinders me in my work, + for I could wish to have almost nothing to do but to instruct + the heathen, both spiritually and temporally. Daily I do a + little in the garden, daily I am doing something for the people + in mending guns. I am carpenter, smith, cooper, shoemaker, + miller, baker, and housekeeper—the last is the most + burdensome of any. An old Namaqua woman milks my cows, makes a + fire, and washes. All other things I do myself, though I seldom + prepare anything till impelled by + hunger.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page43" + id="page43"></a>{43}</span> I drink plenty of milk, and often + eat a piece of dry meat. Lately I reaped nearly two bolls of + wheat from two hatfuls which I sowed. This is of great help to + me. I shall soon have plenty of Indian corn, cabbages, melons, + and potatoes. Water is scarce. I have sown wheat a second time + on trial. I live chiefly now on bread and milk. To-day I + churned about three Scotch pints of milk, from which there were + two pounds of butter, so you may conceive that the milk is + rich. I wish many times that my mother saw me. My house is + always clean, but oh what a confusion there is among my + linen."</p> + + <p>In November, 1818, letters reached Robert Moffat from + England. One came from Miss Smith, in which that young lady + stated that she had most reluctantly renounced hope of ever + getting abroad, her father determining never to allow her to do + so. This was a sore trial, but it only led the child closer to + his Father, and that Father, who doeth all things well, in His + own good time, brought to pass that which now seemed + impossible.</p> + + <p>Early in 1819, circumstances required Mr. Moffat to visit + Cape Town. Conversing with Africaner on the state and prospects + of missions, the idea flashed into Moffat's mind that it would + be well for that chief to accompany him, and he suggested it to + his coloured friend. Africaner was astonished. "I had thought + you loved me," said he, "and do you advise me to go to the + Government to be hung up as a spectacle of public justice?" + Then, putting his hand to his head, he said, "Do you not know + that I am an outlaw, and that one thousand rix-dollars have + been offered for this poor head?" After a little while he + replied to the missionary's arguments by saying, "I shall + deliberate and <i>roll</i> (using the words of the + Dutch<span class="pagenum"><a name="page44" + id="page44"></a>{44}</span> Version of the Bible) my way upon + the Lord. I know He will not leave me."</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0171.jpg" alt="AFRICANER" width="500" /> + + <h4>AFRICANER.</h4> + </div><br /> + + + <p>To get Africaner safely through the territories of the Dutch + farmers to the Cape was a hazardous proceeding, as the + atrocities he had committed were not forgotten, and hatred + against him still rankled in many a breast. However, attired in + one of the only two substantial shirts Moffat had left, a pair + of leather trousers, a duffel jacket, much the worse for wear, + and an old hat, neither white nor black, the attempt was made, + the chief passing as one of the missionary's attendants. His + master's costume was scarcely more refined than his own.</p> + + <p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page45" + id="page45"></a>{45}</span> As a whole, the Dutch farmers were + kind and hospitable to strangers, and as Moffat reached their + farms, some of them congratulated him on returning alive, they + having been assured that Africaner had long since murdered him. + At one farm a novel and amusing instance occurred of the state + of feeling concerning them both. As they drew near to this + place, Moffat directed his men to take his waggon to the valley + below while he walked towards the house, which was situated on + an eminence. As he advanced the farmer came forward slowly to + meet him. Stretching forth his hand with the customary + salutation, the farmer put his hand behind him, and asked who + the stranger was. The stranger replied that he was Moffat.</p> + + <p>"Moffat!" exclaimed the sturdy Boer in a faltering voice, + "it is your ghost!"</p> + + <p>"I am no ghost," said the supposed phantom.</p> + + <p>"Don't come near me," said the farmer, "you have been long + since murdered by Africaner. Everybody says you were murdered, + and a man told me he had seen your bones."</p> + + <p>As the farmer feared the presence of the supposed ghost + would alarm his wife, both wended their way to the waggon, + Africaner being the subject of conversation as they walked + along. Moffat declared his opinion that the chief was then a + truly good man.</p> + + <p>"I can believe almost anything you say," said the Boer, "but + that I cannot credit."</p> + + <p>Finally he closed the conversation by saying with much + earnestness: "Well, if what you assert be true respecting that + man, I have only one wish, and that is to see him before I die, + and when you return, as sure as the sun is over our heads, I + will go with you to see him, though he killed my own + uncle."<span class="pagenum"><a name="page46" + id="page46"></a>{46}</span></p> + + <p>The farmer was a good man, who had showed Moffat kindness on + his way to Namaqualand. Knowing his sincerity and the goodness + of his disposition, Moffat turned to the man sitting by the + waggon, and addressing the farmer said, "This, then, is + Africaner."</p> + + <p>With a start, and a look as though the man might have + dropped from the clouds, the worthy Boer exclaimed, "Are + <i>you</i> Africaner?"</p> + + <p>Africaner arose, doffed his old hat, and making a polite bow + replied, "I am."</p> + + <p>The farmer seemed thunderstruck, but on realising the fact, + lifted up his eyes and said, "O God, what a miracle of Thy + power! what cannot Thy grace accomplish!"</p> + + <p>On reaching Cape Town, Robert Moffat waited upon Lord + Charles Somerset, the Governor, and informed him that Africaner + was in the town. The information was received with some amount + of scepticism, but the following day was appointed for an + interview with him.</p> + + <p>The Governor received the chief with great affability and + kindness, and expressed his pleasure at thus seeing before him, + one who had formerly been the scourge of the country, and the + terror of the border colonists. He was much struck with this + palpable result of missionary enterprise, and presented + Africaner with an excellent waggon, valued at eighty + pounds.</p> + + <p>Moffat visited the colony on this occasion with two objects; + first, to secure supplies, and secondly, to introduce Africaner + to the notice of the Colonial Government. Having accomplished + these, he fully intended to return to his flock. Events were, + however, ordered otherwise.</p> + + <p>While Moffat was in Cape Town, a deputation + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page47" + id="page47"></a>{47}</span> from the London Missionary Society, + consisting of the Rev. J. Campbell, and the Rev. Dr. Philip, + was also there. It was the wish of these two gentleman that he + should accompany them in their visits to the missionary + stations, and eventually be appointed to the Bechwana + mission.</p> + + <p>The proposition was a startling one, but after careful + thought, and with the entire concurrence of Africaner—who + hoped to move with his tribe to the neighbourhood of the new + mission—Moffat accepted it. Africaner therefore departed + alone, generously offering to take in his waggon to Lattakoo, + the new station, the missionary's books and a few articles of + furniture that he had purchased.</p> + + <p>Once more these two brethren in the faith met on this earth, + and this was at Lattakoo. The proposed removal of the tribe, + however, never took place, Africaner being called up higher + before that plan could be carried out.</p> + + <p>The closing scene in the life of this remarkable man was + depicted by the Rev. J. Archbell, Wesleyan missionary, in a + letter to Dr. Philip, dated the 14th of March, + 1823:—"When he found his end approaching, he called all + the people together, and gave them directions as to their + future conduct. 'We are not,' said he, 'what we + were,—<i>savages</i>, but men professing to be taught + according to the Gospel. Let us then do accordingly. Live + peaceably with all men, if possible; and if impossible, consult + those who are placed over you before you engage in anything. + Remain together, as you have done since I knew you. Then, when + the Directors think fit to send you a missionary, you may be + ready to receive him. Behave to any teacher you may have sent + as one sent of God, as I have great + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page48" + id="page48"></a>{48}</span> hope that God will bless you in + this respect when I am gone to heaven. I feel that I love God, + and that He has done much for me, of which I am totally + unworthy,'</p> + + <p>"He also added, 'My former life is stained with blood; but + Jesus Christ has pardoned me, and I am going to heaven. Oh! + beware of falling into the same evils into which I have led you + frequently; but seek God, and He will be found of you to direct + you,'"</p> + + <p>Shortly after this he died.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0172.jpg" alt="natives" width="400" /> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + <p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page49" + id="page49"></a>{49}</span></p><br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0173.jpg" alt="native women" + width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2> + + <h3>MARRIAGE, AND ARRIVAL AT LATTAKOO.</h3> + + <p>Up to this time, Robert Moffat had pursued his course alone. + No loving helpmeet had cheered him in his efforts, or with + womanly tenderness ministered to his wants. But though far + away, he was fondly remembered and earnestly prayed for, + especially by one noble Christian lady, over whose fair head + scarce twenty-three summers had passed, and whose heart had + been torn with the severe struggle, between filial love and + regard for her parents on the one hand, and her sense of duty + and affection for her missionary friend on the other, which for + two and a-half years had been carried on therein.</p> + + <p>At last, when hope seemed to have vanished, the parents of + Mary Smith, to whom the idea of parting with their only + daughter was painful in the extreme, saw so clearly that it was + the Lord who was calling their child to the work which He had + marked out for her, that they felt they dare not any longer + withhold her from it, and therefore calmly resigned their + daughter into His hands. Thus it came to pass that,—after + a short stay in London, and at Cowes, in the Isle of Wight, at + which places she won all hearts by + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page50" + id="page50"></a>{50}</span> her unfeigned and exalted piety and + zeal, and by her modest, affectionate manner,—we find her + on board the sailing-ship <i>British Colony</i>, on her way to + South Africa, in the care of the Rev. R. Beck, a minister of + the Dutch Church, and his wife.</p> + + <p>As arranged, the deputation, accompanied by Robert Moffat, + left Cape Town on their tour of inspection of the stations in + the eastern part of the Colony and in Kafirland. This journey + necessitated an absence of twelve months, during which time + Robert expected his bride to arrive. This was a trial of faith, + as it seemed hard that she should be obliged to land in a + strange country, and find none of her own to welcome her. But + with Moffat even love followed after duty.</p> + + <p>It so happened, however, that after visiting the line of + stations through the eastern districts as far as Bethelsdorp, + the party, at that place, found their progress effectually + barred through war with the Kafirs. They were therefore obliged + to return to Cape Town, thus giving Moffat the opportunity and + great joy of receiving his affianced wife upon her landing from + the vessel. She reached Cape Town in safety, and on the 27th of + December, 1819, the happy couple were united. They received + each other as from the Lord, and for more than fifty years, + during cloud and sunshine, their union was a true and blessed + one.</p> + + <p>Robert Moffat had been appointed to the Bechwana station at + Lattakoo, or Kuruman, as it was afterwards called; and for that + place the missionary party, which consisted of the Rev. John + Campbell and the Moffats, set out early in the year 1820.</p> + + <p>A feeble attempt to establish a mission to the Bechwanas had + been made, by the Dutch Missionary Society in Cape Town, as + early as A.D. 1800, and two + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page51" + id="page51"></a>{51}</span> missionaries, named Edwards and + Kok, had been despatched. They were directed by the chief to + settle on the banks of the Kuruman River, at a distance from + the natives, and the effort degenerated into a mere trading + concern. In 1805, the Bechwanas were visited by the celebrated + traveller Dr. Lichtenstein, and, in 1812, by Dr. Burchell, but + it was not until the visit of the Rev. J. Campbell, a little + later, that any real negotiations were entertained for the + settlement of missionaries with this people. The chief, + Mothibi, then said to Mr. Campbell, "send missionaries, and I + will be a father to them."</p> + + <p>In response to this invitation Messrs. Evans and Hamilton + left England in 1815, and, full of hope, reached Lattakoo on + the 17th of February in the following year. Instead of being + received as they anticipated, they were repulsed, and directed + to settle at the Kuruman River, thirty miles distant. + Disappointed and despondent they returned to Griqua Town. Mr. + Evans relinquished the mission, but a further attempt was made + afterwards by Messrs. Read and Hamilton, and this time + permission was obtained for them to dwell with the chief and + his people. Thus the Bechwana Mission obtained its first real + footing.</p> + + <p>In June, 1817, the tribe, under Mothibi, removed from the + position where the missionaries first found it, and settled by + the Kuruman River. When the Rev. J. Campbell returned, to the + Colony, Mr. Read accompanied him; thus, pending the arrival of + Robert Moffat, Mr. Hamilton was left alone in charge of the + mission.</p> + + <p>The journey as far as Griqua Town was accomplished without + any special incident. At first the route lay through fertile + valleys and lovely mountain scenery, but soon this changed, and + for hundreds of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page52" + id="page52"></a>{52}</span> miles the travellers had to pass + through the desolate region of the Karroo desert. When about + half-way through this sterile district, they came to the site + upon which was to be built the village of Beaufort West, where + they were most kindly entertained by a Scotchman named Mr. + Baird, the newly appointed magistrate.</p> + + <p>The Orange River, so frequently an insurmountable obstacle + to progress, was passed in safety, the water being very low, + and two or three days later Griqua Town was reached. Here a + halt was made. Lattakoo lay one hundred miles beyond.</p> + + <p>At this time some uncertainty existed as to whether the + Moffats would be allowed by the Colonial Government to settle + at Lattakoo; thus far consent had been withheld. They had + advanced trusting that the way would be opened, and after a + short rest at Griqua Town, the party continued their journey, + and reached Lattakoo five days after leaving the Griqua + station. It was intended that Robert Moffat should take the + place of Mr. Read, as an associate with Mr. Hamilton in the + work of the mission.</p> + + <p>The new arrivals were introduced to Mothibi, and were soon + visited by a retinue of chiefs. The manner, appearance, and + dress of these natives much interested Mary Moffat. The whole + missionary party stayed together for three weeks, settling the + affairs of the mission; then the Rev. J. Campbell and Mr. Read + started on a journey to visit the Bahurutsi, a tribe who dwelt + nearly two hundred miles to the north-east of Lattakoo. Moffat + and his wife remained with Mr. Hamilton, so that the new + missionary might win the affections of the Bechwana chief and + his people.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page53" + id="page53"></a>{53}</span></p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0174.jpg" + alt="pulling a big wagon up a hill" width="640" /> + </div> + + <p>Upon the return of the Rev. J. Campbell and Mr. Read, after + an absence of two months, and a short + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page54" + id="page54"></a>{54}</span> rest at Lattakoo, all the + missionaries, excepting Mr. Hamilton, set off westward along + the bed of the Kuruman River to visit several of the Bechwana + tribes which were scattered about that region. The natives of + these parts, never having seen white people before evinced much + curiosity concerning their visitors; especially about Mrs. + Moffat and her dress. To see the missionaries sitting at table + dining and using knives and forks, plates, and different + dishes, was wonderful to them, and for hours they would sit and + gaze upon such scenes. The Word of Life was preached to these + natives by either Mr. Campbell or Robert Moffat as the party + journeyed along.</p> + + <p>Their absence from Lattakoo extended to a little over a + fortnight, and on their return, finding, by intelligence + received from Dr. Philip, that permission had not as yet been + obtained from the Governor for the Moffats to settle at that + place, Robert and his partner had to return, much cast down, to + Griqua Town, there to commit the matter into the hand of God, + and patiently await the time when He should open the way for + them to commence the work they had so much at heart. Mr. + Hamilton was therefore again left alone with simply a Griqua + assistant and a few Hottentots.</p> + + <p>Just before leaving Lattakoo, Robert Moffat met Africaner, + who had safely brought from Vreede Berg the cattle and property + belonging to the missionary, and also the books and articles of + furniture which had been intrusted to his care when leaving + Cape Town. All were in good order, particular attention having + been paid to the missionary's cattle and sheep during his long + absence. This was the last meeting between Moffat and + Africaner.</p> + + <p>While on their journey, and when near + Griqua<span class="pagenum"><a name="page55" + id="page55"></a>{55}</span> Town, information reached the + missionary party that permission had been granted for the + Moffats to settle at Lattakoo. As, however, the affairs at + Griqua Town at this time were altogether disorganised, it was + arranged that they should stay there for a few months to set + the affairs of that place in order.</p> + + <p>During their stay at that station Mrs. Moffat had a severe + illness, and her life was despaired of, but this precious life + was preserved, and not only was his dear one restored, but a + bonny wee lassie was given to them both, who was named Mary, + and who, in after years, became the wife of Dr. + Livingstone.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0175.jpg" + alt="OLD MISSION HOUSE AT GRIQUA TOWN" + title="OLD MISSION HOUSE AT GRIQUA TOWN" width="640" /> + + <h4>OLD MISSION HOUSE AT GRIQUA TOWN.</h4> + </div> + + <p>At Griqua Town they bade farewell to the Rev. J. Campbell. + To them he had become much endeared, as they had been in his + company as fellow-travellers for many months. He and Mr. Read + returned to the Colony; twenty years later, however, the two + friends met again, but that was upon the Moffats' return to + their native land.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page56" + id="page56"></a>{56}</span></p> + + <p>In May, 1821, Mr. and Mrs. Moffat again arrived at Lattakoo, + and then commenced a continuation of missionary conflicts + during which their faith was severely tried, but which ended, + after many years, in triumphant rejoicing as they saw the + people brought to Christ, and beheld the once ignorant and + degraded heathen becoming humble servants of the Lord, reading + His Word and obeying His precepts.</p> + + <p>In looking at the Bechwanas as they were when the Moffats + first settled among them, for up to that time the efforts of + the missionaries had been unattended with success, we find a + people who had neither an idea of a God, nor who performed any + idolatrous rites; who failed to see that there was anything + more agreeable to flesh and blood in our customs than in their + own; but who allowed that the missionaries were a wiser and + superior race of beings to themselves; who practised polygamy, + and looked with a very jealous eye on any innovation that was + likely to deprive them of the services of their wives, who + built their houses, gathered firewood for their fires, tilled + their fields, and reared their families; who were suspicious, + and keenly scrutinised the actions of the missionaries; in + fact, a people who were thoroughly sensual, and who could rob, + lie, and murder without any compunctions of conscience, as long + as success attended their efforts.</p> + + <p>Among such a people did these servants of God labour for + years without any sign of fruit, but with steadfast faith and + persevering prayer, until at last the work of the Holy Spirit + was seen, and the strong arm of the Lord, gathering many into + His fold, became apparent.</p> + + <p>The Bechwana tribe with whom Robert Moffat was located was + called the Batlaping, or Batlapis.</p> + + <p>The patience of the missionaries in these early days + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page57" + id="page57"></a>{57}</span> was sorely tried, and the petty + annoyances, so irritating to many of us, were neither few nor + infrequent. By dint of immense labour, leading the water to it, + the ground which the chief had given the missionaries for a + garden was made available; then the women, headed by the + chief's wife, encroached upon it, and to save contention the + point was conceded. The corn when it ripened was stolen, and + the sheep either taken out of the fold at night or driven off + when grazing in the day time. No tool or household utensil + could be left about for a moment or it would disappear.</p> + + <p>One day Mr. Hamilton, who at that time had no mill to grind + corn, sat down and with much labour and perspiration, by means + of two stones, ground sufficient meal in half-a-day to make a + loaf that should serve him, being then alone, for about eight + days. He kneaded and baked his gigantic loaf, put it on his + shelf, and went to the chapel. He returned in the evening with + a keen appetite and a pleasant anticipation of enjoying his + coarse home-made bread, but on opening the door of his hut and + casting his eye to the shelf he saw that the loaf had gone. + Someone had forced open the little window of the hut, got in, + and stolen the bread.</p> + + <p>On another occasion Mrs. Moffat, with a babe in her arms, + begged very humbly of a woman, just to be kind enough to move + out of a temporary kitchen, that she might shut it as usual + before going into the place of worship. The woman seized a + piece of wood to hurl at Mrs. Moffat's head, who, therefore, + escaped to the house of God, leaving the intruder in + undisturbed possession of the kitchen, any of the contents of + which she would not hesitate to appropriate to her own use.</p> + + <p>A severe drought also set in, and a rain-maker, finding all + his arts to bring rain useless, laid the blame + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page58" + id="page58"></a>{58}</span> upon the white strangers, who for a + time were in expectation of being driven away. Probably, + however, the greatest trial at this time was caused by the + conduct of some of the Hottentots who had accompanied them from + the Cape, and who being but new converts were weak to withstand + the demands made upon them, and brought shame upon their + leaders. Shortly after his arrival Moffat thoroughly purged his + little community. The numbers that gathered round the Lord's + table were much reduced, but the lesson was a salutary one and + did good to the heathen around.</p> + + <p>A callous indifference to the instruction of the + missionaries, except it was followed by some temporal benefit, + prevailed. In August, 1822, Mary Moffat wrote, "We have no + prosperity in the work, not the least sign of good being done. + The Bechwanas seem more careless than ever, and seldom enter + the church." A little later Moffat himself stated in one of his + letters, "They turn a deaf ear to the voice of love, and treat + with scorn the glorious doctrines of salvation. It is, however, + pleasing to reflect that affairs in general wear a more hopeful + aspect than when we came here. Several instances have proved + the people are determined to relinquish the barbarous system of + commandoes for stealing cattle. They have also dispensed with a + rain-maker this season."</p> + + <p>The Bushmen had a most inhuman custom of abandoning the aged + and helpless, leaving them to starve or be devoured by wild + beasts; also if a mother died it was their practice to bury the + infant or infants of that mother with her.</p> + + <p>During one of his journeys, a few months prior to the date + last mentioned, Moffat came upon a party of Bushmen digging a + grave for the body of a woman who had left two children. + Finding that they were <span class="pagenum"><a name="page59" + id="page59"></a>{59}</span> about to bury the children with the + corpse he begged for them. They were given him and for some + years formed a part of his household. They were named Ann and + Dicky.</p> + + <p>The importance of acquiring the language of the Bechwanas + soon became apparent to the earnest-hearted missionary. One day + he was much cast down and said to his wife, "Mary, this is hard + work." "It is hard work, my love," she replied, "but take + courage, our lives shall be given us for a prey." "But think, + my dear," he said, "how long we have been preaching to this + people, and no fruit yet appears." The wise woman made answer, + "The Gospel has not yet been preached to them <i>in their own + tongue in which they were born</i>. They have heard it only + through interpreters, and interpreters who have themselves no + just understanding, no real love of the truth. We must not + expect the blessing till you are able, from your own lips and + in their language, to bring it through their ears into their + hearts."</p> + + <p>"From that hour," said Moffat, in relating the conversation, + "I gave myself with untiring diligence to the acquisition of + the language."</p> + + <p>As an instance of the drawback of preaching by means of an + interpreter, the sentence, "The salvation of the soul is a very + important subject," was rendered by one of those individuals as + follows: "The salvation of the soul is a very great sack." A + rendering altogether unintelligible.</p> + + <p>For the purpose of studying the language Moffat made + journeys among the tribes, so that he might for a time be freed + from speaking Dutch, the language spoken with his own people at + Lattakoo. Itinerating visits were also made in turn every + Sabbath to the surrounding villages, and occasionally further + afield, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page60" + id="page60"></a>{60}</span> but sometimes, after walking + perhaps four to five miles to reach a village, not a single + individual could be found to listen to the Gospel message.</p> + + <p>The only service in which the missionaries took any real + delight at this time, was the Sabbath evening service held in + Dutch for the edification of themselves and the two or three + Hottentots, with their families, who belonged to the + mission.</p> + + <p>In addition to sore privations, discouragements, false + accusations, and the loss of their property, the missionaries + found even their lives at times imperilled. The natives and all + on the station were suffering greatly from a long continued + drought. All the efforts of the professional rain-maker had + been in vain, no cloud appeared in the sky, no rain fell to + water the parched land. The doings of the missionaries were + looked upon as being the cause of this misfortune. At one time + it was a bag of salt, which Moffat had brought in his waggon, + that frightened the rain away; at another the sound of the + chapel bell. Their prospects became darker than ever. At last + it appeared that the natives had fully decided to expel them + from their midst. A chief man, and about a dozen of his + attendants, came and seated themselves under the shadow of a + large tree near to Moffat's house. He at that moment was + engaged in repairing a waggon near at hand. The scene which + ensued and its result we give in his own + words:—<span class="pagenum"><a name="page61" + id="page61"></a>{61}</span></p> + + <p>"Being informed that something of importance was to be + communicated, Mr. Hamilton was called. We stood patiently to + hear the message, always ready to face the worst. The principal + speaker informed us, that it was the determination of the + chiefs of the people that we should leave the country; and + referring to our disregard of threatenings, added what was + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page62" + id="page62"></a>{62}</span> tantamount to the assurance that + measures of a violent character would be resorted to, to carry + their resolutions into effect, in case of our disobeying the + order.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0176.jpg" + alt=""NOW THEN, IF YOU WILL DRIVE YOUR SPEARS TO MY HEART."" + title=""NOW THEN, IF YOU WILL DRIVE YOUR SPEARS TO MY HEART."" + width="640" /> + + <h4>"NOW THEN, IF YOU WILL DRIVE YOUR SPEARS TO MY + HEART."</h4> + </div> + + <p>"While the chief was speaking, he stood quivering his spear + in his right hand. Mrs. Moffat was at the door of our cottage, + with the babe in her arms, watching the crisis, for such it + was. We replied:—</p> + + <p>"'We have indeed felt most reluctant to leave, and are now + more than ever resolved to abide by our post. We pity you, for + you know not what you do; we have suffered, it is true; and He + whose servants we are has directed us in His Word, "When they + persecute you in one city, flee ye to another," but although we + have suffered, we do not consider all that has been done to us + by the people amounts to persecution; we are prepared to expect + it from such as know no better. If you are resolved to rid + yourselves of us, you must resort to stronger measures, for our + hearts are with you. You may shed blood or burn us out. We know + you will not touch our wives and children.'"</p> + + <p>Then throwing open his waistcoat Moffat stood erect and + fearless. "Now then," said he, "if you will, drive your spears + to my heart; and when you have slain me, my companions will + know that the hour has come for them to depart."</p> + + <p>At these words the chief man looked at his companions, + remarking, with a significant shake of the head, "These men + must have ten lives, when they are so fearless of death; there + must be something in immortality."</p> + + <p>Moffat pithily observes, "The meeting broke up, and they + left us, no doubt fully impressed with the idea that we were + impracticable men."</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page63" + id="page63"></a>{63}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0177.jpg" alt="two figures" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2> + + <h3>THE MANTATEE INVASION.</h3> + + <p>In March, 1823, a second daughter was born to the Moffats, + who was named Ann. At that time the Batlaping were thoroughly + indifferent to the Gospel, but their hostile spirit to the + missionaries had passed away.</p> + + <p>Robert Moffat had heard of a powerful Bechwana tribe, named + the Bangwaketsi, whose chief was Makaba, dwelling about two + hundred miles to the north-east. To this chief and people he + now contemplated paying a visit.</p> + + <p>Rumours had also been current at intervals, for more than a + year past, of strange and terrible doings by a fierce and + numerous people, called the Mantatees, who were advancing from + the eastward. To gain definite intelligence concerning this + people, and also with the view of paying his contemplated visit + to Makaba, Moffat resolved upon undertaking a journey to that + chief. He was also influenced by the desire to open up a + friendly intercourse with so powerful, and it might be + dangerous, a potentate as Makaba; and likewise by the wish of + gaining opportunities of more fully studying the language and + becoming acquainted with the localities of the tribes; the + ulti<span class="pagenum"><a name="page64" + id="page64"></a>{64}</span> mate design of all being the + introduction of the Gospel among them.</p> + + <p>An invitation arrived from Makaba, and the way seemed open. + Mothibi, however, the Bechwana chief, was greatly averse to the + undertaking, and threw all possible obstacles in its path, + short of actual armed resistance. His people were forbidden to + accompany the missionary, who was obliged therefore to start + with only the few men he had.</p> + + <p>As he journeyed forward the reports concerning the Mantatees + were again heard, and on reaching Nokaneng, about twenty miles + distant from Lattakoo, he learned that the invaders had + attacked a Bechwana tribe, the Barolongs, at Kunuana, about one + hundred miles off. Spies were sent out but returned without any + definite tidings, and the journey was resumed.</p> + + <p>For four days the party travelled across a dry and trackless + country, when they came to a fine valley, in which were some + pools and plenty of game. Here they remained two days, and then + prepared to continue their journey to the Bangwaketsi. Just as + they were about to start, however, they ascertained from two + natives that the Mantatees had attacked the Barolongs, and were + in possession of a village somewhat in the rear of the + missionary's party.</p> + + <p>No time was to be lost. The distance was retraced with all + speed, and the alarming news told at Lattakoo. A public meeting + was convened, and Moffat gave a circumstantial account of the + information he had gathered. The enemy were a numerous and + powerful body, they had destroyed many towns of the Bakone + tribes, slaughtered immense numbers of people, laid Kurrechane + in ruins, scattered the Barolongs, and, in addition, were said + to be cannibals.</p> + + <p>The alarming tidings produced at first, a gloom on + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page65" + id="page65"></a>{65}</span> every countenance, and silence + reigned for a few minutes. Then Mothibi, in the name of the + assembly, said he was exceedingly thankful that their + missionary had been "hard-headed" and pursued his journey, thus + discovering to them their danger.</p> + + <p>Moffat counselled that as the Bechwanas were quite unable to + resist so savage a force as the Mantatees, they had better + either flee to the Colony or call in the aid of the Griquas, + volunteering to proceed to Griqua Town to give information and + procure assistance. The chief at that place was one Andries + Waterboer, who had been educated by the missionaries, and who, + before his election as chief, had been set apart for a native + teacher. Mr. Melville, the Government agent, also resided in + the town.</p> + + <p>Moffat reached Griqua Town safely, and Waterboer promised to + come to the assistance of the Bechwanas as soon as he could + muster his forces. Moffat then returned to his station.</p> + + <p>Eleven anxious days were passed at Lattakoo, waiting the + arrival of the Griquas. By the time they arrived, the enemy had + reached Letakong, only thirty-six miles away. The Griqua force + consisted of about one hundred horsemen, armed with guns, and + it being reported that there were white men among the invaders, + Moffat was asked to accompany the force, as, having some + knowledge of the language, he might be able to bring about a + treaty with them. He agreed to go, and Mr. Melville started + with him.</p> + + <p>Before leaving, all met to pray for Divine counsel and help. + A blessing on the means of preventing a further effusion of + blood was asked, and if recourse to violent measures became + necessary, it was prayed that the heads of those engaged might + be shielded in the day of + battle.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page66" + id="page66"></a>{66}</span></p> + + <p>The small force pressed forward as far as the Matlaurin + River, about half way, where all bivouacked. Leaving the main + body, Waterboer, Moffat, and a few others, rode onward for + about four hours, and then halted for the night among some + trees. At day-light they proceeded until they came in sight of + the enemy. These were divided into two parties, one holding a + town, out of which they had driven the inhabitants, and the + other lying on the hills to the left of the town. As the + horsemen drew near, they could perceive that they were + discovered, and among the masses of the invaders could be seen + the war-axes and brass ornaments as they glittered in the + sun.</p> + + <p>Riding forward, Moffat and Waterboer found a young woman + belonging to the Mantatees, whose whole appearance denoted + direful want. Food was given her, and some tobacco, and she was + sent with a message to her people that the strangers wanted to + speak with them and not to fight. An old man and a lad were + also found dying of starvation, these were helped and talked to + in full sight of the enemy. All possible means were tried to + bring them to a parley, but in vain, they only responded by + making furious rushes, showing their intention to attack.</p> + + <p>The whole day was spent in this manner, and at evening + Moffat left Waterboer and the scouts, and rode back to confer + with Mr. Melville and the other Griqua chiefs, to see if some + means could be devised of preventing the dreadful consequences + of battle. One of the Griqua chiefs, named Cornelius Kok, nobly + insisted on Moffat taking his best horse, one of the strongest + present. To this generous act the missionary afterwards owed + his life.</p> + + <p>All the party were in motion the next morning before + day-light. The whole of the horsemen advanced + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page67" + id="page67"></a>{67}</span> to within about one hundred and + fifty yards of the enemy, thinking to intimidate them and bring + them to a conference. The Mantatees rushed forward with a + terrible howl, throwing their war clubs and javelins. The + rushes becoming dangerous, Waterboer and his party commenced + firing, and the battle became general. The Mantatees + obstinately held their ground, seeming determined rather to + perish than flee, which they might easily have done.</p> + + <p>After the combat had lasted two hours and a-half, the + Griquas, finding their ammunition rapidly diminishing, advanced + to take the enemy's position. The latter gave way and fled, at + first westward, but being intercepted, they turned towards the + town. Here a desperate struggle took place. At last, seized + with despair, the enemy fled precipitately, and were pursued by + the Griquas for about eight miles.</p> + + <p>Soon after the battle commenced, the Bechwanas who + accompanied the Griqua force came up, and began discharging + their poisoned arrows into the midst of the Mantatees. + Half-a-dozen of these fierce warriors, however, turned upon + them, and the whole body scampered off in wild disorder. But as + soon as these cowards saw that the Mantatees had retired, they + rushed like hungry wolves to the spot where they had been + encamped, and began to plunder and kill the wounded, also + murdering the women and children with their spears and + battle-axes.</p> + + <p>Fighting not being within the missionary's province, he + refrained from firing a shot, though for safety he kept with + the Griqua force. Seeing now the savage ferocity of the + Bechwanas in killing the inoffensive women and children, he + turned his attention to these objects of pity, who were fleeing + in all directions. Galloping in among them, many of the + Bechwanas <span class="pagenum"><a name="page68" + id="page68"></a>{68}</span> were deterred from their barbarous + purpose, and the women, seeing that mercy was shown them, sat + down, and baring their breasts, exclaimed, "I am a woman; I am + a woman." The men seemed as though it was impossible to yield, + and although often sorely wounded, they continued to throw + their spears and war-axes at any one who approached.</p> + + <p>It was while carrying on his work of mercy among the wounded + that Moffat nearly lost his life. He had got hemmed in between + a rocky height and a body of the enemy. A narrow passage + remained, through which he could escape at full gallop. Right + in the middle of this passage there rose up before him a man + who had been shot, but who had collected his strength, and, + weapon in hand, was awaiting him. Just at that moment one of + the Griquas, seeing the situation, fired. The ball whizzed + past, close to Moffat. The aim had been a true one, and the way + of escape was clear.</p> + + <p>This battle saved the mission. It did more than + that—it saved the Mantatees themselves from terrible + destruction. As a devastating host they would in all + probability have advanced to the borders of the Colony, and + being driven back, would have perished miserably, men, women, + and children, either of starvation, or at the hands of those + tribes whom they would have overcome in their advance, and + through whose territories they must have passed in their + retreat.</p> + + <p>After the battle was over, Mr. Melville and Robert Moffat + collected many of the Mantatee women and children, who were + taken to the missionary station. Alarm prevailed there for some + days, it being feared that the Mantatees might make a descent + upon the place after the Griquas had left. At one time the + prospect was so ominous that the missionary band, with their + wives and children, after burying their + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page69" + id="page69"></a>{69}</span> property, left Lattakoo for a short + time, and sought shelter at Griqua Town. The threatened attack + not being made, and as it was found that the Mantatees had left + the neighbourhood, the station was again occupied.</p> + + <p>The Bechwanas were deeply sensible of the interest the + missionaries had shown in their welfare, at a time when they + might with ease and little loss of property have retired in + safety to the Colony, leaving them to be destroyed by the + fierce invaders.</p> + + <p>For a long time past, it had been evident to Moffat that the + site upon which they dwelt at Lattakoo was altogether + unsuitable for missionary purposes. The great scarcity of + water, especially in dry seasons, rendered any attempt at + raising crops most difficult, and even water for drinking + purposes could only be obtained in small quantity. Advantage + was therefore taken of the present favourable impression, made + upon the minds of Mothibi and his people, to obtain a site for + a new station. A place eight miles distant, about three miles + below the Kuruman fountain, where the river of that name had + its source, was examined and found to offer better advantages + for a missionary station than any other for hundreds of miles + round. Arrangements were made with the Bechwana chiefs so that + about two miles of the Kuruman valley should henceforth be the + property of the London Missionary Society, proper remuneration + being given as soon as Moffat returned from Cape Town, to which + place he contemplated paying a visit shortly.</p> + + <p>This new station will be known in the further chronicle of + events, by the name of Kuruman.</p> + + <p>At the beginning of 1824, the Moffats were in Cape Town. + They had gone there to obtain supplies, to seek medical aid for + Mrs. Moffat, who had suffered in health considerably, and to + confer personally <span class="pagenum"><a name="page70" + id="page70"></a>{70}</span> with Dr. Philip about the removal + of the station. Mothibi having been anxious that his son, + Peclu, should see the country of the white people, had sent + him, accompanied by Taisho, one of the principal chiefs, to + Cape Town with the missionaries.</p> + + <p>The young prince and his companion were astonished at what + they saw. With difficulty they were persuaded to go along with + Robert Moffat on board one of the ships in the bay. The + enormous size of the hull, the height of the masts, the + splendid cabin and the deep hold, were each and all objects of + wonder; and when they saw a boy mount the rigging and ascend to + the masthead, their astonishment was complete. Turning to the + young prince, Taisho whispered, "Ah ga si khatla?" (Is it not + an ape?) "Do these water-houses (ships) unyoke like waggon-oxen + every night?" they inquired; and also; "Do they graze in the + sea to keep them alive?" Being asked what they thought of a + ship in full sail, which was then entering the harbour, they + replied, "We have no thoughts here, we hope to think again when + we get on shore."</p> + + <p>Upon the same day that the Moffats reached Cape Town, a ship + arrived from England, bringing three new missionaries intended + for the Bechwana station. Of these, however, one only and his + wife, Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, were able to accompany the older + missionary upon his return to his post.</p> + + <p>Mrs. Moffat's health being somewhat improved, the party left + Cape Town, and after a tedious and monotonous journey of two + months, Robert and Mary Moffat reached Lattakoo in safety. They + had left Mr. and Mrs. Hughes at Griqua Town, where they were to + remain for a season. Upon reaching home Mr. Hamilton was found + pursuing his lonely labours with that quiet patience so + characteristic of him.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page71" + id="page71"></a>{71}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0178.jpg" alt="water" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2> + + <h3>VISIT TO MAKABA.</h3> + + <p>Shortly after his return, and pending the final arrangements + for the removal of the missionary station, it was considered + advisable that Robert Moffat should pay his long promised visit + to Makaba, the chief of the Bangwaketsi. He left on the 1st of + July, 1824, and was accompanied by a large party of Griquas, + who were going into that region to hunt elephants.</p> + + <p>Skirting the edge of the Kalahari desert for some time they + afterwards deviated from their course through want of water, + and visited Pitsana, where a great concourse of natives had + gathered, consisting of the different sections of the Barolong + tribe, who had been driven from their country the previous year + during the invasion of the Mantatees. Thence they proceeded + onward till they reached Kwakwe, the residence of Makaba and + his people, and the metropolis of the Bangwaketsi. Here the + missionary was most favourably received by the king, who + remarked, with a laugh, "That he wondered they should trust + themselves, unarmed, in the town of such a <i>villain</i> as he + was reported to be."<span class="pagenum"><a name="page72" + id="page72"></a>{72}</span></p> + + <p>He entertained Moffat and his party royally, declaring, "My + friends, I am perfectly happy; my heart is whiter than milk, + because you have visited me. To-day I am a great man. You are + wise and bold to come and see with your own eyes, and laugh at + the testimony of my enemies."</p> + + <p>Moffat tried on several occasions to converse with the chief + and his people on Divine things, but apparently with little + success. At length on the Sabbath he resolved to pay Makaba a + formal visit, so as to obtain a hearing for the subject. He + found the monarch seated among a large number of his principal + men, all engaged either preparing skins, cutting them, sewing + mantles, or telling news.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0179.jpg" alt="NATIVES SEWING" + title="NATIVES SEWING" width="640" /> + + <h4>NATIVES SEWING.</h4> + </div> + + <p>Sitting down beside him, and amidst his nobles and + counsellors, Moffat stated that his object was to tell + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page73" + id="page73"></a>{73}</span> him news. The missionary spoke of + God, of the Saviour, but his words fell upon deaf ears. One of + the men sitting near, however, seemed struck with the character + of the Redeemer, and especially with His miracles. On hearing + that He had raised the dead, the man said, "What an excellent + doctor He must have been to raise the dead." This led to a + description of His power, and how that power would be exercised + at the last day in the Resurrection. The ear of the monarch + caught the sound of a resurrection from the dead, "What," he + exclaimed in astonishment, "What are these words about? the + dead, the dead arise!"</p> + + <p>"Yes, all the dead shall arise."</p> + + <p>"Will my father arise?"</p> + + <p>"Yes, your father will arise."</p> + + <p>"Will all the slain in battle arise?"</p> + + <p>"Yes."</p> + + <p>"And will all that have been killed and devoured by lions, + tigers, hyenas, and crocodiles again revive?"</p> + + <p>"Yes; and come to judgment."</p> + + <p>"And will those whose bodies have been left to waste and to + wither on the desert plains and scattered to the winds again + arise?" asked the king, with a kind of triumph, as though this + time he had fixed the missionary.</p> + + <p>"Yes!" answered he, with emphasis; "not one will be left + behind."</p> + + <p>After looking at his visitor for a few moments, Makaba + turned to his people, saying in a stentorian voice: "Hark, ye + wise men, whoever is among you, the wisest of past generations, + did ever your ears hear such strange and unheard-of news?"</p> + + <p>Receiving an answer in the negative, he laid his hand upon + Moffat's breast and said, "Father, I love + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page74" + id="page74"></a>{74}</span> you much. Your visit and your + presence have made my heart as white as milk. The words of your + mouth are sweet as honey, but the words of a resurrection are + too great to be heard. I do not wish to hear again about the + dead rising! The dead cannot arise! The dead must not + arise!"</p> + + <p>"Why," inquired the missionary, "can so great a man refuse + knowledge and turn away from wisdom? Tell me, my friend, why I + must not add to words and speak of a resurrection?"</p> + + <p>Raising and uncovering his arm which had been strong in + battle, and shaking his hand as if quivering a spear, he + replied, "I have slain my thousands, and shall they arise!"</p> + + <p>"Never before," adds Mr. Moffat in his <i>Missionary + Labours</i>, "had the light of Divine revelation dawned upon + his savage mind, and of course his conscience had never accused + him, no, not for one of the thousands of deeds of rapine and + murder which had marked his course through a long career."</p> + + <p>Starting homewards, the Griqua hunting party, for some + altogether unexplained reason, announced their intention of + returning with the missionary instead of remaining behind to + hunt; a most providential circumstance, which in all + probability saved the lives of Moffat and his followers and + many more besides.</p> + + <p>A few hours after leaving Makaba, messengers met the + returning company from Tauane, the chief of the Barolongs, + asking the help of the missionary party as he was about to be + attacked by the Mantatees. On reaching Pitsana they found that + such was the case. The attack was made and repelled by the + Griquas, about twenty in number, mounted and armed with guns; + and thus the town was saved, the flight of its inhabitants into + the Kalahari desert, there to perish + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page75" + id="page75"></a>{75}</span> of hunger and thirst, prevented, + and the safety of Robert Moffat and his companions secured.</p> + + <p>The time during which Moffat had been absent from Lattakoo, + had been a most anxious one for his wife and those who remained + at the station. A band of marauders had gathered in the Long + Mountains, about forty miles to the westward, and after + attacking some villages on the Kuruman, had threatened an + attack on the Batlaping and the mission premises. The dreaded + Mantatees were also reported to be in the neighbourhood. One + night when Mary Moffat was alone with her little ones and the + two Bushmen children, Mr. Hamilton and the assistants being + away at the new station, a loud rap came at the door, and + inquiring who was there, Mothibi himself replied. He brought + word that the Mantatees were approaching.</p> + + <p>A hasty message was sent to Mr. Hamilton, who arrived about + eight o'clock in the morning when preparations were made for + flight. Messengers continued to arrive, each bringing tidings + that caused fresh alarm, until about noon, when it was + ascertained that the fierce and savage enemy had turned aside + and directed their course to the Barolongs.</p> + + <p>The station was safe, but the loving heart of the + missionary's wife was torn with anguish, as she foresaw that + the dreaded Mantatees would be crossing her husband's path just + at the time when he, almost alone, was returning on his + homeward way.</p> + + <p>Prayer was the support of Mary Moffat under this terrible + ordeal, and the way prayer was answered has been seen, in the + unaccountable manner in which Berend Berend and his party of + Griquas changed their minds and resolved upon returning with + Robert Moffat, instead of remaining to hunt elephants in the + country of the + Bangwaketsi.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page76" + id="page76"></a>{76}</span></p> + + <p>The remainder of the year 1824 witnessed bloodshed and + strife all around. War among the Bechwanas, attacks by the + marauders of the Long Mountains, commotions among the interior + tribes: the land was deluged with blood; even the warlike + Bangwaketsi were dispersed, and Makaba was killed. Once again + the missionaries had to flee with their families to Griqua + Town, leaving Mr. Hamilton, as he was without family in charge + of the new station, with two horses ready for flight in case of + danger.</p> + + <p>The end of the year found the Kuruman + missionaries,—who now consisted of Robert and Mary + Moffat, Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, and Mr. Hamilton,—with the + exception of the last named, at Griqua Town.</p> + + <p>The new station at the Kuruman had been occupied shortly + before the departure of the fugitives; and early in 1825, + finding that the immediate danger had passed, the Moffats, + accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, rejoined Mr. Hamilton. Two + events of a distressing character to the Batlaping and their + missionaries occurred about this time. The first was the + passage of two terrible hail-storms over a portion of the + country, destroying the crops, killing lambs, and stripping the + bark from trees. The second was the death of the young prince, + Peclu, who had an excellent disposition, was comparatively + enlightened, and whose influence the missionaries expected + would have been most salutary among his countrymen.</p> + + <p>This sorrowful event, combined with a further attack upon + the Batlaping by the marauders, determined Mothibi and his + people to leave their present place of settlement and remove to + the eastward. For a considerable time, however, they remained + in an unsettled state, suffering from attacks, and leading a + vagrant life.</p> + + <p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page77" + id="page77"></a>{77}</span> The work of laying out the new + station was proceeded with. Three temporary dwellings had + already been erected, consisting of a wooden framework, filled + up with reeds, and plastered within and without; the + foundations of more permanent dwellings had also been laid. Mr. + Hughes, who had been to Cape Town for supplies, returned, + accompanied by a mason named Millen and a few Hottentot + assistants from Bethelsdorp. The company at the station was a + large one, and to provide them with food was a work of + difficulty.</p> + + <p>The Kuruman fountain, the source of the Kuruman river, + issues from caverns in a little hill. It was the purpose of the + missionaries to lead the water from the river to irrigate their + gardens. For this purpose a trench was cut two miles in length. + This was a work of great labour and was attended by + considerable danger. It was found necessary that the men when + working should have their guns with them, in case of being + surprised by the robbers who roved about. Moffat says, "it was + dug in troublous times."</p> + + <p>Sickness and death entered the missionary dwellings. An + infant son was born to the Moffats, and five days after called + away. Mr. Hughes was laid low through a severe cold, and + brought to the gates of death. When all hope seemed to have + vanished he began to amend, though his health was not restored + until he and Mrs. Hughes made a journey to the Cape. In 1827 he + left Kuruman and removed to the Griqua Mission. The mother of + Mary Moffat died in October, 1825, but the news did not reach + her daughter in Africa until April, 1826.</p> + + <p>Referring to this time Robert Moffat says: "Our situation + during the infancy of the new station, I shall not attempt to + describe. Some of our newly arrived + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page78" + id="page78"></a>{78}</span> assistants, finding themselves in a + country where the restraints of law were unknown, and not being + under the influence of religion, would not submit to the + privations which we patiently endured, but murmured + exceedingly. Armed robbers were continually making inroads, + threatening death and extirpation. We were compelled to work + daily at every species of labour, most of which was very heavy, + under a burning sun, and in a dry climate, where only one + shower had fallen during the preceding twelve months. These are + only imperfect samples of our engagements for several years at + the new station, while at the same time, the language, which + was entirely oral, had to be acquired."</p> + + <p>Notwithstanding all the impediments to such an enterprise, + Robert Moffat had made some progress towards establishing a + literature in the native, or Sechwana tongue. A spelling-book, + catechism, and some small portions of Scripture had been + prepared, and sent to the Cape to be printed, in 1825. Through + a mistake, these were unfortunately sent on to England, causing + much disappointment and delay.</p> + + <p>Things settled down somewhat in 1826. The discontented + Hottentots returned to the Colony, leaving the missionaries and + Mr. Millen to carry on the work of laying out the station, + erecting the buildings, and the other manual labour connected + with the undertaking, assisted only by such poor help as they + could get from the Bechwanas.</p> + + <p>The native population at the station had been much reduced. + Such of the Batlaping as had not moved away, had settled down + about the Kuruman valley. They did not oppose the Gospel, but + they appeared quite indifferent to it.</p> + + <p>For several years the country had been parched + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page79" + id="page79"></a>{79}</span> through drought, but early in 1826 + rain fell plentifully. The earth was soon covered with verdure, + but the bright prospects of abundance were quickly cut off. + Swarms of locusts infested the land, and vegetation was + entirely destroyed. This led to great scarcity, and although + the natives caught and ate the locusts, hunger and suffering + prevailed. The missionaries' cattle could not be let out of + sight, or they were instantly stolen. One day two noted fellows + from the mountains pounced down upon a man who had charge of + some oxen. They murdered the man and made off with an ox.</p> + + <p>To become proficient in the Sechwana language was the + earnest purpose of Robert Moffat. At the end of the year 1826, + having moved into his new dwelling, built of stone, and the + state of the country being somewhat more tranquil, he left his + home and family, to sojourn for a time among the Barolongs, so + that he might live exclusively with the natives and attend to + their speech.</p> + + <p>He made the journey by ox-waggon, and was accompanied by the + waggon-driver, a boy, and two Barolongs who were journeying to + the same place as himself. The dangers attending these + journeyings from tribe to tribe were by no means imaginary, the + following, related in Moffat's own words, serving as an + illustration of some of the perils often encountered:</p> + + <p>"The two Barolongs had brought a young cow with them, and + though I recommended their making her fast as well as the oxen, + they humorously replied that she was too wise to leave the + waggon, even though a lion should be scented. We took a little + supper, which was followed by our evening hymn and prayer. I + had retired only a few minutes to my waggon to prepare for the + night, when the whole of the oxen + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page80" + id="page80"></a>{80}</span> started to their feet. A lion had + seized the cow only a few steps from their tails, and dragged + it to the distance of thirty or forty yards, where we + distinctly heard it tearing the animal and breaking its bones, + while its bellowings were most pitiful. When these were over, I + seized my gun, but as it was too dark to see half the distance, + I aimed at the spot where the devouring jaws of the lion were + heard. I fired again and again, to which he replied with + tremendous roars, at the same time making a rush towards the + waggon so as exceedingly to terrify the oxen. The two Barolongs + engaged to take firebrands and throw them at him so as to + afford me a degree of light that I might take aim. They had + scarcely discharged them from their hands when the flames went + out, and the enraged animal rushed towards them with such + swiftness, that I had barely time to turn the gun and fire + between the men and the lion. The men darted through some thorn + bushes with countenances indicative of the utmost terror. It + was now the opinion of all that we had better let him alone if + he did not molest us.</p> + + <p>"Having but a scanty supply of wood to keep up a fire, one + man crept among the bushes on one side of the pool, while I + proceeded for the same purpose on the other side. I had not + gone far, when looking upward to the edge of the small basin, I + discerned between me and the sky four animals, whose attention + appeared to be directed to me by the noise I made in breaking a + dry stick. On closer inspection I found that the large round, + hairy-headed visitors were lions, and retreated on my hands and + feet towards the other side of the pool, when coming to my + waggon-driver, I found him looking with no little alarm in an + opposite direction, and with good reason, as no fewer + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page81" + id="page81"></a>{81}</span> than two lions with a cub were + eyeing us both, apparently as uncertain about us as we were + distrustful of them. We thankfully decamped to the waggon and + sat down to keep alive our scanty fire, while we listened to + the lion tearing and devouring his prey. When any of the other + hungry lions dared to approach he would pursue them for some + paces with a horrible howl, which made our poor oxen tremble, + and produced anything but agreeable sensations to ourselves. We + had reason for alarm, lest any of the six lions we saw, + fearless of our small fire, might rush in among us."</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0180.jpg" alt="BAROLONG WOMEN" + title="BAROLONG WOMEN" width="500" /> + + <h4>BAROLONG WOMEN.</h4> + </div> + + <p>From these dangers Moffat was mercifully preserved + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page82" + id="page82"></a>{82}</span> and after journeying for six days + he reached the village of a young chief named Bogachu. At this + place, and at one about twenty miles distant, he lived a + semi-savage life for ten weeks. To use a common expression he + "made himself at home" among them. They were kind and appeared + delighted with his company, especially as when food run scarce, + he could take his gun and shoot a rhinoceros or some other + animal, when a night of feasting and talking would follow.</p> + + <p>Every opportunity was embraced by the missionary of + imparting Christian instruction to these people; their supreme + idea of happiness, however, seemed able to rise no higher than + having plenty of meat. Asking a man, who seemed more grave than + the rest, what was the finest sight he could desire, he + replied, "A great fire covered with pots full of meat," adding, + "How ugly the fire looks without a pot"</p> + + <p>The object of the journey was fully gained; henceforth + Robert Moffat needed no interpreter; he could now speak and + preach to the people in their own tongue. He found all well on + reaching home and prepared to settle down with a feeling of + ability to the work of translation.</p> + + <p>The prospects of the mission at this time began to brighten. + Several thousands of the natives had gathered on the opposite + side of the valley, near the mission station. They were + becoming more settled in their minds, and would collect in the + different divisions of the town when the missionaries visited + them; the public attendance at the regular religious services + daily increased, and the school was better attended. No visible + signs of an inward change in the natives could yet be seen, but + Moffat and his fellow-workers felt certain that this was not + far off.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page83" + id="page83"></a>{83}</span></p> + + <p>War again intervened and darkened the brightening prospects. + Once more the missionaries, after prayerful consideration, felt + it necessary to flee to Griqua Town, suffering much loss of + time and of property. Happily the storm passed over, and, on + returning to the Kuruman, they found their houses, and such + property as they had left behind, in good order, a proof of the + influence they were gaining over the once thievish Bechwanas. + Half the oxen and nearly all the cows belonging to the + missionaries were, however, dead, no milk could be obtained, + and, worse than these evils, the people had fled, leaving their + native houses but heaps of ashes.</p> + + <p>Sorrowfully these servants of God resolved once more to + resume their labours. A few poor natives had remained at the + station, whose numbers were being increased by others who + arrived from day to day.</p> + + <p>At this trying time the hearts of Robert Moffat and his + companions were cheered by the arrival of the Rev. Robert + Miles, the Society's superintendent, who, having made himself + conversant with the affairs of the station, suggested the great + importance of preparing something like hymns in the native + language. By the continued singing of these, he stated the + great truths of salvation would become imperceptibly written on + the minds of the people.</p> + + <p>The suggestion so kindly made was acted upon, and Moffat + prepared the first hymn in the language. The spelling-books + also arrived, which enabled the missionaries to open a school + in the Sechwana tongue. Mr. Miles returned, and the stated + labours of the mission were carried forward. With few + interruptions they had been continued for ten years without + fruit. But the dawn of a new era seemed now ready to rise above + the horizon.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page84" + id="page84"></a>{84}</span></p> + + <p>Yet again, however, was their faith to be sorely tried by + the terrible scourge—war. The desperadoes consisted this + time of a party advancing from the Orange River, among whom + were some Griquas. The suspense and anxiety were great, but + recourse was had to prayer. On this occasion the missionaries + determined to remain at their post. A first attack was repulsed + through the intrepidity of an escaped slave named Aaron + Josephs, and a peaceful interval intervened of about two + months, when a second attack on the mission premises was + threatened. By Moffat's directions, the heights at the back of + the station were crowded with men, to give the appearance of a + large defending force, though probably not a dozen guns could + have been mustered among them. The assailants seeing the + preparations for defence, drew up at some distance, and, after + a short delay, sent forward two messengers with a flag of + truce. Moffat went out to meet them, and learned that a + renegade Christian Griqua named Jantye Goeman wished to see him + at their camp.</p> + + <p>A meeting was arranged half way between the station and the + camp, and Jantye, who was ashamed to let the missionary see his + face, as he had known him at Griqua Town, tried to lay all the + blame upon another renegade, a Coranna chief named Paul, who + had, in days gone by, entertained Robert Moffat and visited his + dwelling.</p> + + <p>At this moment a waggon was seen approaching, and fearing it + might contain some one from Griqua Town, and seeing that a + hostile movement was made towards it, Moffat turned to Jantye + and said, "I shall not see your face till the waggon and its + owners are safe on the station." He instantly ran off and + brought the waggon through, when it was found to contain + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page85" + id="page85"></a>{85}</span> the Wesleyan missionaries Mr. and + Mrs. Archbell from Platberg.</p> + + <p>At last, after much hesitation, Paul himself came near. He + could not look at Moffat, and kept his hat drawn down over his + eyes. He told the missionary that he himself need have no fear, + but that revenge should be had upon the Batlaping who were at + Kuruman.</p> + + <p>"I shall have their blood and their cattle too," said Paul, + as his eyes glared with fury.</p> + + <p>Long and patiently Moffat argued with him, showing him the + enormity of his crimes. At last the victory was won. No shot + was fired, and both the station and the Batlaping were saved. + Turning to his men, and referring to some of the missionary's + cattle which had been stolen, he cried, "Bring back those cows + and sheep we took this morning."</p> + + <p>It was done. Then he said, "I am going. There are the things + of your people. Will Mynheer not shake hands with me for + once?"</p> + + <p>"Of course I will," said Moffat, "but let me see your + face."</p> + + <p>"That I will not, indeed," he replied, "I do not want to die + yet. I can see your face through my hat."</p> + + <p>The rude hand of war was henceforth stayed, and the land had + peace for half-a-century, during which time great and happy + changes took place at the Kuruman station.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0181.jpg" alt="hill" width="350" /> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page86" + id="page86"></a>{86}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0182.jpg" alt="small boat on water" + width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER + VII.</h2> + + <h3>THE AWAKENING.</h3> + + <p>The long delayed, and fervently prayed for time had come at + last. For ten weary years these earnest and faithful + missionaries had laboured without seeing any results. Now their + hearts were to rejoice as they should witness the work of the + Holy Spirit, and see those over whom they had so long mourned, + brought to the Saviour, and out of heathen darkness into Gospel + light.</p> + + <p>"The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the + sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither + it goeth;" so was it with the awakening among the Bechwanas at + the Kuruman. There seemed no apparent cause for the intensity + of feeling that was now displayed by these people. Men, who had + scorned the idea of shedding a tear, wept as their hearts were + melted. The chapel became a place of weeping, and some, after + gazing intently upon the preacher, fell down in hysterics. The + little chapel became too small to hold the numbers who flocked + to it, and with the voluntary aid of Aaron Josephs a new + building, fifty-one feet long by sixteen wide, with clay walls + and thatched roof, was erected + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page87" + id="page87"></a>{87}</span> to serve as a school-house and + place of worship, until the large stone church, which was to + form the most prominent feature of the station, should be + completed.</p> + + <p>This temporary church was opened in May, 1829, and in the + following month, after very careful examination, six candidates + for baptism were selected from among the inquirers. Speaking of + these converts Robert Moffat said, "It was truly gratifying to + observe the simplicity of their faith, implicitly relying on + the atonement of Christ, of which they appeared to have a very + clear conception, considering the previous darkness of their + minds on such subjects."</p> + + <p>They were baptised on the first Sabbath in July, a large + number of spectators from the neighbouring towns, and a party + of Griquas, being present. In the evening the missionaries, the + new disciples, and a Griqua, twelve in all, sat down to the + Lord's table. In connection with this event an interesting + anecdote is related showing the strong faith of Mary + Moffat!</p> + + <p>On one occasion, some time before this event, when all + seemed dark, her friend Mrs. Greaves of Sheffield had written + to Mary Moffat kindly inquiring if there was anything of use + which she could send. The reply returned was, "Send us a + communion service, we shall want it some day." Communication + between the Kuruman and England was tardy then, and before an + answer came to her letter the darkness increased, and the + Bechwanas seemed as far from salvation as ever. On the day + preceding the reception of the first converts into the Kuruman + Church, a box arrived from England, which had been twelve + months on the road, and in it were found the communion vessels + that Mary Moffat had asked for more than two years before.</p> + + <p>Great as was the change, the missionaries rejoiced + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page88" + id="page88"></a>{88}</span> with trembling. They knew that + there were great prejudices to be overcome, and that the + relation in which the Christians stood to their heathen + neighbours would expose their faith to trial. But they prayed + and believed that He who had begun the good work would carry it + on.</p> + + <p>The change of heart speedily produced a change in dress and + habits. Those who had been baptised had previously procured + decent raiment, and prepared it for the occasion with Mrs. + Moffat's assistance. A sewing-school had hitherto been uncalled + for, the women's work having been that of building houses, + raising fences, and tilling the ground; now Mrs. Moffat met + those who desired to learn as often as her strength would + permit, and soon she had a motley group of pupils, very few of + the whole party possessing either a frock or a gown. The + scarcity of materials was a serious impediment to progress, but + ornaments, which before the natives had held in high repute, + were now parted with to purchase the skins of animals, which + being prepared almost as soft as cloth were made into jackets, + trousers, and gowns. When a visit was paid by a trader, British + manufactures were eagerly bought.</p> + + <p>In the progress of improvement some amusing incidents + occurred. A man might be seen in a jacket with one sleeve, + because the other was not yet finished; or others went about in + duffel jackets with sleeves of cotton of various colours; gowns + like Joseph's coat were worn, and dresses of such fantastic + shapes, that to tell the fashion of the same would have been a + puzzle.</p> + + <p>To Mrs. Moffat general application was made both by males + and females. One brought skins to be cut into dresses, another + wanted a jacket, a third a pattern, + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page89" + id="page89"></a>{89}</span> while a fourth brought his jacket + sewed upside down, and asked why it did not fit. Fat, which + before they always considered was to be rubbed on their bodies + or deposited in their stomachs, they now found useful in making + candles to give light in their dwellings.</p> + + <p>The prospects of the missionaries continued cheering, and + the increased anxiety for instruction and growth in knowledge + among the candidates greatly strengthened their hands. "I seek + Jesus," one would say; a second, "I am feeling after God, I + have been wandering, unconscious of my danger, among beasts of + prey; the day has dawned, I see my danger." The missionaries + were cautious men, and were slow to receive members into their + little church, but the evidence was complete that numbers were + saved.</p> + + <p>The happy death of a native woman about this time afforded + them much encouragement. When she knew her end was near, she + said to those around, "I am going to die. Weep not because I am + going to leave you, but weep for your sins and your souls. With + me all is well, for do not suppose that I die like a beast, or + that I shall sleep for ever in the grave. No! Jesus has died + for my sins; He has said he will save me, I am going to be with + Him." Thus one who a few months before was as ignorant as the + cattle, departed with the full assurance of an eternal life + beyond the grave.</p> + + <p>Rumours had for some time past reached the Kuruman station + of a strong and warlike people who dwelt to the eastward, spoke + another language, and were strangers to the Bechwanas. In the + latter portion of 1829, two envoys were specially sent from + Moselekatse, the king of this people, the Matabele, to the + mission station at Kuruman, to learn about the manners and + teaching of the white men + there.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page90" + id="page90"></a>{90}</span></p> + + <p>These envoys, who were two of the king's head men, were + entertained, the principal objects, industries, and methods of + living were pointed out to them; but their greatest wonder was + excited when they beheld the public worship in the mission + chapel. They listened to the hymns, and to the address, part of + which only they understood, and were much surprised when they + heard that the hymns were not war songs.</p> + + <p>When the time came for the ambassadors to depart, they + begged Robert Moffat to accompany them, as they were afraid of + the Bechwana tribes through whom they would have to pass on + their return journey. This circumstance led to his visiting the + warlike Moselekatse, over whom he obtained a marvellous + influence.</p> + + <p>The details of the journey we must pass over. As they + advanced they saw evidences on every hand of the terrible + Mantatees, and the still more terrible Matabele. In places, + where populous towns and villages had been, nothing remained + but dilapidated walls and heaps of stones, mingled with human + skulls. The country had become the abode of reptiles and beasts + of prey; the inhabitants having perished beneath the spears and + clubs of their savage enemies.</p> + + <p>The reception accorded Robert Moffat by Moselekatse may best + be described in the missionary's own words:—</p> + + <p>"We proceeded directly to the town, and on riding into the + centre of the large fold, we were rather taken by surprise to + find it lined by eight hundred warriors, besides two hundred + who were concealed on each side of the entrance, as if in + ambush. We were beckoned to dismount, which we did, holding our + horses' bridles in our hands. The warriors at the gate + instantly rushed in with hideous yells, and leaping from the + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page91" + id="page91"></a>{91}</span> earth with a kind of kilt round + their bodies, hanging like loose tails, and their large + shields, frightened our horses. They then joined the circle, + falling into rank with as much order as if they had been + accustomed to European tactics. Here we stood, surrounded by + warriors, whose kilts were of ape skins, and their legs and + arms adorned with the hair and tails of oxen, their shields + reaching to their chins and their heads adorned with + feathers.</p> + + <p>"A profound silence followed for some ten minutes; then all + commenced a war-song, stamping their feet in time with the + music. No one approached, though every eye was fixed upon us. + Then all was silent, and Moselekatse marched out from behind + the lines with an interpreter, and with attendants following, + bearing meat, beer, and other food. He gave us a hearty + salutation and seemed overjoyed."</p> + + <p>The waggons were objects that struck the dusky monarch with + awe. He examined them minutely, especially the wheels; one + point remained a mystery, how the iron tire surrounding the + wheel came to be in one piece without end or joint. Umbate, the + head-man, who had visited the mission station, explained what + he had seen in the smith's shop there. "My eyes," said he, "saw + that very hand," pointing to Moffat's hand, "cut these bars of + iron, take a piece off one end, and then join them as you now + see them." "Does he give medicine to the iron?" the monarch + inquired. "No," said Umbate, "nothing is used but fire, a + hammer, and a chisel."</p> + + <p>This powerful chieftain was an absolute despot ruling over a + tribe of fierce warriors, who knew no will but his. He was the + terror of all the surrounding country, his smile was life, his + frown scattered horror and death. Yet even in his savage breast + there were <span class="pagenum"><a name="page92" + id="page92"></a>{92}</span> chords that could be touched by + kindness, and Moffat received many tokens of his friendship + during the eight days that he stayed in his town.</p> + + <p>During one of their first interviews the monarch, laying his + hand upon Moffats shoulder, said, "My heart is all white as + milk; I am still wondering at the love of a stranger who never + saw me. You have fed me, you have protected me, you have + carried me in your arms. I live to-day by you, a stranger."</p> + + <p>Upon Moffat replying that he was unaware of having rendered + him any such service, he said, pointing to his two ambassadors: + "These are great men; Umbate is my right hand. When I sent them + from my presence to see the land of the white men, I sent my + ears, my eyes, my mouth; what they heard I heard, what they saw + I saw, and what they said it was Moselekatse who said it. You + fed them and clothed them, and when they were to be slain you + were their shield. You did it unto me. You did it unto + Moselekatse, the son of Machobane."</p> + + <p>Moffat explained to this African king the objects of the + missionary, and pressed upon him the truths of the Gospel. On + one occasion the king came attended by a party of his warriors, + who remained at a short distance dancing and singing. "Their + yells and shouts," says Moffat, "their fantastic leaps and + distorted gestures, would have impressed a stranger with the + idea that they were more like a company of fiends than men." As + he looked upon the scene, his mind was occupied in + contemplating the miseries of the savage state. He spoke to the + king on man's ruin and man's redemption. "Why," said the + monarch, "are you so earnest that I abandon all war, and do not + kill men?" "Look on the human bones which lie scattered over + your dominions," was the missionary's + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page93" + id="page93"></a>{93}</span> answer. "They speak in awful + language, and to me they say, 'Whosoever sheddeth man's blood, + by man also will his blood be shed.'" Moffat also spoke of the + Resurrection, a startling subject for a savage and murderer + like Moselekatse.</p> + + <p>The kindness of the king extended to the missionary's return + journey. Food in abundance was given to him, and a number of + warriors attended his waggon as a guard against lions on the + way. After an absence of two months he reached home in safety, + where he found all well, and the Divine blessing still resting + upon the Mission. Copious showers had fallen, and the fields + and gardens teemed with plenty. The converts and many others, + leaving their old traditions as to horticulture, imitated the + example of the missionaries in leading out water to their + gardens, and raised crops, not only of their native grain, + pumpkins, kidney-beans, and water-melons, but also vegetables, + such as the missionaries had introduced, maize, wheat, barley, + peas, potatoes, carrots, onions, and tobacco—this latter + they had formerly purchased from the Bahurutsi, but now it + became a profitable article of traffic. They also planted fruit + trees.</p> + + <p>As an illustration of their zeal, which was not always + according to knowledge, the following may be given. The course + of the missionary's water-trench along the side of a hill, + appeared as if it ascended, therefore several of the natives + set to work in good earnest, and cut courses leading directly + up hill, hoping the water would one day follow.</p> + + <p>The spiritual affairs of the station kept pace with the + external improvements. The temporary chapel continued to be + well filled, a growing seriousness was observable among the + people, progress was made in reading, and there was every + reason for encourage<span class="pagenum"><a name="page94" + id="page94"></a>{94}</span> ment. Early In 1830, after the + second mission-house had been finished and occupied by Mr. + Hamilton, the foundation of a new and substantial stone church + was laid. Circumstances, however, and especially the difficulty + of procuring suitable timber for the roof delayed its + completion for several years.</p> + + <p>The work of translation had been kept steadily in view. In + June, 1830, Robert Moffat had finished the translation into + Sechwana, of the Gospel of Luke, and a long projected journey + to the coast was undertaken by him and his wife. The journey + had for its objects, to put the two elder children to school, + to get the translation of Luke printed, and to collect + subscriptions among friends in the Colony towards the building + of the new place of worship.</p> + + <p>At Philippolis, on their journey, they met with the French + missionaries Rolland and Lemue, of the Paris Protestant + Missionary Society, and also with Mr. and Mrs. Baillie, who had + been appointed by the London Missionary Society to the Kururnan + Mission. At Graham's Town, Mary Moffat remained behind to place + the children at the Wesleyan school near there, and Robert + visited several of the mission stations in Kafirland, and + afterwards some of those within the Colony, finally reaching + Cape Town in October, 1830.</p> + + <p>At that early day printing in Cape Town was in its infancy. + It was therefore found necessary to make application to the + Governor to allow the Gospel of Luke In Sechwana to be printed + at the Government Printing Office. The request was cheerfully + acceded to, but compositors there were none to undertake the + work. This difficulty, combined with the promise of an + excellent printing press, which Dr. Philip had in his + possession for the Kuruman Mission, + induced<span class="pagenum"><a name="page95" + id="page95"></a>{95}</span> Moffat to learn printing. He was + joined by Mr. Edwards, who was now appointed to the Kuruman + station, and under the kind superintendence of the assistant in + charge of the office, they soon not only completed the work + they had in hand, but acquired a fair knowledge of the art of + printing. Besides the Gospel of Luke, a small hymn-book was + printed in the Sechwana language.</p> + + <p>A violent attack of bilious fever followed these labours, + which had been carried on in the hottest season of the year, + and when the time came for Robert Moffat to leave Cape Town he + had to be carried on board the ship on a mattress. The sea + passage to Algoa Bay, however, although a rough one, tended + greatly to his restoration to health.</p> + + <p>Sickness among their oxen, and the birth of a daughter, whom + they named Elizabeth, detained the Moffats some time at + Bethelsdorp, on their return journey; from which place, + accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. Edwards, they went forward to the + Kuruman, where they arrived in June, 1831. They carried with + them the edition of the Gospel of Luke, a hymn-book printed in + the language of the people, a printing-press, type, paper, and + ink, besides liberal subscriptions from friends in the Colony + towards the erection of the mission church.</p> + + <p>Great was the astonishment of the natives when they saw the + printing-press at work. Lessons, spelling-books and catechisms + were prepared for the schools. To see a white sheet of paper + disappear for a moment and then emerge covered with letters was + beyond their comprehension. After a few noisy exclamations one + obtained a sheet, with which he bounded through the village, + showing it to all he met, and saying it had been made in a + moment with a <span class="pagenum"><a name="page96" + id="page96"></a>{96}</span> round black hammer (a printer's + ball) and a shake of the arm.</p> + + <p>A large box containing materials for clothing from a friend + in Manchester, Miss Lees, had also formed part of the baggage + brought from the Cape. Materials being now at hand, and Mrs. + Edwards and Mrs. Baillie co-operating, a sewing-school on a + much larger scale was established, to the great comfort and + improvement of the natives.</p> + + <p>The congregation continued to increase and new members were + added to the church, but sorrows tempered the joy of this happy + time. Small-pox entered the country, and many of the + inhabitants died; with them passed away one of the daughters of + Robert and Mary Moffat. Towards the end of 1832 the labourers + at Kuruman were cheered by a visit from Dr. Philip, who + arranged that the two French missionaries, Rolland and Lemue, + should commence a mission station at Motito, a place nearly + forty miles distant, in a north-easterly direction.</p> + + <p>In January, 1835, a scientific expedition under Dr. Andrew + Smith, arrived at Moffat's station. This visit appeared as + though ordered by an over-ruling Providence for the especial + benefit of himself and his devoted wife. It found them in sore + trouble, and it brought help and a friend in time of need. Mr. + Edwards was away and Robert had been overworked. When Dr. Smith + arrived, he found him suffering from an attack of intermittent + fever, and hastened to render aid. Under the Doctor's skilful + treatment he speedily recovered. On the 10th of March another + son was added to the Moffat family, and shortly afterwards Mary + was suddenly taken seriously ill, and became so weak, that for + many days her recovery seemed hopeless. The Doctor was at + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page97" + id="page97"></a>{97}</span> that time away surveying, but upon + receiving information of the position of affairs at Kuruman, he + immediately hastened to render all the assistance in his + power.</p> + + <p>Speaking of this friend, raised up so unexpectedly, Robert + Moffat writes in his book: "His tender sympathy and unremitting + attention in that trying season, during which all hope of her + recovery had fled, can never be erased from our grateful + recollection, for in the midst of his active and laborious + engagements at the head of the expedition, he watched for + several successive nights, with fraternal sympathy, what + appeared to be the dying pillow of my beloved partner, nor did + he leave before she was out of danger."</p> + + <p>A life-long friendship was cherished for the one who had + come to them in their sore need, and who was always most + gratefully remembered by the African missionary and his + exemplary wife.</p> + + <p>Shortly after these events, at the request of Dr. Smith, + Robert Moffat accompanied the expedition on a visit to + Moselekatse and the Matabele country. Moselekatse was delighted + to see his missionary friend again. The scientific expedition + had permission to travel through any part of the monarch's + territories, but Moffat, the king kept as his guest. Together + they visited, in the missionary's waggon, several of the + Matabele towns, and many conversations were held, in which the + importance of religion, and the evil effects of the king's + policy were faithfully pointed out.</p> + + <p>By this journey, which occupied three months, a way was + paved for some American missionaries to reside with + Moselekatse, and the country was surveyed to find timber + suitable for the roof of the + new<span class="pagenum"><a name="page98" + id="page98"></a>{98}</span> Kuruman church. This timber was + afterwards collected by Messrs. Hamilton and Edwards—the + wood-cutters having to travel to a distance of two hundred and + fifty miles—and fashioned into the roof of the church; + which stands at this day a monument of the united labours of + Hamilton, Moffat, and Edwards; and a wonder to beholders as to + how such an achievement could have been performed with the + slender means then at hand.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0183.jpg" + alt="MOFFAT PREACHING AT MOSHEU'S VILLAGE" + title="MOFFAT PREACHING AT MOSHEU'S VILLAGE" width="600" /> + + + <h4>MOFFAT PREACHING AT MOSHEU'S VILLAGE.</h4> + </div> + + <p>Upon Moffat's return home again, his wife, by Dr. Smith's + orders, left for the Cape to recruit her + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page99" + id="page99"></a>{99}</span> strength; and Robert Moffat went + itinerating among the scattered Bechwanas. A most interesting + time was spent at a village, one hundred and fifty miles from + Kuruman, where a chief named Mosheu and his people resided. + Three times did the missionary preach to them on the first day, + besides answering the questions of all who gathered round. Many + were most anxious to learn to read, and such spelling-books as + Moffat had with him were distributed among them.</p> + + <p>Some of the head men thought they would like to try, and + requested Moffat to teach them. A large sheet alphabet, torn at + one corner, was found, and laid on the ground. All knelt in a + circle round it, some of course viewing the letters upside + down. "I commenced pointing with a stick," says he, "and when I + pronounced one letter, all hallooed to some purpose. When I + remarked that perhaps we might manage with somewhat less noise, + one replied, 'that he was sure the louder he roared, the sooner + would his tongue get accustomed to the seeds' as he called the + letters."</p> + + <p>Somewhat later, a party of young folks seized hold of the + missionary, with the request, "Oh, teach us the A B C with + music." Dragged and pushed, he entered one of the largest + native houses, which was instantly crowded. The tune of "Auld + Lang Syne" was pitched to A B C, and soon the strains were + echoed to the farthest corner of the village. Between two and + three o'clock on the following morning, Moffat got permission + to retire to rest; his slumbers were, however, disturbed by the + assiduity of the sable choristers; and on awaking after a brief + repose, his ears were greeted on all sides by the familiar + notes of the Scotch air.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page100" + id="page100"></a>{100}</span></p> + + <p>Very pleasing progress was made by these people in Christian + knowledge. Mosheu brought his daughter to Mrs. Moffat for + instruction, and his brother took his son to Mr. Lemue at + Motito for the same purpose.</p> + + <p>The mission at the Kuruman continued to prosper, both at the + home and the out-stations. Numbers of Bechwanas were added to + the church, both at Kuruman and Griqua Town. Under Mr. Edwards' + superintendence the readers largely increased, and the Infant + School, commenced and carried on by Mrs. Edwards, with the + assistance of a native girl, was highly satisfactory. + Civilisation advanced, some of the natives purchasing waggons, + and using oxen for labour which formerly had been performed by + women. Clothing was in such demand, that a merchant named Hume, + an honourable trader in whom the missionaries had confidence, + built a house, and settled at the station. The new church, + after much labour, was opened in November, 1838, on which + occasion between eight and nine hundred persons attended the + service; and on the following Sabbath, one hundred and fifty + members united in celebrating the Lord's Supper.</p> + + <p>Persevering Christian love, combined with strong faith, much + prayer, and untiring labour, had changed the barren wilderness + into a fruitful land.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0184.jpg" alt="two natives" width="250" /> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page101" + id="page101"></a>{101}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0185.jpg" alt="image" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER + VIII.</h2> + + <h3>VISIT TO ENGLAND.</h3> + + <p>The work of Bible translation had been steadily pressed + forward; all available time having been devoted by Robert + Moffat to that undertaking. By the end of 1838, the whole of + the New Testament had been rendered into the native tongue, and + a journey was made by the Moffats to Cape Town, to recruit + their health, and to get the Sechwana New Testament printed; + the task being too heavy for the mission press. Cape Town was + but little better off than the Kuruman for accomplishing a work + of this magnitude, and it speedily became apparent that the + printing would have to be undertaken in England.</p> + + <p>Twenty-two years had passed away since the youthful + missionary stood upon the deck of the <i>Alacrity</i>, and bade + farewell to the land of his birth. During that time he had + never allowed his interest in the affairs of his native country + to grow cold. Letters and newspapers had been eagerly welcomed, + and the memory of friends in the far distant isle had been most + keenly cherished, both by him and his Mary. Now once more they + were to tread upon its + well-<span class="pagenum"><a name="page102" + id="page102"></a>{102}</span> loved shores, and to tell to its + people the story of God's work among the savage tribes of South + Africa.</p> + + <p>There were no floating "Castles"<a name="FNanchor_A_1" + id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" + class="fnanchor">[A]</a> at that time, making the journey in + twenty days, and a passage had to be taken in a small ship + homeward-bound from China, having troops on board. Measles + raged at the Cape, and sickness was on board ship. Between the + two the Moffats had much to endure, and the vessel had not left + Table Bay when another daughter was born to add to their joy + and anxiety. Three days' after his sister came, dear + six-year-old Jamie, lying beside his prostrate mother in her + cot, was called to the Better Land, with the words, "Oh, that + will be joyful, when we meet to part no more," upon his dying + lips.</p> + + <div class="footnote"> + <p><a name="Footnote_A_1" + id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label"> + [A]</span></a> Donald Currie's line of Mail steamships, the + <i>Garth Castle</i>, &c., which make the voyage to the + Cape in twenty days.</p> + </div> + + <p>On the 6th June, 1839, the ship anchored off Cowes, and a + few days later reached London. The reception of Robert Moffat + was most enthusiastic, and so great was the demand for his + presence at public meetings, that it was with the utmost + difficulty he procured liberty to visit his own friends.</p> + + <p>Twenty years had made great changes in the homes at both + Dukinfield and Inverkeithing. Mary Moffat's aged father was + living, but her mother and a brother had been called away, + another brother was in America, and a third was a missionary in + Madras. Robert's parents were still living, but a brother and + two sisters had passed away. Many friends, whose kind and + generous thoughtfulness had often cheered the heart of the + faithful missionary and his faithful wife in their voluntary + exile, now gathered around them, among whom were Mrs. Greaves + of Sheffield, the donor of the Communion Service, and Miss Lees + of Manchester.</p> + + <p>Of the events connected with this visit to England, + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page103" + id="page103"></a>{103}</span> want of space precludes us from + giving details. A great wave of missionary enthusiasm at that + time swept over the country, and Moffat found himself hurried + from town to town with but scant opportunities for rest. In + May, 1840, he preached the Anniversary Sermon for the London + Missionary Society, and, at their Annual Meeting, Exeter Hall + was packed so densely that after making his speech in the large + upper hall, Moffat had to give it again in the smaller hall + below.</p> + + <p>An anecdote related in the course of his speech at the Bible + Society's May Meeting shows the value set by a native woman + upon a single Gospel in the native tongue. "She was a Matabele + captive," said Moffat. "Once, while visiting the sick, as I + entered her premises, I found her sitting weeping, with a + portion of the Word of God in her hand. I said, 'My child what + is the cause of your sorrow? Is the baby still unwell?' 'No,' + she replied, 'my baby is well,' 'Your mother-in-law?' I + inquired. 'No, no,' she said, 'it is my own dear mother, who + bore me.' Here she again gave vent to her grief, and, holding + out the Gospel of Luke, in a hand wet with tears, she said, 'My + mother will never see this word; she will never hear this good + news! Oh, my mother and my friends, they live in heathen + darkness; and shall they die without seeing the light which has + shone on me, and without tasting that love which I have + tasted!' Raising her eyes to heaven she sighed a prayer, and I + heard the words again, 'My mother, my mother!'"</p> + + <p>His hope when he landed had been to get the printing of the + Sechwana New Testament speedily accomplished, and to return to + South Africa before winter; but it was not until January, 1843, + that he was able once again to sail for + Africa.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page104" + id="page104"></a>{104}</span></p> + + <p>In 1840 two new missionaries were set apart for the Bechwana + mission—- William Ross and David Livingstone. With them + Robert Moffat was able to send five hundred copies of the + Sechwana New Testament.</p> + + <p>As the sheets were passing through the press, it was + suggested to him that the Psalms would be a valuable addition + to the work. With his characteristic energy he immediately + commenced the task, and, a few months after the sailing of Ross + and Livingstone, he had the joy of sending to Africa over two + thousand copies of the New Testament, with which the Psalms had + been bound up. By the end of 1843 six thousand copies had been + sent out. A revision of the book of Scripture Lessons was also + undertaken and carried through the press. A demand was made + upon him to write a book, in response to which he prepared his + well known work, "Missionary Labours and Scenes in South + Africa," which was published in 1842, and met with great + success.</p> + + <p>At length the time drew near when once more Robert and Mary + Moffat should cross the sea to their beloved home at Kuruman. + Valedictory services of a most enthusiastic character were held + in Scotland, Newcastle, Manchester, and London. At Edinburgh a + copy of the "Encyclopaedia Britannica" was presented to Robert + Moffat, and at Newcastle a set of scientific instruments was + given him. A great impetus was imparted to missionary work + abroad through these and preceding meetings, during his sojourn + in England, and when on the 30th of January, 1843, he and his + wife embarked at Gravesend, accompanied by two new missionaries + for the Bechwana field, they carried with them the esteem of a + wide circle of friends, and had the fervent prayers of many + offered up on their + behalf.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page105" + id="page105"></a>{105}</span></p> + + <p>On the 10th of April they landed at Cape Town, and six weeks + later embarked in a small coasting vessel for Algoa Bay. At + Bethelsdorp, a village a few miles beyond Port Elizabeth, they + rejoined Messrs. Ashton and Inglis, who with their wives had + gone on before by steamer; but here they were detained for + several months, waiting for a vessel to arrive from England + which had on board a large quantity of baggage for the + missionaries and their work.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0186.jpg" alt="CAPE TOWN" + title="CAPE TOWN" width="600" /> + + <h4>CAPE TOWN.</h4> + </div> + + <p>At last the start was made, the long train of ox waggons + wended their way, the Orange River was crossed, this time on a + pont or floating bridge, and at the Vaal River, one hundred and + fifty miles distant from Kuruman, the missionary party were met + by<span class="pagenum"><a name="page106" + id="page106"></a>{106}</span> David Livingstone, who had ridden + forth to bid them welcome.</p> + + <p>From this point onwards friends both white and black + emulated each other in testifying their gladness at their + friend's return, until as the Moffats drew near to Kuruman + their progress became like a royal one. At last between two and + three o'clock on the 10th of December, 1843, they sat down once + again in their own home, amongst those for whom they had toiled + so zealously, and over whom their hearts yearned with a holy + love. The delight of the natives at having their missionary and + his wife among them again was unbounded. In a letter published + in the <i>Missionary Magazine</i>, October, 1844, Moffat thus + writes, giving an account of their reception:—"Many were + the hearty welcomes we received, all appearing emulous to + testify their joy. Old and young, even the little children, + would shake hands with us. Some gave vent to their joy with an + air of heathen wildness, and some in silent floods of tears; + while others, whose hearts had sickened with deferred hope, + would ask again and again, 'Do our eyes indeed behold you?' + Thus we found ourselves once more among a people who loved us, + and who had longed for our return."</p> + + <p>The mission having been largely reinforced, it was arranged + that Mr, and Mrs. Ross should go to Taung, about one hundred + miles east of Kuruman, where a portion of the Bechwana tribe + had settled under Mahura, a brother of Mothibi; while Edwards + and Livingstone were to commence work among the Bakhatla, two + hundred miles to the north-east. Inglis was to go to the same + neighbourhood; thus the regular missionary staff of the Kuruman + station comprised after their departure, the venerable + Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page107" + id="page107"></a>{107}</span> Hamilton, who had seen the + commencement of the Bechwana Mission in 1816, Mr. and Mrs. + Ashton, and the Moffats.</p> + + <p>The place to which Edwards and Livingstone had gone was a + large native town near to the haunts of lions. These greatly + harassed the cattle and deprived the missionaries of sleep. One + day a hunt was arranged. Livingstone joined the party, was + attacked by the lion, and was only rescued with a broken and + mangled arm by the bravery and devotion of his native servant, + Mebalwe, who himself got severely bitten.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0187.jpg" + alt="LIVINGSTONE ATTACKED BY A LION" + title="LIVINGSTONE ATTACKED BY A LION" width="350" /> + + <h4>LIVINGSTONE ATTACKED BY A LION.</h4> + </div> + + <p>During his recovery from this injury Livingstone visited the + Kuruman, and there won the heart of Moffat's eldest daughter, + her mother's namesake, who soon afterwards exchanged the name + of Mary Moffat for that of Mary Livingstone. In due course she + accompanied her husband to Chonwane where for a time he was + located with Sechele, the chief of the Bakwena.</p> + + <p>The life of the missionaries at the Kuruman was a, busy one. + All were fully employed. Moffat's principal work was + translation, and in this his colleague Ashton afforded him much + critical assistance, besides relieving him almost entirely of + the duties of the printing office. But other work had to be + undertaken. The natives needed much help and guidance; + dwelling-houses had to be enlarged and new schoolrooms built, + and, as there were no funds for the payment of artisans, the + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page108" + id="page108"></a>{108}</span> missionaries had to put their own + hands to the work; besides which, as money was not forthcoming + to meet the cost of the new schoolrooms, a kind of amateur + store was opened by the missionaries' wives for the sale of + clothing to the natives.</p> + + <p>The Rev. J. J. Freeman who visited Africa a few years later, + in 1849, gives us a picture of the Kuruman station as he saw + it. "It wears," says he, "a very pleasing appearance. The + mission premises, with the walled gardens opposite, form a + street wide and long. The chapel is a substantial and + well-looking building of stone. By the side of it stands Mr. + Moffat's house, simple yet commodious. In a cottage hard by, + the venerable Hamilton was passing his declining days, + extremely feeble, but solaced by the motherly care of his + colleague's wife. The gardens were well stocked with fruit and + vegetables, requiring much water, but easily getting it from + the 'fountain.' On the Sunday morning the chapel bell rang for + early service. Breakfasting at seven, all were ready for the + schools at half-past eight. The infants were taught by Miss + Moffat (their daughter Ann, afterwards Mrs. Frédoux) in their + school-house; more advanced classes were grouped in the open + air, or collected in the adjacent buildings. Before ten the + work of separate teaching ceased, and young and old assembled + for public worship. A sanctuary, spacious and lofty, and airy + withal, was comfortably filled with men, women, and children, + for the most part decently dressed."</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0188.jpg" alt="KURUMAN" title="KURUMAN" + width="640" /> + </div> + + <p>This description may be supplemented by that of a scene of + frequent occurrence, given in "Robert and Mary Moffat" by their + son Mr. John A. Moffat. He says: "The public services were, of + course, in the Sechwana language. Once a week the missionary + families met for an English devotional meeting. It + <!--page 109 contains photo--><span class="pagenum"><a name="page110" + id="page110"></a>{110}</span> was also a sort of custom that + as the sun went down there should be a short truce from work + every evening. A certain eminence at the back of the station + became, by common consent, the meeting-place. There the + missionary fathers of the hamlet would be found, each + sitting on his accustomed stone. Before them lay the broad + valley, once a reedy morass, now reclaimed and partitioned + out into garden lands; its margin fringed with long + water-courses, overhung with grey willows and the dark green + syringa. On the low ground bordering the valley stood the + church, with its attendant mission-houses and schools, and + on the heights were perched the native villages, for the + most part composed of round, conical huts, not unlike + corn-stacks at a distance, with some more ambitious attempts + at house-building in the shape of semi-European cottages. + Eastward stretched a grassy plain, bounded by the horizon, + and westward a similar plain, across which about five miles + distant, was a range of low hills. Down to the right, in a + bushy dell, was the little burying-ground, marked by a few + trees."</p> + + <p>In 1845, Robert Moffat narrowly escaped an accident that + would have involved most serious consequences. He was + superintending the erection of a new corn-mill, and whilst + seeing to its being properly started, incautiously stretched + his arm over two cog-wheels. In an instant the shirt sleeve was + caught and drawn in, and with it the arm. Fortunately the mill + was stopped in time, but an ugly wound, six inches in length, + with torn edges, bore witness to the danger escaped. This wound + laid him aside for many weeks, but finally he recovered from + the effects of the accident.</p> + + <p>For the next four or five years things pursued an + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page111" + id="page111"></a>{111}</span> even course at the Kuruman. In + 1846, Mary Moffat started on a journey to visit the + Livingstones at Chonwane. She availed herself of the escort of + a native hunting party, and took her three younger children + with her. She passed through the usual dangers of such a + journey, as the following extract from a letter written to her + husband will show:—</p> + + <p>"I am very glad of Boey's company.... I should indeed have + felt very solitary with my lone waggon with ignorant people, + but he is so completely at home in this field that one feels + quite easy. We do not stop at nights by the waters, but come to + them at mid-day, and then leave about three or four o'clock. We + cannot but be constantly on the outlook for lions, as we come + on their spoor every day, and the people sometimes hear them + roar. Just before outspanning to-day, Boey, being on horseback + looking for water, met with a majestic one, which stood still + and looked at him. He tried to frighten the lion, but he stood + his ground, when Boey thought it was time to send a ball into + him, which broke his leg, by which means he is disabled from + paying us a visit."</p> + + <p>Early in 1847 a general meeting of those engaged in the + Bechwana mission was held at Lekatlong (near what are now the + Diamond Fields). On his way homewards from this meeting Moffat + visited some of the Batlaping villages along the Kolong River. + A striking advance had taken place of late years, and a severe + contest was going on between heathenism and Christianity. A + little company of believers had gathered in each place, and + were ministered to by native teachers, who had spent a few + months in training at Kuruman.</p> + + <p>In the same year Mary Moffat left for the Cape to make + arrangements for educating her younger + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page112" + id="page112"></a>{112}</span> children. As Robert could not + leave his work she journeyed alone, having as attendants four + Bechwana men and a maid. These partings wrung the mother's + heart. The time spent on the road was precious, and although it + extended to two months, seemed all too short. She felt that + never again would she have her young children about her. The + son, John, was placed at school in Cape Town for a time, and + the two daughters were sent under the care of a worthy minister + to England. Of the parting with these her darlings Mary Moffat + wrote:—"Though my heart was heaving with anguish I + joyfully and thankfully acceded forthwith (<i>i.e.</i>, to the + offer of the Rev. J. Crombie Brown to take the children), and + set about preparations in good earnest. This was about the end + of January. On the tenth of February they embarked, and after + stopping the night on board I tore myself from my darlings to + return to my desolate lodgings to contemplate my solitary + journey, and to go to my husband and home childless." Of her it + may be said, <i>She left all and followed Him</i>!</p> + + <p>In 1848 the book of Proverbs and Ecclesiastes had been + finished and Isaiah begun. In 1849 "Pilgrim's Progress" was + added to the Sechwana literature, and the work of translation + steadily progressed. "Line upon Line" had also been rendered + into the native tongue by Mr. Ashton.</p> + + <p>But while all was peaceful and in a measure prosperous at + the Kuruman, clouds were gathering to the eastward, which were + destined eventually to throw a dark shadow over the whole + Bechwana Mission. The encroachments of the Boers upon the + natives led to much bloodshed, and to the dispersion of several + native tribes, with the consequent abandonment of mission-work + among them. One of the early sufferers + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page113" + id="page113"></a>{113}</span> was Moselekatse, who, having been + attacked in 1837, had retired to a place far away to the + north-east, and for some years nothing was heard of him, except + by vague rumour; indeed his very existence was a matter of + doubt.</p> + + <p>Livingstone had settled with Sechele at Kolobeng, which + place he used simply as a base of operations for visiting the + eastern tribes, and prosecuting missionary work among them. + Much good was done, and the Scriptures in Sechwana, as far as + issued, were circulated among the people. But the Boers + advanced, the natives were dispossessed of their lands, and + missionaries were expelled from their regions. Finding that all + hope of carrying on the work in this neighbourhood was over, + Livingstone turned his eyes northward, and commenced that + series of explorations which absorbed the remainder of his + life. Sechele retired to a mountain fastness, named + Lithubaruba, away to the north-west.</p> + + <p>As time passed onward, Robert Moffat felt more than ever the + importance of completing the work he had undertaken—the + translation of the entire Bible into Sechwana. Every minute + that could be devoted to the task was eagerly embraced, his + labours often extending far into the night. Numerous + interruptions made the work more difficult. "Many, many are the + times I have sat down and got my thoughts somewhat in order," + he writes, "with pen in hand to write a verse, the correct + rendering of which I had just arrived at, after wading through + other translations and lexicons, when one enters my study with + some complaint he has to make, or counsel to ask, or medical + advice and medicine to boot, a tooth to be extracted, a + subscription to the auxiliary to be measured or counted; or one + calls to say he is going + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page114" + id="page114"></a>{114}</span> to the Colony, and wishes + something like a passport; anon strangers from other towns, and + visitors from the interior arrive, who all seem to claim a + right to my attentions."</p> + + <p>This incessant application was making inroads upon his + health, and the strong powerful frame and iron constitution of + the Scotch missionary began to show signs that could not be + neglected. A peculiar affection of the head troubled + him—a constant roaring noise like the falling of a + cataract, and a buzzing as of a boiling up of waters. It never + ceased day and night, and he lost much sleep in consequence of + it. His only relief seemed to be in study and preaching, when + the malady was not noticed; but immediately these occupations + were over it was found to be there, and reasserted itself in + full force.</p> + + <p>In 1851 the rebellion of the Kat River Hottentots occurred, + which, for a long time, brought obloquy upon the missionaries + of South Africa and the Mission cause.</p> + + <p>In 1852 Mr. Hamilton was gathered to his rest, after having + been the faithful coadjutor of Robert Moffat, and a missionary + at the Kuruman for thirty-four years; the next year tidings + reached Mary Moffat that her beloved father had ended his + pilgrimage at the ripe age of ninety years.</p> + + <p>A short time previous a letter had been received from the + Directors of the London Missionary Society, urging Robert + Moffat to take sick leave and visit the Cape, or to return to + England, but, as rest and change were absolutely essential, + Moffat determined to find the needed relaxation in visiting his + old native friend, Moselekatse. He was also in doubt as to the + fate of his son-in-law, Livingstone, who had started long + before for the tribes on the + Zambesi.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page115" + id="page115"></a>{115}</span></p> + + <p>Carrying supplies for that missionary, in hope of being able + to succour him, in May, 1854, Moffat once again bade his + faithful partner farewell, and started for a journey to a + comparatively unknown country, seven or eight hundred miles + away. The son of Mr. Edwards, the missionary who for some time + had laboured with Moffat at Kuruman, and a young man named + James Chapman accompanied him, for purposes of trade. After + journeying for several days through a desert country, they + reached Sechele's mountain fastness. Moffat found that chief in + great difficulties, but still holding to the faith into which + he had been baptised by Livingstone. One hundred and twenty + more miles of desert travelling brought the party to Shoshong, + the residence of another chief and his tribe. Thence after + groping their way for eighteen days in a region new to them, + without guides, they reached a village containing some natives + who were subject to the Matabele king.</p> + + <p>For some days Moffat and his companions were not allowed to + advance. The Induna in charge of the outpost was afraid of a + mistake, but at last a message came that they were to proceed, + and finally they drew near to the royal abode. The chief was + filled with joy at meeting his old friend "Moshete." An account + of the interview is described in Moffat's journal, from which + we extract the following:—"On turning round, there he + sat—how changed! The vigorous, active, and nimble chief + of the Matabele, now aged, sitting on a skin, lame in his feet, + unable to walk, or even to stand. I entered, he grasped my + hand, gave one earnest look, and drew his mantle over his face. + It would have been an awful sight for his people to see the + hero of a hundred fights wipe from his eyes the falling tears. + He spoke not, except <span class="pagenum"><a name="page116" + id="page116"></a>{116}</span> to pronounce my name, Moshete, + again and again. He looked at me again, his hand still holding + mine, and he again covered his face. My heart yearned with + compassion for his soul. Drawing a little nearer to the + outside, so as to be within sight of Mokumbate, his venerable + counsellor, he poured out his joy to him."</p> + + <p>The old chief was suffering with dropsy, but under Moffat's + medical care he recovered, and was soon able to walk about + again. The advice which had been given to him by his missionary + friend during their previous intercourse, had not been wholly + lost, the officers who attended him, as well as those of lower + grades, stating that the rigour of his government had since + that time been greatly modified.</p> + + <p>Moffat stayed with Moselekatse nearly three months. After + much persuasion, permission was given him to preach the Gospel + to the Matabele people, a privilege hitherto always denied. On + the 24th of September, 1854, these people received, for the + first time, instruction in the subjects of creation, + providence, death, redemption, and immortality.</p> + + <p>It was Moffat's purpose to journey forward beyond the + Matabele to the Makololo tribe, to leave supplies at their town + of Linyanti, so that Livingstone might obtain them if he + returned safely from St. Paul de Loanda, on the west coast. + Moselekatse would not accede to the idea of him going alone, + and finally the king himself determined to accompany him. The + Makololo and Matabele were, however, like many other of the + native tribes, hostile to each other. With the bags, boxes, + &c., on the heads of some of the men best acquainted with + the country, the party set out, but after travelling to the + farthest outpost of the Marabele, the king declared it was + impossible for the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page117" + id="page117"></a>{117}</span> waggons to proceed. At Moffat's + earnest request, he sent forward a party of his men with the + supplies, which in due course reached the Makololo, who placed + them on an island, built a roof over them, and there they were + found in safety by Livingstone when he returned some months + afterwards from the west coast.</p> + + <p>Towards the end of October, Moffat bade farewell to the + Matabele king. Moselekatse pressed him to prolong his stay, + pleading that he had not seen enough of him, and that he had + not yet shown him sufficient kindness. "Kindness!" replied + Moffat, "you have overwhelmed me with kindness, and I shall now + return with a heart overflowing with thanks." Leaving the + monarch a supply of suitable medicines to keep his system in + tolerable order, and admonishing him to give up beer drinking, + and to receive any Christian teacher who might come as he had + received him, the missionary took his departure. The long + return journey was accomplished without any remarkable event, + and in due course Moffat reached his home again in safety.</p> + + <p>By this journey his health was much improved, his + intercourse and friendship with the people of the interior were + cemented and extended, and he looked forward with hopeful + assurance to the early advancement of Christianity to those + distant regions.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0189.jpg" alt="livestock" width="300" /> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page118" + id="page118"></a>{118}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0190.jpg" alt="image" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2> + + <h3>THE SECHWANA BIBLE.</h3> + + <p>The great task was at length accomplished; the work of + nearly thirty years brought to a close. The Word of God in the + language of the Bechwana people, in all its glorious + completeness and power, was now in their hands.</p> + + <p>To Robert Moffat the labour had been of a herculean + character. He had spared himself no labour or drudgery which + its prosecution involved. To accomplish it he had left his home + and lived a semi-savage life for nearly three months, that he + might perfect himself in the language. Without any special + training for the important undertaking, and under the greatest + disadvantages, he had not only acquired the language, but + reduced it to its elements, and then presented it in a + synthetic and grammatical form. Beyond that his earnest desire + had been to render the whole Bible into the native tongue.</p> + + <p>As age increased, the importance of finishing the work + became more and more apparent, till even a minute spent in + anything but purely mission-work, or his translation duties, + seemed as wasted time. Writing when the end was near, he said: + "When I take up a <span class="pagenum"><a name="page119" + id="page119"></a>{119}</span> newspaper, it is only to glance + at it with a feeling like that of committing sacrilege. I have + sometimes been arrested with something interesting, and have + read it with ten or more strokes in the minute added to my + pulse, from the anxiety caused by the conviction that I am + spending precious time apart from its paramount object, while I + feel perfectly composed over anything which I am satisfied has + a direct bearing on the true object of the missionary."</p> + + <p>But the work was now accomplished, the last sheet had been + passed for press, the last verse of the Old Testament + completed, and now his mind, which had been for so many years + strained under the weighty responsibility of translating the + Word of God, was free. Of his feelings on this occasion he made + mention in a speech delivered some years later at Port + Elizabeth, on the occasion of his final departure from South + Africa. We quote from the Chronicle of the London Missionary + Society for August, 1870.</p> + + <p>"At last," he said, referring to the commencement of the + undertaking, "I came to the resolution that if no one else + would do it, I would undertake it myself. I entered heartily + upon the work. For many years I had no leisure, every spare + moment being devoted to translating, and was a stranger even in + my own family. There was labour every day, for back, for hands, + for head. This was especially the case during the time Mr. + Edwards was there; our condition was almost one of slavery. + Still the work advanced, and at last I had the satisfaction of + completing the New Testament. Of this 6000 copies were printed + by the Home Society.</p> + + <p>"When Dr. Livingstone came, he urged me to begin at once + with the Old Testament. That was a most stupendous work. Before + commencing it I passed <span class="pagenum"><a name="page120" + id="page120"></a>{120}</span> many sleepless nights. It was the + wish of all that I should undertake it. I did so, and went on + with the work from time to time, as I had leisure, daily and + nightly. I stuck to it till I had got as far as the end of + Kings, when I became completely done up. The Directors were + afraid that I was killing myself. I was advised to go home, to + leave the work, but I decided otherwise. I determined to look + up Moselekatse, and went off with a son of brother Edwards. By + the time I had found Moselekatse, I had got all right again. I + came back and resumed my work, and continued it till its + completion. I cannot describe to you the feelings of that + time—of the writing of the last verse. I could hardly + believe that I was in the world, so difficult was it for me to + realise the fact that my labour of years was completed. Whether + it was from weakness or overstrained mental exertion, I cannot + tell; but a feeling came over me that I would die, and I felt + perfectly resigned. To overcome this I went back again to my + manuscript still to be printed, read it over, and re-examined + it, till at length I got back again to my right mind. This was + the most remarkable time of my life, a period I shall never + forget. My feelings found vent by my falling upon my knees and + thanking God for His grace and goodness in giving me strength + to accomplish my task. My work was thus accomplished, and now I + see the Word of God read by thousands of Bechwanas in their + native tongue."</p> + + <p>An incident related in his speech at the Bible Society's + Annual Meeting upon the occasion of his first visit to England + in 1839, shows the importance to the natives of having the + Bible in their own tongue. Speaking of his translation of the + Gospel of Luke, he alluded to the state of the unconverted + heathen, and the contrast manifested by the Christian + converts.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page121" + id="page121"></a>{121}</span> When the heathen saw the converts + reading the Book which had produced this change, they inquired + if they (the converts) talked to it. "No," answered they, "it + talks to us; for it is the Word of God." "What then," replied + the strangers, "does it <i>speak</i>?" "Yes," said the + Christians, "it speaks to the heart!" This explanation was + true, and was often illustrated in fact; for among those to + whom the same Book was read by others, it became proverbial to + say that the readers were "turning their hearts inside + out!"</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0191.jpg" alt="DR. LIVINGSTONE" + title="DR. LIVINGSTONE" width="400" /> + + <h4>DR. LIVINGSTONE.</h4> + </div> + + <p>In 1854 Mary Moffat paid another visit to the Colony, and + was in consequence away from home when Robert returned from his + journey to Moselekatse. Tidings reached him about that time of + the death of his mother, the one who first instilled into his + breast an enthusiasm for the missionary calling. She died as + she had lived, a godly, consistent woman, and was called to the + heavenly city at the age of eighty-four.</p> + + <p>In 1856 Dr. Livingstone, after his unparalleled walk from + Loanda, on the west coast, to Quillimane, on the + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page122" + id="page122"></a>{122}</span> east—from the shores of the + Atlantic to those of the Indian Ocean—visited England. + His visit, and the description he gave of the country and + natives, rekindled missionary enthusiasm, a special interest + being taken in the Matabele and Makololo tribes. The London + Missionary Society resolved to establish missions among them. + As the locality where the Makololo dwelt was in the midst of a + marshy network of rivers, it was considered as a necessary + condition of commencing the proposed missionary work that they + should remove to a spot on the north bank of the Zambesi, + opposite to where the Matabele dwelt on the south bank. The two + tribes were, however, hostile to each other; and, to overcome + this hostility, it was determined to simultaneously establish + missions among both tribes. With this object in mind the + Directors wrote to Robert Moffat, proposing that he should go + for a twelvemonth to the Matabele, taking two younger men with + him, and plant a mission among this people.</p> + + <p>This letter reached him just as he had completed the + translation and printing of the Old Testament; and, + notwithstanding that he was then sixty-two years of age, and + had already been forty-one years hard at work for the Society, + he determined to go. He felt, however, that it was necessary + for him to start at once, and prepare the minds of Moselekatse + and his people for the coming among them of missionaries. Thus + it came about that once again Robert Moffat quitted Kuruman, + and started forward for the long and trying journey, through + the African desert, to visit his old friend, and obtain his + consent to the settlement of missionaries among his people.</p> + + <p>Visiting the chief Sechele on the way, he pursued his course + until he at length reached the headquarters + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page123" + id="page123"></a>{123}</span> of Moselekatse. The king was not + very enthusiastic about receiving missionaries for himself and + his people. He was somewhat suspicious; and his former + experience with the American missionaries at Mosega had been + rather unfortunate, the Boers having attacked the Matabele, + and, after pillaging the mission station, carried the + missionaries away with them. However, he would receive the + new-comers,—but his friend Moshete must come also. "I + love you," said he, "you are my father. These new men I do not + know them. All men are not alike."</p> + + <p>This African monarch had sufficient knowledge to know that, + if the doctrines of the Bible prevailed among his tribe, his + claims to divine honour would for ever cease. His warriors used + to pay him homage as follows: "O Pezoolu, the king of kings, + king of the heavens, who would not fear before the son of + Machobane (his father's name), mighty in battle?" and with + other similar marks of adulation. He also had a shrewd + suspicion that the opening of the country for white men to come + and settle, would mean, eventually, the downfall of the power + of himself and his people? but in his friend Ramary, or + Moshete, he had implicit confidence.</p> + + <p>As an instance of the power which Moffat had obtained over + this despotic chief of a fierce African tribe, it may be + related that he prevailed upon Moselekatse to grant deliverance + to the heir to the chieftainship of the Bamangwato, a large + tribe living at Shoshong, to the north-east of Sechele's + people. It was after a long conversation that the thing was + settled. Macheng, the heir, who had been detained captive for + sixteen years, was called, and Moselekatse addressing him said: + "Macheng, man of Moffat, go with your father. We have arranged + respecting you.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page124" + id="page124"></a>{124}</span> Moffat will take you back to + Sechele. That is my wish as well as his, that you should be in + the first instance restored to the chief from whom you were + taken in war. When captured you were a child; I have reared you + to be a man."</p> + + <p>The effect of this deliverance on the neighbouring tribes + was very great. It occurred while Moffat was with Moselekatse, + arranging for the settlement of the new missionaries. When he + and his charge arrived at Sechele's town, on his way home, he + was met by Sechele and the other chiefs of his tribe, who + marched on in front, and led them to a kind of natural + amphitheatre, where at least ten thousand of the people, in all + their equipments of war, were assembled. Sechele commanded + silence, and introduced the business of the meeting. Speaker + followed speaker, in enthusiastic language giving expression to + the joy they felt at seeing the chief of the Bamangwato return + from captivity. In the course of his speech one said as + follows:—</p> + + <p>"Ye tribes, ye children of the ancients, this day is a day + of marvel.... Now I begin to perceive that those who preach are + verily true. If Moffat were not of God, he would not have + espoused the cause of Sechele, in receiving his words, and + delivering Macheng from the dwelling-place of the beasts of + prey, to which we Bechwanas dared not approach. There are those + who contend that there is nothing in religion. Let such to-day + throw away their unbelief. If Moffat were not such a man, he + would not have done what he has done, in bringing him who was + lost—him who was dead—from the strong bondage of + the mighty. Moselekatse is a lion; he conquered nations, he + robbed the strong ones, he bereaved mothers, he took away the + son of Kheri. We talk of love. What + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page125" + id="page125"></a>{125}</span> is love? We hear of the love of + God. Is it not through the love of God that Macheng is among us + to-day? A stranger, one of a nation—who of you knows its + distance from us?—he makes himself one of us, enters the + lion's abode, and brings out to us our own blood."</p> + + <p>On reaching home, from his visit to the Matabele, Moffat + found that the Livingstones were starting for the Zambesi, and + were to call at the Cape on their way; also that a large party + of new missionaries had been appointed to commence the new + interior missions. The Moffats at once started for the Cape, + and there met Dr. and Mrs. Livingstone and their companions. + Once more the mother and daughter embraced each other, and as + the latter had suffered much on the voyage, it was arranged + that she should accompany the missionary party, and travel + overland to the Zambesi.</p> + + <p>At Cape Town Moffat also had the pleasure of welcoming his + own son, the Rev. John Moffat, who was to proceed to the + Matabele as a missionary, paid for out of Dr. Livingstone's + private resources. Sir George Grey, Her Majesty's High + Commissioner, warmly encouraged the proposed plans for + extending Christianity and commerce to the interior tribes, and + arranged with Robert Moffat for establishing a postal + communication with the Zambesi <i>viâ</i> Kuruman.</p> + + <p>All arrangements having been completed the missionaries left + Cape Town on their way to Kuruman, from whence they were to + proceed to their respective stations, with the Makololo and the + Matabele. Delays, however, intervened; the Boers had attacked + some of the Batlapings, and threatened to attack the Kuruman + station; the difficulties of the road also + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page126" + id="page126"></a>{126}</span> prevented some of the party + arriving with the others. At last, however, the way was made + clear, the opposition of the Boers to the advance of the party + was, through the intervention of Sir George Grey, overcome, and + on the 7th of July, 1859, the first division started for their + far distant destination. This division comprised Mr. Helmore, a + veteran who for many years had been stationed at Lekatlong, + with his wife and four children, and Mr. and Mrs. Price. There + was also a native teacher from Lekatlong, named Tabe, who + determined to accompany his old missionary, and the usual staff + of native attendants. These were all to proceed to the + Makololo. The situation was a grave one. The end of the journey + was a point a thousand miles farther into the interior than any + of them had ever been, except two native servants, who had + accompanied Livingstone on a previous occasion. But they went + forward in faith not knowing what lay before them, but trusting + all into the hands of Him, without whose knowledge not even a + sparrow falls to the ground.</p> + + <p>A week later Mr. Thomas and John Moffat with their wives + left; they were speedily followed by Robert Moffat and Mr. + Sykes. At Sechele's town the two portions of this latter + division were united, and thence they journeyed onwards towards + the Matabele. Disease broke out among some of their oxen, and, + on reaching the first outpost of Moselekatse's people, a + messenger was sent forward to the king explaining the state of + affairs, and proposing that the oxen of the missionaries should + be left in quarantine, and that Moselekatse should supply his + own oxen to bring the party to headquarters. This message was + sent so as to avoid connecting the advent of the Gospel among + these people with that of a pestilence among their + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page127" + id="page127"></a>{127}</span> herds of cattle; which would + inevitably have been the case had the diseased oxen proceeded + onwards and infected those belonging to the Matabele.</p> + + <p>An answer was returned to the effect that the party were to + proceed, and that though the epidemic took effect, they should + be held guiltless.</p> + + <p>Moffat despatched a second messenger, to say that he had + heard the king's words, and in a couple of days would leave; + but that he begged the monarch to reflect on the consequences + of the epidemic being introduced among his tens of thousands of + cattle, and to believe that the mission party felt the most + extreme anxiety upon the subject.</p> + + <p>They then proceeded forward very slowly for two or three + days, when they were met by another messenger, who stated that + Moselekatse was gratified with the anxiety expressed for him + and his; and that now, fully convinced of his danger, he + desired that all their oxen should return, and that warriors + were advancing to drag the mission waggons to headquarters.</p> + + <p>Every one started with surprise at the strange idea, but + soon the warriors came, shields, and spears, and all, also a + number of oxen to be slaughtered for food. After some war + evolutions, the warriors took the place of the draught oxen, + and a start was made. There was many "a strong pull, a long + pull, and a pull all together," as the waggons rolled onward; + but after ten days' hard struggle and slow progress, it became + evident that the men sent were unequal to the task, and the + monarch, who for some unknown reason had kept his oxen back, + sent them at last to bring the waggons to his camp.</p> + + <p>Moselekatse received his old friend with his usual + cordiality; but it soon became evident that something + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page128" + id="page128"></a>{128}</span> was wrong. All kinds of evasions + and delays met the request for a spot of ground on which to + found a mission station; days, weeks, and months passed, during + which the missionaries suffered great hardships; and at last + the chief broke up his camp and left them, without oxen to draw + their waggons, saying that he would send people to guide them + to the spot where they were to settle, and at which place he + would join them later on.</p> + + <p>His conduct seemed strange, and Moffat began to suspect that + he had repented of giving his permission for the missionaries + to settle with him. This proved to be the case; the Boer + inroads, following as they had done, in several cases, the + advent of the missionaries, made him suspicious, and the fears + of himself and people having been aroused, the question was in + debate as to whether the settlement should be allowed or + not.</p> + + <p>At last a favourable change took place, the clouds + dispersed, and the sky became clear. Oxen were sent to take the + missionary waggons forward to Inyati, there to join + Moselekatse. All was settled, a spot which looked well for a + station was pointed out, each of the new-comers pitched his + tent under a tree that he had chosen, until a more solid + dwelling should be erected, and the Matabele Mission was fairly + established. This was in December, 1859.</p> + + <p>The Mission was established, but work had only begun. The + first six months of the year 1860 were months of incessant toil + to the missionaries at Inyati. Houses had to be built, waggons + repaired, and garden ground made ready for cultivation. Early + and late, Moffat was to be found at work,—in the saw-pit, + at the blacksmith's forge, or exercising his skill at the + carpenter's bench; in all ways aiding and encouraging + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page129" + id="page129"></a>{129}</span> his younger companions. He also + endeavoured to gain Moselekatse's consent to the opening of + regular communication with the Livingstone expedition on the + Zambesi <i>viâ</i> Matabeleland, but the suspicious nature of + the monarch foiled this project. The isolation of his country + in this direction was so great that, although but a + comparatively short distance away, no tidings whatever could be + obtained of the other party who, under Mr. Helmore, had gone to + the Makololo tribe.</p> + + <p>In June, 1860, Moffat felt that his work at Inyati was done. + He had spared neither labour of mind nor body in planting the + Mission, and had endured hardships at his advanced age that + younger men might well have shrunk from. The hour approached + for him to bid a final farewell to Moselekatse, and once more + he drew near to the chiefs kraal, with the purpose of speaking + to him and his people, for the last time, on the all-important + themes of life, death, and eternity. The old chief was in his + large courtyard and received his missionary friend kindly. + Together they sat, side by side—the Matabele despot, + whose name struck terror even then into many native hearts, and + the messenger of the Prince of Peace, the warriors ranged + themselves in a semi-circle, the women crept as near as they + could, and all listened to the last words of "Moshete." It was + a solemn service, and closed the long series of efforts which + the missionary had made to reach the hearts of Moselekatse and + his people. On the morrow he started for home, which he reached + in safety, having been absent twelve months.</p> + + <p>Meanwhile, terrible trials had befallen the party who had + started to found the Makololo Mission. The difficulties + attending their journey to Linyanti were + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page130" + id="page130"></a>{130}</span> such as nothing but the noblest + Christian principle would have induced them to encounter, or + enabled them to surmount. The chief of these was the great + scarcity of water. One of their trials is thus + described:—</p> + + <p>"From the Zouga we travelled on pretty comfortably, till + near the end of November, when we suffered much from want of + water.... For more than a week every drop we used had to be + walked for about thirty-five miles. Mrs. Helmore's feelings may + be imagined, when one afternoon, the thermometer standing at + 107 deg. in the shade, she was saving just <i>one spoonful of + water</i> for each of the dear children for the next morning, + not thinking of taking a drop herself. Mr. Helmore, with the + men, was then away searching for water; and when he returned + the next morning with the precious fluid, we found that he had + walked <i>full forty miles</i>."</p> + + <p>At length, after enduring innumerable difficulties and + privations for seven months, they arrived at Linyanti, the + residence of the chief Sekeletu. He refused to allow them to + remove to a more healthy spot, but proposed that they should + live with him in the midst of his fever-generating marshes, and + as no better plan offered, they were compelled to accept it. In + the course of a week all were laid low with fever. Little Henry + Helmore and his sister, with the infant babe of Mr. Price, were + the first to die; then followed the heart-stricken mother, Mrs. + Helmore; six weeks later Mr. Helmore breathed his last; and the + missionary band was reduced to Mr. and Mrs. Price and the + helpless orphans. As the only means of saving their lives the + survivors prepared to depart, but now the chief threw obstacles + in the way of their doing so. Their goods were stolen, their + waggon taken possession <span class="pagenum"><a name="page131" + id="page131"></a>{131}</span> of; and upon Mr. Price telling + the chief that "if they did not let him go soon they would have + to bury him beside the others," he was simply told "that he + might as well die there as anywhere else."</p> + + <p>Finally a few things were allowed for the journey, and the + sorrowful party started homeward, Mr. Price very ill, and his + wife having lost the use of her feet and legs.</p> + + <p>With the scantiest possible provision they had to face a + journey of upwards of a thousand miles to Kuruman, but they set + forward. Just as they were beginning to take hope after their + heavy trials, and to think of renewed efforts for the Lord, + Mrs. Price was called to her rest. "My dear wife," wrote the + sorrowing husband, "had been for a long time utterly helpless, + but we all thought she was getting better. In the morning I + found her breathing very hard. She went to sleep that night, + alas! to wake no more. I spoke to her, and tried to wake her, + but it was too late. I watched her all the morning. She became + worse and worse, and a little after mid-day her spirit took its + flight to God who gave it. I buried her the same evening under + a tree—the only tree on the immense plain of Mahabe. This + is indeed a heavy stroke, but 'God is my refuge and strength, a + very present help in trouble.'"</p> + + <p>Finally the bereaved missionary was met by Mr. and Mrs. + Mackenzie, who had started to join the Makololo Mission, and, + as all turned their steps towards Kuruman, they were rejoiced + by meeting Robert Moffat, who, having heard of the disaster, + and that Mr. Price, with the remnant of the party, were on the + road, had gone out in search of them. All returned sorrowfully + to Kuruman, and the ill-fated Makololo Mission + collapsed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page132" + id="page132"></a>{132}</span></p> + + <p>Robert Moffat and his wife watched the progress of the + Mission at Inyati with the keenest interest. In it they seemed + to live their early life at Lattakoo over again. Their hearts + were in the work of the missionaries at that distant station; + and, over and above the earnest desire they had to see the work + of God prosper among those uncivilised natives, was the tie of + kinship, their own flesh and blood being present in the person + of their son, John Moffat, who, with his wife, formed a portion + of the Matabele Mission. Post-bags and supplies were forwarded + by every available opportunity, and warm words of cheer and + sympathy from the aged pair at Kuruman encouraged the workers + in the far distant region to perseverance in their work for the + Lord.</p> + + <p>Kuruman served indeed as a home station to which all the + interior missionaries could look. The fact of being an interior + missionary was sufficient to secure the travel-worn stranger, + or friend, a warm welcome and good cheer for weeks together, + and none entered more heartily or with deeper sympathy into the + plans and endeavours of the wayfarer, or offered more earnest + prayers on the behalf of himself and his work, than the tried + and faithful couple, Robert and Mary Moffat, who had for so + many years borne the burden and heat of the day.</p> + + <p>In October, 1861, their daughter Bessie, who was born on + board ship in Table Bay, as they were leaving for their first + visit to England, married Mr. R. Price, whose wife died the + previous year, during that terrible journey from Linyanti, when + the Makololo Mission had to be abandoned. Thus as one fell from + the ranks, another stepped forward to take the vacant place, + and carry on the glorious work for the sake of Him who said, + "Go ye into all the world, and preach + the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page133" + id="page133"></a>{133}</span> Gospel to every creature." The + Prices went for a time to Shoshong, hoping to join the Matabele + Mission, but finally laboured among the Bakwena, under the + chief Sechele.</p> + + <p>The Kuruman station itself during this time presented a + scene of unabated activity. A revision of the New Testament was + in progress, the youngest Miss Moffat, then the only child at + home, was working hard at schools and classes, and Mr. Ashton + was again at work with his old colleague.</p> + + <p>The year 1862 brought severe domestic bereavements to the + Moffats. During a journey to Durban, in Natal, their eldest + son, Mr. Robert Moffat, died, leaving a wife and four children. + He had started to bring them from Durban to the home he had + prepared at Kuruman. He had primarily been intended for a + missionary, and had been sent to England to be educated for + that purpose, but his health failing he had to return to South + Africa, where for some time he served in the Survey Department + under Government, and afterwards became a trader. He was very + highly respected and had thoroughly gained the confidence of + the natives.</p> + + <p>A few weeks later the sad tidings reached the sorrowing + parents from the Zambesi that their eldest daughter Mary, the + wife of Dr. Livingstone, had been called to her rest. A white + marble cross, near Shupanga House on the Shiré River, marks the + spot where this sainted martyr to the cause of Africa's + regeneration sleeps in peace.</p> + + <p>In the following year tidings reached Robert Moffat that + William Ross the missionary at Lekatlong, about eighty miles to + the south-east, was seriously ill. In a few hours Moffat was on + his way; he arrived in time to find his friend alive, and did + all that could be done <span class="pagenum"><a name="page134" + id="page134"></a>{134}</span> to alleviate his suffering, but + shortly after he also passed away. This mournful event led to + Mr. Ashton being transferred to Lekatlong, and for a time the + whole weight of duty at Kuruman rested on Moffat's + shoulders.</p> + + <p>Although in perils oft, Robert Moffat had never suffered + thus far personal violence from the hands of a native, but now + he had a very narrow escape from death. A young man, who for + some time had been living on the station, had shown signs of a + disordered mind, and was placed under mild restraint. + Conceiving a violent personal animosity against the missionary, + he attacked him as he was returning from church, and with a + knobbed stick inflicted some terrible blows, then, frightened + at his own violence, he fled. To one with a weaker frame than + Robert Moffat's the consequences might have been very serious; + as it was he recovered, though with a heart that was sorely + grieved.</p> + + <p>In 1865, the Mission was reinforced by the arrival of the + Rev. John Brown, from England, and by John Moffat, who had + returned from the Matabele. The relaxation from the active + duties of the station thus afforded was utilised by Robert + Moffat in the work of Scripture revision, the preparation of + additional hymns, and the carrying of smaller works through the + press.</p> + + <p>Mention has been made of the marriage of their second + daughter, Ann, to Jean Frédoux, a missionary of the Paris + Evangelical Society, who was stationed at Motito, a place + situated about thirty-six miles to the north-east of Kuruman. + He was a man of gentle disposition and addicted to study. Early + in March, 1866, he had started upon a tour to carry on + evangelistic work among the Barolong villages along the + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page135" + id="page135"></a>{135}</span> margin of the Kalahari desert. + While visiting one of these, a low class trader arrived who had + been guilty of atrocious conduct at Motito. The natives + insisted upon the trader going to Kuruman, where his conduct + could be investigated, and, upon his refusing to do so, + prepared to take him by force. He intrenched himself in his + waggon with all his guns loaded, and dared any one to lay hands + upon him. Frédoux seeing the serious state that matters were + assuming quietly drew near to the trader's waggon, and urged + him to go peaceably to Kuruman, assuring him that the people + were determined he should go, if not peaceably, then by + force.</p> + + <p>While thus pleading with this man, a fearful explosion took + place, the waggon and its occupant were blown to atoms, Jean + Frédoux and twelve natives were killed, and about thirty more + were injured.</p> + + <p>This was a further heavy affliction for Robert Moffat and + his wife. As soon as they heard of the catastrophe, Robert + hastened to succour his widowed daughter, and to consign to the + grave at Motito the shattered remains of his son-in-law.</p> + + <p>A few months later another visit was paid to the open grave, + this time to consign to its last resting place the body of Mrs. + Brown, the wife of the Rev. John Brown, who a short time before + had taken up his abode at the Kuruman as a colleague of Robert + Moffat.</p> + + <p>In 1868 the missionary staff at that station consisted of + Robert Moffat and his son John Moffat. The former had now more + than completed the three-score years and ten allotted to man as + the duration of human life, and unlike the great leader of + God's chosen people, of whom it is said, "his eye was not + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page136" + id="page136"></a>{136}</span> dim, nor his natural force + abated," Robert Moffat felt the infirmities of age creeping + very rapidly upon him. Yet he held on his way for two years + longer. A short and constant cough during the winter months + aggravated his natural tendency to sleeplessness, and at last + he felt himself reluctantly compelled to accept the invitation + of the Directors to return finally to England.</p> + + <p>Going home to England it could hardly be called, his home + was with his loved Bechwanas, with those for whom he had toiled + and prayed so long. The ashes of his son Robert, and of his + devoted daughter Mary reposed beneath the sands of Africa; his + early and later manhood had been spent beneath its scorching + sun. The house he was to leave had been the birthplace of most + of his children, and his home for more than forty years. Yes, + it was hard to leave; and the expectation had become very real + to him that his body and that of his faithful partner would be + laid side by side in that little burial-ground in the bushy + dell, marked by a few trees, at Kuruman. But the final + determination had been arrived at, and with slow and hesitating + steps, as though waiting for something, even then, to prevent + their departure, preparations were made for leaving the station + for ever.</p> + + <p>Of the general aspect of affairs at the Kuruman during these + last two years we have a graphic description from the pen of + the Rev. John Moffat, who in a letter to the Directors dated + 12th October, 1868, wrote as follows:—</p> + + <p>"The public services on the station are a prayer-meeting at + sunrise on Sunday; preaching in Sechwana, morning, afternoon, + and evening, with the Sunday school twice, and a juvenile + afternoon service. The early prayer-meeting is left entirely to + the natives, the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page137" + id="page137"></a>{137}</span> three preaching services entirely + to the missionaries, and the Sunday school, with the juvenile + service, to my sister. There is also a Wednesday evening + service, a monthly missionary prayer meeting, a church meeting, + and a prayer meeting on Thursday afternoon. This last is in the + hands of the natives. No native takes any part in the preaching + on the station, except in extreme cases, when it is regarded as + a makeshift. My father and I share the preaching between us. + Occasionally, say once in three weeks, one of us rides to two + villages to the north-west, holding services at each; they are + respectively eight and twelve miles distant. My custom at home, + in the regular way, is to give New Testament reading in the + morning, a topical sermon in the afternoon, and Old Testament + exposition in the evening. On Monday evening I have a young + men's Bible class, which is to me the most interesting work I + have to do, more especially as I have much encouragement in + it.... On the Monday evening, also, my sister and I hold a + practising class for the purpose of trying to improve the + singing. On Tuesday evening I meet male inquirers, on + Wednesday, before the service, I have a Bible class for women, + on Thursday we have an English prayer meeting, and on Friday + evening I meet female inquirers. I need not mention the school + conducted by my sister and three native assistants."</p> + + <p>Speaking of the place and people he continues:—</p> + + <p>"The population is small and scattered. On the spot there + must be a good many people, and also at the villages to the + north-west; but otherwise the district contains only small + villages of from twenty to one hundred huts. It extends fifty + miles west and north-west, and about twenty-five miles in other + directions.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page138" + id="page138"></a>{138}</span></p> + + <p>"The people are poor and must remain so. The country is + essentially dry. Irrigation is necessary for successful + agriculture, and there are few spots where water flows. There + is no market for cattle, even if they throve abundantly, which + they do not. I despair of much advance in civilisation, when + their resources are so small, and when the European trade is on + the principle of enormous profits and losses. Two hundred per + cent, on Port Elizabeth prices is not considered out of the + way.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0192.jpg" + alt="MAIN STREET IN PORT ELIZABETH" + title="MAIN STREET IN PORT ELIZABETH" width="600" /> + + <h4>MAIN STREET IN PORT ELIZABETH.</h4> + </div> + + <p>"Heathenism, as a system, is weak, indeed in many places it + is nowhere. Christianity meets with little opposition. The + people generally are + prodigious<span class="pagenum"><a name="page139" + id="page139"></a>{139}</span> Bible readers, church-goers, and + psalm-singers, I fear to a large extent without knowledge. + Religion to them consists in the above operations, and in + giving a sum to the Auxiliary. I am speaking of the generality, + There are many whom I cannot but feel to be Christians, but + dimly. This can hardly be the result of low mental power alone. + The Bechwanas show considerable acuteness when circumstances + call it out.</p> + + <p>"The educational department of the Mission has been kept in + the background. On this station the youth on leaving school + have sunk back for want of a continued course being opened to + them. The village schoolmasters, uneducated themselves, and + mostly unpaid, make but a feeble impression. The wonder is that + they do so much, and where the readers come from. It is hard to + say that the older missionaries could have done otherwise.... I + cannot tell you how one thing presses on me every day: the want + of qualified native schoolmasters and teachers; and the + question: how are they to be obtained?"</p> + + <p>On Sunday, 20th March, 1870, Robert Moffat preached for the + last time in the Kuruman church, and on the Friday following + the departure took place. "Ramary" and "Mamary," as Mr. and + Mrs. Moffat were called, had completely won the hearts of the + natives. For weeks past messages of farewell had been coming + from the more distant towns and villages, and now that the + final hour had arrived and the venerable missionary, with his + long white beard, and his equally revered wife, left their + house and walked to their waggon they were beset by crowds of + people, each one longing for another shake of the hand, a last + parting word, or a final look; and, as the waggon drove away, a + long pitiful wail rose from those who + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page140" + id="page140"></a>{140}</span> felt that their teacher and + friend was with them no more.</p> + + <p>After a rough but safe journey of eight weeks, Robert and + Mary Moffat reached Port Elizabeth on the 20th May, 1870, and + received a hearty welcome from a large number of missionaries + and other Christian friends, who had gathered to meet them. + Making a brief stay they embarked in the mail steamer + <i>Roman</i> and landed at Cape Town on the 2nd of June. Here + they were entertained by the Christian community at a public + breakfast. A few days later they embarked in the steamship + <i>Norseman, en route</i> for England.</p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0193.jpg" alt="rough seas" width="350" /> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page141" + id="page141"></a>{141}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0194.jpg" alt="image" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2> + + <h3>CLOSING SCENES.</h3> + + <p>In the Chronicle of the London Missionary Society for March, + 1870, the following notice appeared: "Our readers will be glad + to hear that there is now a definite prospect of welcoming + again to England our veteran missionary, the Rev. Robert + Moffat. He may be expected, with Mrs. Moffat, about the month + of June. Mr. Moffat no longer enjoys his former robust health. + In his last letter he writes: 'What to me was formerly a + molehill is now a mountain, and we both have for some time past + begun to feel some of the labour and sorrow so frequently + experienced by those who have passed their three-score years + and ten.'"</p> + + <p>The <i>Norseman</i> reached Plymouth on the 24th of July, + and next day Robert and Mary Moffat landed at Southampton, thus + returning to their native land, to leave it no more, after an + absence of over fifty years; during which time they had visited + it only once before.</p> + + <p>On the 1st of August he was welcomed by the Society, at an + influential meeting, convened for the purpose, in the Board + Room of the Mission House, + in<span class="pagenum"><a name="page142" + id="page142"></a>{142}</span> Blomfield Street. At that + meeting, alluding to his previous visit in 1839, and to the + printing of the New Testament in Sechwana, he stated as + follows:—</p> + + <p>"When I came to the Cape, previous to my first visit, I + brought a translation of the New Testament, which I had + translated under considerable difficulties, being engaged a + portion of the day in roofing an immense church, and the + remainder in exegetical examinations and consulting + concordances. I was anxious to get it printed, and I brought it + down to the Cape, but there I could find no printing-office + that would undertake it. The Committee of the Bible Society + very kindly—as they have always been to me, I say it with + pleasure—forwarded paper and ink to the Cape expecting I + should get the work done there. As I said, there was not a + printing-office that would undertake it. Dining with Sir George + Napier, the Governor, I informed him of the difficulty. He + said, 'Jump on board a ship with your translation and get it + printed in England, and you will be back again while they are + thinking about it here. Print a New Testament among a set of + Dutch printers! why I can't even get my proclamations printed.' + I said, 'I have become too barbarous; I have almost forgotten + my own language; I should be frightened to go there.' 'Oh + stuff!' he said.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page143" + id="page143"></a>{143}</span></p> + + <p>"Some time after he met me in the street: 'Well, Moffat, + what have you determined upon?' 'I am waiting the return of Dr. + Philip.' 'Don't wait for anybody; just jump on board a ship. + Think of the importance of getting the New Testament put in + print in a new language!' He invited me to dinner again and + said, 'Have you come to a conclusion? I wish I could give you + mine. I feel some interest in the extension of the knowledge of + the Word of God. Take nobody's advice, but jump on board a ship + for England.' He spoke so seriously that I began to feel + serious myself.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page144" + id="page144"></a>{144}</span></p> + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0195.jpg" alt="MARY MOFFAT" + title="MARY MOFFAT" width="550" /> + + <h4>MARY MOFFAT.</h4> + </div> + + <p>"Dr. Philip came, and when the Governor explained the + circumstances, the Doctor said, 'Go, by all means.' I was + nervous at the thought. I was not a nervous man in Africa. I + could sleep and hear the lions roar. There seemed so many great + folks to meet with. I came to England and by-and-by I got over + it."</p> + + <p>On the Wednesday, following this meeting, he was entertained + at a public breakfast at the Cannon Street Hotel.</p> + + <p>For a few weeks the Moffats dwelt at Canonbury, though + Robert himself was so much engaged in visiting different parts + of the country, Edinburgh included, where he met with many old + friends, that he was not suffered at this time to dwell for + long in any one place.</p> + + <p>The winter was spent at Brixton, and on the 21st of + December, £1000 was presented to Robert Moffat as a birthday + gift, a most cheering tribute of esteem to a tried and faithful + servant of Jesus Christ.</p> + + <p>The effects of this act of kindness had not passed away when + a heavy cloud hung over the happy home at Brixton. She, who for + more than half-a-century had been the loving helpmeet of the + African missionary, sharing his joys and sorrows, his hopes and + discouragements, and many of his privations and perils, lay + dying. A troublesome cough, a difficulty of breathing, a few + long deep breaths, and she was gone, without even a word of + farewell; called home to receive the "Well done, good and + faithful servant," and to enter into the joy of her Lord. Her + last words were a prayer for her husband, that strength might + be given him to bear the + blow.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page145" + id="page145"></a>{145}</span></p> + + <p>Robert Moffat indeed needed strength in this hour of + affliction. His first exclamation on finding that she had + really gone was, "For fifty-three years I have had her to pray + for me," and writing to his old friend and fellow-labourer, + Roger Edwards, who was then at Port Elizabeth, he said, "How + lonely I feel, and if it were not for Jeanie (his daughter) it + would be much more so."</p> + + <p>The events of the next few years may be briefly summarised. + He travelled much to different parts of the country, visiting + High Leigh, the old house at Dukinfield, and Carronshore. His + services were continually in requisition for missionary + meetings, and doubtless many of our readers will be old enough + to remember the bronzed face, with its full flowing beard, + blanched by age, the keen eyes, and the venerable form of + Robert Moffat at this time, and to call to mind the pleasure + they derived as they listened to his glowing descriptions of + the needs of Africa.</p> + + <p>The winter of 1871 was passed at Ventnor, in the Isle of + Wight, and occupied in revising proof sheets of the Old + Testament in Sechwana. While there he was, by Her Majesty's own + desire, introduced to the Queen, whom he had never seen before. + He also received the degree of Doctor of Divinity, from the + University of Edinburgh.</p> + + <p>To meet the need for training a native ministry, which had + been felt by Moffat and others engaged in the work of the + Bechwana Mission, and which had shortly before his return been + pressed upon the attention of the Directors, several thousand + pounds were subscribed, and, as a way of doing honour to the + veteran who was now in their midst, it was proposed to call the + Institute that was to be founded, "The Moffat Institute." This + now stands as a centre of + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page146" + id="page146"></a>{146}</span> influence amidst the tribes + surrounding the Kuruman station.</p> + + <p>In 1873, a number of friends, who thought that the liberal + contributions which had been subscribed to the Institute, + hardly gave such a direct proof of their esteem for their + venerated friend as could be desired, presented Robert Moffat + with a sum of upwards of £5000. This liberality provided for + his wants during the remainder of his life, enabled him to + serve the Directors and the cause of missions, without being + any longer a burden upon the funds of the Society, and also + placed him in a position to meet the wants of his widowed + daughter and her fatherless family.</p> + + <p>While living at Brixton, Robert Moffat attended the ministry + of the late Rev. Baldwin Brown, in whose mission-work in + Lambeth he was much interested. On his eightieth birthday, 21st + December, 1875, he opened the new Mission Hall in connection + with this work, which hall was thenceforward called by his + name. On the same day he received many congratulatory tokens, + among them being an address signed by a great number of + Congregational ministers from every part of the country. Prior + to this in the same year, he had lectured upon Missions in + Westminster Abbey, and in the preceding year he had performed + the melancholy duty of identifying the remains of his + son-in-law, Dr. Livingstone, upon their being brought home from + Africa.</p> + + <p>Engagements and constant requests for his services made + great inroads upon his time. "People either could not or would + not see that he was getting old," he frequently said; but + people knew that as long as he had strength to speak, he would + not grow weary of addressing audiences on missionary work.</p> + + <p>In 1876, we find him dining on one occasion with + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page147" + id="page147"></a>{147}</span> the Archbishop of Canterbury at + Lambeth Palace, and on another breakfasting with Mr. Gladstone, + in the house of the Rev. Newman Hall. In the following year by + invitation of the French Missionary Society he visited Paris, + and while there addressed a meeting of 4000 Sunday-school + children.</p> + + <p>On the 20th of December, 1878, he received the freedom of + the City of London, and somewhat over two years later was the + guest of the then Lord Mayor, Alderman, now Sir William, + McArthur, for several days, a banquet being given in his + honour.</p> + + <p>During the time that Cetewayo was in England Robert Moffat + was much interested in him and paid him a visit. Among the Zulu + king's attendants was a man who could speak Sechwana, and with + him Moffat at once got into conversation. The man's delight was + unbounded. He had been in the train of a son of Moselekatse, + and had heard of the missionary. "A u Moshete?" (Are you + Moffat) he asked again and again, with beaming eyes exclaiming + when convinced of the fact, "I see this day what my eyes never + expected to behold, Moshete!"</p> + + <p>For the last four years of his life Robert Moffat resided at + Park Cottage, Leigh, near Tunbridge, where he was the tenant of + the late Samuel Morley, Esq. From both Mr. and Mrs. Morley he + received much kindness, which continued until the day of his + death.</p> + + <p>The end now drew near. In 1883, he complained of great + weariness and intermittent pulsation. This troubled him so + constantly that advice was sought. For a short time this + availed. He attended the Bible Society's meeting in the second + week in May, and the meeting of the London Missionary Society + on the 10th, and in July paid a visit to Knockholt, where he + met Mr. and Mrs. George Sturge. From this visit he + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page148" + id="page148"></a>{148}</span> returned seeming better, but in a + few days unfavourable symptoms again showed themselves. Yet the + strong frame, that had endured so much, seemed loath to give + in, and, whenever able, he was in and out of his garden. He + also took two drives, Mrs. Morley very kindly sending her + carriage for that purpose when he felt able to make use of + it.</p> + + <p>"Mark the perfect man, and behold the upright: for the end + of that man is peace." Most beautifully was this truth + exemplified in the closing scenes of the life of this truly + noble and good man. On Sunday, 5th August, he was too weak to + attend chapel, and spent a peaceful Sabbath at home. He was + very fond of hymns and would often repeat one after another. In + the evening he chose several which were sung, though feebleness + prevented him from joining the singing. Among those chosen + were: "The sands of time are sinking," "Come, Thou fount of + every blessing," "How sweet the name of Jesus sounds," and + "Nearer, my God, to Thee." His New Testament was his constant + companion during these last days, and whatever the topic of + conversation, it always turned with him to heaven and the + Saviour.</p> + + <p>On Monday he seemed somewhat better, but on Tuesday night he + was much worse. Hours of pain and sleeplessness were passed, + yet he rose on Wednesday and went out several times to the + garden. In the evening he became very ill and had a fainting + fit, but managed after awhile to get upstairs, and, after + remaining on the bedside for some time, propped up with + pillows, he undressed, with little assistance and much + deliberation, winding up his watch, with a cold, trembling + hand,—"for the last time," he said.</p> + + <p>The doctor arrived shortly afterwards, who found + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page149" + id="page149"></a>{149}</span> that he had broken a + blood-vessel. The night was passed partly in peaceful sleep, + and partly in converse with his children who were then present. + His daughter says, "He was just full of his Saviour's love and + mercy all through his life; he repeated many hymns and passages + of Scripture."</p> + + <p>On Thursday morning he was visited by Mr. Morley and two + other friends, with whom he conversed. He also had his + Testament, but finding he could not read it, his daughters read + to him. He repeated many hymns, among them the Scotch version + of the hundred and third Psalm, but stopped and said, "There is + nothing like the original," which was then read from the Bible. + His mother's favourite hymn, "Hail, sovereign Light," was also + by his special desire read to him.</p> + + <p>Another sleep—a wandering, perhaps unconscious, look + at his children, a struggle, and then a quietness? and the + pilgrimage was over, the spirit had fled to be present with the + Lord whom he had loved so well and served so faithfully. "His + end was peace."</p> + + <p>He died on the 10th of August, 1883, in his eighty-eighth + year.</p> + + <p>The funeral took place a few days later at Norwood Cemetery, + when, surrounded by such relatives as were in England, Sir + Bartle Frere, Mr. Samuel Morley and several other Members of + Parliament, deputations from the various Missionary and several + Religious Societies, and by the Mayor of Bloemfontein, his + remains were consigned to the tomb.</p> + + <p>Never had a truer hero been borne to the grave, nor one more + thoroughly worthy of the name of MAN.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page150" + id="page150"></a>{150}</span> <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> + + + <div class="center"> + <img src="images/0196.jpg" alt="boat" width="640" /> + </div> + + <h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2> + + <h3>CONCLUSION.</h3> + + <p>As soon as it was realised that Robert Moffat had actually + gone, it was felt that a truly great man had departed from + among us. A niche in the temple of earth's true nobility seemed + empty. The prevailing feeling was given expression to by some + of the leading journals, which in eulogistic articles commented + upon the life, work, and character of him who had gone.</p> + + <p><i>The Times</i>, in its review, contained the following + remarks:—"His chief work was among the Bechwanas. His + picture of what they were when he first knew them would hardly + now be recognised, so entirely have they changed under the new + influences which Moffat was the first to bring to bear upon + them. He found them mere savages, constantly at war among + themselves and with their neighbours, ignorant of the arts of + agriculture, and in the utterly degraded state for which we + must seek a counterpart now in the more distant tribes, whom + the message of civilisation has not yet reached. His first care + was to make himself thoroughly master of the language of those + to whom he was sent. For fifty years he has declared he had + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page151" + id="page151"></a>{151}</span> been accustomed to speak the + Bechwana tongue; he reduced it to written characters, and + translated the Scriptures into it. The Bechwanas, under + Moffat's guidance, became new men. Mission work grew and spread + among them; what Moffat had begun to do was taken up by other + hands; a permanent body of native pastors was created from + among the Bechwanas themselves, and the whole region was raised + out of the savage state in which Moffat had found it, and + became, in no small degree, civilised as well as + Christianised.... It would seem, indeed, that it is only by the + agency of such men as Moffat and his like that the contact of + the white and black races can be anything but a curse to the + blacks. It is the missionary alone who seeks nothing for + himself. He has chosen an unselfish life. If honour comes to + him, it is by no choice of his own, but as the unsought tribute + which others, as it were, force upon him. Robert Moffat has + died in the fullness both of years and honours. His work has + been to lay the foundations of the Church in the central + regions of South Africa. As far as his influence and that of + his coadjutors and successors has extended, it has brought with + it unmixed good. His name will be remembered while the South + African Church endures, and his example will remain with us as + a stimulus to others, and as an abiding proof of what a + Christian missionary can be and can do."</p> + + <p>The <i>Brighton Daily News</i> commenced its article by + saying:—"The grave has just closed over one of the most + notable men whose figures are familiar to the inhabitants of + Brighton. Robert Moffat, the veteran pioneer in the mission + field, and the simplest of heroes, has passed away, and many of + the noblest of the land followed his remains to their + resting-place."<span class="pagenum"><a name="page152" + id="page152"></a>{152}</span> It concluded with, "In the + drawing-rooms of fashionable Brighton, crowded with the lovers + of art and science, no one grudged the cessation of music the + most classical, or of conversation the most charming, to listen + to the venerable Doctor when requested to repeat some incidents + of his missionary life. All felt that the scene was hallowed by + the presence of one who had done a work for the good of men, + such as few have been privileged to accomplish. Robert Moffat + belonged to no sect or party. To better the world and advance + the one Church formed the sole end of his being."</p> + + <p>Other journals and magazines bore like testimony to his + worth.</p> + + <p>Of his work we have said much in the preceding pages, and + also something of its results. To this may be added Robert + Moffat's own account of some of the benefits which sprung from + the prosecution of missionary enterprise in South Africa. In + his speech at Port Elizabeth, on finally leaving for England, + in May, 1870, referring to the general progress made in the + interior, he said:—</p> + + <p>"Christianity has already accomplished much in this long + benighted land. When I first went to the Kuruman scarcely an + individual could go beyond. Now they travel in safety to the + Zambesi. Then we were strangers, and they could not comprehend + us. They treated us with great indignity, and considered us to + be the outcasts of society, who, being driven from our own + race, went to reside with them; but bearing in remembrance what + our Saviour had to undergo, we were encouraged to persevere, + and much success has rewarded our efforts. Now it is safe to + traverse any part of the country, and traders travel far beyond + Kuruman without the slightest fear of + molesta<span class="pagenum"><a name="page153" + id="page153"></a>{153}</span> tion. Formerly men of one tribe + could not travel through another's territory, and wars were + frequent. During my early mission life, I often heard of men of + one tribe going to trade with another, and being murdered. I + was at a native place when a thing of that sort once occurred. + A party of men had come two hundred miles to dispose of some + articles. The resident natives, taking a dislike to them, set + upon them and killed two of their number. I asked them why they + had done this, and tried to show them it was wrong. They seemed + to know that; and from that time I have never heard of anything + of the sort.</p> + + <p>"The influence of Christianity in that country is now very + great, and constantly increasing. Where one station was + scarcely tolerated, there are now several. The Moravians have + their missionaries. The Berlin Society have theirs, and others + are engaged in the good work, besides numerous native Gospel + teachers. Our advanced station at the Matabele is in a very + prosperous state, and I quite expect that the Matabele will + become one day a great nation. They sternly obey their own + laws, and I have noticed that when men of fixed principles + become convinced of the great truths of Christianity they hold + firmly to the faith, and their fidelity is not lightly to be + shaken."</p> + + <p>In the same speech he also mentioned the fact that whereas + at first the natives would not buy anything, not even a pocket + handkerchief, now, when he was speaking, no less than sixty + thousand pounds worth of British manufactures passed yearly + into the hands of the native tribes around Kuruman.</p> + + <p>Thus the missionary prepared the way for the merchant, and + the Gospel for the progress of civilisation.</p> + + <p>Of Moffat's character we have had frequent glimpses in the + preceding pages; of his personal appearance + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page154" + id="page154"></a>{154}</span> and dignified mien our portrait + and pictures give some idea. A few words may, however, be + added, based upon the facts recorded by his son in the last + chapter of "Robert and Mary Moffat."</p> + + <p>Tall and strong, with dark piercing eyes, he stood, a man of + dauntless courage, quick and energetic in action, with a + resolution in the performance of duty that no opposition could + thwart; yet, withal, of gentle manner, and of an even temper, + proof against the many attacks made upon it. His disposition + was to think well of men, and to believe what they said. Deceit + he hated, it was the one thing he could not forgive. He trusted + men implicitly; and this probably accounted for the fact that + the Bechwanas, who carried the art of lying to perfection, + seldom lied to him. They knew it was the one thing that would + make him angry.</p> + + <p>His reverence for holy things was very great. He relished a + joke as well as any man, indeed, there was a good deal of + humour in him; but woe to that man who spoke jestingly of the + things pertaining to God. The Word of the Lord was too real and + too important for any triviality. God was ever present to him, + and he lived for God. His son says: "Even when I was alone with + him, on some of his itinerating journeys, no meal was commenced + without a reverent doffing of the Scotch bonnet, his usual + head-dress in those days, and the solemn blessing; and our + morning and evening worship was never missed or hurried."</p> + + <p>An instance of his forbearance under provocation is afforded + in the following:—</p> + + <p>"On our return from England in 1843," says the writer just + quoted, "we were a large party, with three or four waggons. One + night we outspanned in the dark, not knowing that we were on + forbidden ground—<span class="pagenum"><a name="page155" + id="page155"></a>{155}</span> within the limits of a farm, but + a half-mile short of the homestead. In the early morning a + young man rode up, and demanded to know what we were doing + there without leave. My father gently explained that we had + done it in ignorance, but his explanation was cut short by a + harangue loud and long. The stripling sat on his horse, my + father stood before him with bowed head and folded arms, whilst + a torrent of abuse poured over him, with a plentiful mixture of + such terse and biting missiles of invective as greatly enrich + the South African Dutch language. We stood around and + remembered that only a few months before the man thus rated + like a dog was standing before enthusiastic thousands in + England, who hung with bated breath upon his utterances. + Something of shame must have arrested the wrath of the young + man, for he suddenly rode away without impounding our cattle, + as he had threatened to do. We inspanned and proceeded, calling + on our way at the house, and there we found ourselves received + by a venerable white-haired farmer and his wife with open arms, + for they and my parents proved to be old friends. Right glad + were we that nothing had been done on our side to make us + ashamed to meet them."</p> + + <p>In his home he was a true father, and the influence that + surrounded his children must have been a happy one, seeing that + so many of them embraced the missionary calling, and followed + in the footsteps of their venerated parents. Mary, the eldest + daughter, married Dr. Livingstone; Ann, the French missionary, + Jean Frédoux; Bessie, a younger daughter, was united to the + Rev. Roger Price; and a son, the Rev. John Moffat, became for a + time his father's coadjutor at the Kuruman station.</p> + + <p>In bringing this memoir to a conclusion, we may + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page156" + id="page156"></a>{156}</span> be permitted to glance at South + Africa as it is at the present time, and to note some of the + contrasts between its condition now, and that as stated in our + opening chapter, prior to Robert Moffat's arrival.</p> + + <p>At the time when he first landed at Cape Town, the work of + evangelising the heathen was confined principally to two + Societies—the Moravian Mission and the London Missionary + Society. Now the Societies exceed twelve in number, and + represent the following nationalities: English, American, + French, Swiss, Norwegian, and the people of Finland.</p> + + <p>First, in order of date, may be noticed the work of the + Moravian Brethren, which is chiefly carried on among the + Hottentots and Kafirs. Their chief station is Genadendal, + eighty miles east of Cape Town, which has several smaller + stations grouped around it. Besides these, still farther east, + among the Kafir tribes, is the station of Shiloh, also having a + number of out-stations gathered round it.</p> + + <p>The London Missionary Society follows with its eleven + principal stations and nine out-stations. This Society is now + labouring in South Africa, in Kafirland, Bechwanaland and + Matabeleland. The Report for 1886 shows sixteen English + missionaries and sixty-five native preachers as engaged in + preaching and teaching, and as results, 1361 Church members. + These returns are however incomplete, and very much has + occurred, through the numerous wars and unsettled state of the + country, to retard the progress of missionary work.</p> + + <p>Next comes the Wesleyan Missionary Society, who, commencing + operations at Cape Town in 1814, extended their stations round + the coast from Little Namaqualand to Zululand. They are also + labouring among the Barolongs in the Orange Free State, + in<span class="pagenum"><a name="page157" + id="page157"></a>{157}</span> Swaziland, and at the Gold Fields + at Barberton, in the Transvaal.</p> + + <p>The Scotch Presbyterians are represented by the missions of + the Free Church of Scotland, and the United Presbyterian + Church. These confine their labours principally to British + Kaffraria and Kafirland. The Free Church has a high-class + Institution at Lovedale for the training of a native ministry + and also for teaching the natives many of the useful arts, and + an improved system of agriculture. There is an efficient staff + of teachers, and in 1885, 380 pupils attended the Institution, + of whom seventy-one were Church members and ninety-one + candidates or inquirers. A similar institution has also been + established among the Fingoes at Blythswood in Fingoland.</p> + + <p>More than fifty years ago, at the suggestion of Dr. Philip, + the Rhenish Mission commenced work among the Hottentots of Cape + Colony, but its operations extended, and now embrace Little and + Great Namaqualand, south and north of the Orange River, and, + away beyond, the territory known as Damaraland. Their stations + are in a flourishing condition, and some 15,000 converts bear + evidence to the success of their efforts. This Society also + looks after the preparation of native teachers, &c., and + has an excellent institution for that purpose at Worcester, + near Cape Town, its principal station.</p> + + <p>Still farther north, beyond Damaraland is Ovampoland, + occupied by the Missionary Society of Finland. Seven ordained + Missionaries and three Christian artisans were equipped and + despatched to work in this region, at the suggestion of the + Rhenish Society. Their enterprise is of comparatively recent + date and results cannot yet be tabulated. The influence for + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page158" + id="page158"></a>{158}</span> good exerted will, however, + doubtless yield fruit by-and-by.</p> + + <p>The missions of the Berlin Society stretch from the eastern + portion of Cape Colony to the Transvaal, and embrace also the + Orange Free State and the Diamond Fields. They have over 7000 + converts, and a large number of children under instruction in + various schools.</p> + + <p>Basutoland, to the east of the Orange Free State, is cared + for by the French Evangelical Missionary Society, who commenced + work in South Africa in 1829. Their first missionaries were + appointed to the Bahurutse, then tributary to Moselekatse, but + being repulsed through the jealousy of that potentate they + settled at Motito, and finally accepted an invitation from + Moshesh, chief of the Basutos, to work among that people. The + mission has fourteen principal stations and sixty-six + out-stations, with about 20,000 adherents, of whom about 3500 + are Church members.</p> + + <p>In 1835 six missionaries, appointed by the American Board of + Foreign Missions, arrived from the United States to labour in + South Africa. Three proceeded to Natal and settled near Durban. + The other three journeyed to Moselekatse at Mosega. Their + mission was however broken up through the incursions of the + Boers, and they were compelled to flee to Natal. For some years + the mission there was much harassed through war, but it is now + firmly established and is doing excellent work of a religious + and educational character, having a number of well-instructed + native pastors and teachers, besides the staff of European + missionaries. In 1886 the Board reports having in connection + with this mission seven stations and seventeen out-stations, + and 886 Church members.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page159" + id="page159"></a>{159}</span></p> + + <p>The Society for the Propagation of the Gospel commenced its + missions in South Africa in 1838. Its work is divided between + the Colonists and the natives, and is carried on in Cape Colony + and Natal; its dioceses stretching round the coast much in the + same manner as the Wesleyan stations.</p> + + <p>Besides those already mentioned, there are at work now in + South Africa the Norwegian Missionary Society, labouring in + Natal and Zululand; the Hermannsburg Mission, founded by Pastor + Harms, whose operations are carried on in Natal, Zululand, and + the Transvaal; and the Swiss society, The Mission of the Free + Church of the Canton de Vaud, whose efforts are directed to a + tribe inhabiting a country between Delagoa Bay and + Sofala.<a name="FNanchor_A_2" + id="FNanchor_A_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_2" + class="fnanchor">[A]</a></p> + + <div class="footnote"> + <p><a name="Footnote_A_2" + id="Footnote_A_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_2"><span class="label"> + [A]</span></a> Many of the facts contained in this review + of Mission work in South Africa have been gleaned from + "South Africa," by the Rev. James Sibree, F.R.G.S.</p> + </div> + + <p>Thus the missionary cause has grown, notwithstanding the + many difficulties it has had to contend with, and now the sound + of the Gospel is heard throughout the land. From the + southernmost part of what was the "Dark Continent," but which + is now termed by some the "Twilight Continent," and which we + trust may soon be blessed with the full light of Christianity, + there stretches away a series of mission stations right to the + Zambesi; and there joining hands with the system of Central + African missions the glad tidings of salvation are wafted + onward to the great lake, the Victoria Nyanza, in the north; + eastward to the coast; and, in the west, made known to + thousands by means of the various organisations now doing such + excellent work on the Congo River.</p> + + <p>In a central position, amidst the tribes of South Africa, + Kuruman, the scene of Robert Moffat's trials + <span class="pagenum"><a name="page160" + id="page160"></a>{160}</span> and triumphs, stands to-day, + surrounded by a number of native towns and villages, where + native teachers, trained in the Moffat Institute, are located, + and native Churches have been formed,—a beacon shedding + its glorious rays around, dispelling the darkness, and bringing + the heathen to the knowledge of the Saviour, Jesus + Christ.</p><br /> + <br /> + + + <h4>THE END.</h4> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Robert Moffat, by David J. Deane + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROBERT MOFFAT *** + +***** This file should be named 15379-h.htm or 15379-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/3/7/15379/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Chuck Greif and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/15379-h/images/001.jpg b/15379-h/images/001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..73c2392 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/001.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0160.jpg b/15379-h/images/0160.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bd105a --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0160.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0161.jpg b/15379-h/images/0161.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..161ab07 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0161.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0162.jpg b/15379-h/images/0162.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b31f637 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0162.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0163.jpg b/15379-h/images/0163.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0bf967 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0163.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0164.jpg b/15379-h/images/0164.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c9e69d --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0164.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0165.jpg b/15379-h/images/0165.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..812272c --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0165.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0166.jpg b/15379-h/images/0166.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d614f1a --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0166.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0167.jpg b/15379-h/images/0167.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9060f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0167.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0168.jpg b/15379-h/images/0168.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e149501 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0168.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0169.jpg b/15379-h/images/0169.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4497b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0169.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0170.jpg b/15379-h/images/0170.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf3eb39 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0170.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0171.jpg b/15379-h/images/0171.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c8f45a --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0171.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0172.jpg b/15379-h/images/0172.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..784eabc --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0172.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0173.jpg b/15379-h/images/0173.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aad8cd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0173.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0174.jpg b/15379-h/images/0174.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0395f95 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0174.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0175.jpg b/15379-h/images/0175.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d9b213 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0175.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0176.jpg b/15379-h/images/0176.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..561ee56 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0176.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0177.jpg b/15379-h/images/0177.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1469bcd --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0177.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0178.jpg b/15379-h/images/0178.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..001ac43 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0178.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0179.jpg b/15379-h/images/0179.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6c0438 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0179.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0180.jpg b/15379-h/images/0180.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..487c262 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0180.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0181.jpg b/15379-h/images/0181.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa8762a --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0181.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0182.jpg b/15379-h/images/0182.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3aee5b --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0182.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0183.jpg b/15379-h/images/0183.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68b235c --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0183.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0184.jpg b/15379-h/images/0184.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aeb2e49 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0184.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0185.jpg b/15379-h/images/0185.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1522e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0185.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0186.jpg b/15379-h/images/0186.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a78b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0186.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0187.jpg b/15379-h/images/0187.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf23bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0187.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0188.jpg b/15379-h/images/0188.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a23cf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0188.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0189.jpg b/15379-h/images/0189.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..871fa98 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0189.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0190.jpg b/15379-h/images/0190.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7d7ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0190.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0191.jpg b/15379-h/images/0191.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..65139ba --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0191.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0192.jpg b/15379-h/images/0192.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d511cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0192.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0193.jpg b/15379-h/images/0193.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..db3b858 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0193.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0194.jpg b/15379-h/images/0194.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0f374f --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0194.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0195.jpg b/15379-h/images/0195.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1343ccd --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0195.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/0196.jpg b/15379-h/images/0196.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a44457 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/0196.jpg diff --git a/15379-h/images/cover.jpg b/15379-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4a6318 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/15379.txt b/15379.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bbbf5b --- /dev/null +++ b/15379.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4552 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Robert Moffat, by David J. Deane + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Robert Moffat + The Missionary Hero of Kuruman + +Author: David J. Deane + +Release Date: March 16, 2005 [EBook #15379] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROBERT MOFFAT *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Chuck Greif and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + +ROBERT MOFFAT + +The _Missionary Hero_ of KURUMAN. + +BY + +DAVID J. DEANE, + +AUTHOR OF "JOHN WICLIFFE, THE MORNING STAR OF THE REFORMATION," +"MARTIN LUTHER, THE REFORMER," ETC. + +FIFTH EDITION. TWENTY-FIFTH THOUSAND. + +FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY + +NEW YORK CHICAGO TORONTO + +_Publishers of Evangelical Literature._ + +[Illustration] + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The record of a life like that of Robert Moffat, the South African +missionary, can never be devoid of interest until all appreciation for +noble deeds and patient endeavour becomes extinct in the heart of man. +Till then, our pulses will quicken and our enthusiasm kindle as we read +of dangers encountered and overcome, of the true courage that could +undismayed encounter the king of beasts roaming on the African plain, +and of passing the time with savage chiefs, beneath the spears and clubs +of whose warriors thousands had been slain. Or our sympathy is awakened +as stories of sickness and suffering, of hunger and terrible thirst, of +trying disappointments, continued year after year, are related. Anon, +gratitude causes the tear to start to our eye as we witness the love +that prompts the effort to win the heathen to the Saviour, and see the +once benighted ones clothed and subdued, learning in mind and heart the +truth of the Gospel. Gratitude arises that we have men, heroic Christian +men, who count nothing dear to them, not even their lives, that they may +win sinners to the love of Jesus Christ. + +Such an one was he, whose memoir we present to our readers, with the +earnest desire that his strong faith may strengthen ours, that his quiet +courage may excite us to perseverance in well-doing, and that his +deliverance from manifold and very real dangers may lead us to place +reliance upon Him in whom Moffat trusted, and who never forsakes those +that trust in Him. May we all see, and especially the youth of our land, +as we read the records of such noble lives, that true godliness detracts +not from true manhood, but rather that it glorifies and ennobles it, +until evil is overcome, and the wicked are put to silence. + +In writing this brief sketch of the life of the Rev. Dr. Moffat, the +author has been much indebted to those who have trodden the path before +him; especially to the two well-known works, "Robert and Mary Moffat," +by their son John S. Moffat, and to Robert Moffat's own book, +"Missionary Labours and Scenes in South Africa." He also owes his +acknowledgments to "The Missionary Magazine," "The Chronicle of the +London Missionary Society," to the Reports of various Missionary +Societies, "A Life's Labours in South Africa," and to other works from +which information upon the subject has been gathered. To the two first +named the author especially refers those of his readers who wish for +fuller details than are given in this volume. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + +CONTENTS. + +I. PIONEER MISSIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA, 9 + +II. CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH, 18 + +III. DEPARTURE FOR THE CAPE, 27 + +IV. MARRIAGE AND ARRIVAL AT LATTAKOO, 49 + +V. THE MANTATEE INVASION, 63 + +VI. VISIT TO MAKABA, 71 + +VII. THE AWAKENING, 85 + +VIII. VISIT TO ENGLAND, 101 + +IX. THE SECHWANA BIBLE, 118 + +X. CLOSING SCENES, 141 + +XI. CONCLUSION, 150 + +[Illustration] + + + + +ROBERT MOFFAT. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +PIONEER MISSIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA. + + +The history of missions in South Africa abounds in interesting facts and +incidents. Stories of heroism, strange adventures, and descriptions of +journeyings among savage tribes and through countries frequented by +beasts of prey, form part of its details. Its theme is love to God and +love to man, and its facts have been called into existence through the +efforts of noble-minded and true-hearted men and women to bring their +coloured brethren and sisters to the knowledge of the Saviour, Jesus +Christ. + +Many names are held in veneration in connection with these missions, +names of those who, having laboured faithfully upon earth, have been +called to their reward; among these none stands forward with greater +prominence than that of Robert Moffat. + +A brief glance at the development of the colony at the Cape of Good +Hope, and at the early efforts made to evangelise the native races, may +enable the reader better to understand the work carried on by Robert +Moffat, and the success achieved; also to realise something of the +position of affairs when he first landed in South Africa. + +Discovered by the Portuguese in 1486, it was not until the middle of the +seventeenth century that much was done in the way of European +colonisation. In 1652 the bold and mountainous promontory of the Cape +was taken possession of by the Dutch, and a settlement was founded on +the site of the present Cape Town. The earliest colonists were chiefly +Dutch and German farmers; who were joined a little later on by numbers +of French and Piedmontese Huguenots, driven from their native lands for +conscience' sake. + +At this early period the whole of what is now designated the Colony, was +inhabited by Hottentots, a people lighter in colour than the Kafirs and +Bechwanas, having pale yellow-brown skins, symmetrical in form when +young, hardy, and having small hands and feet. They have nomadic +tendencies; and, in their uncivilised state, scarcely practise +agriculture. Their system of government is somewhat patriarchal; and +they live in "kraals," or villages, consisting of bee-hive shaped huts, +arranged in circular form. Their ideas of a Deity are extremely faint, +they possess little in the nature of religious ceremonies, but the power +of sorcerers among them is great. According to the locality occupied, +they are known as Hottentots, Namaquas, or Corannas. + +As the European colonists increased in numbers, they gradually advanced +northward and eastward, either driving back the natives or subjugating +them as slaves to their service. In 1806 the colony passed into the +hands of the English, and, after a season of conflict, the Hottentots +within the British territory were emancipated. This act of justice took +place on 17th July, 1828. + +In the early years of the present century, the natives of South Africa +comprised--besides the Hottentots, who occupied the southern portion of +the country, and were thinly scattered, to the north-west, in Great +Namaqualand--the Kafirs, who dwelt in the south-east, beyond the Fish +River; the Basutos, whose kraals were south of the Orange River; the +Bechwanas and kindred tribes to the north of that river; and far away to +the north-west, beyond Namaqualand, the Damara tribes, of whom but +little was known at that time. Besides these, there were the Bushmen, a +roving people, small in stature, and sunk to the lowest depths of +barbarism, hunted down by the Dutch farmers like wild beasts, who had +their hands turned against every man, and every man's hand turned +against them. + +To the Moravians belongs the honour of first seeking to bring the +natives of South Africa under the influences of Christianity. In 1737 +George Schmidt, who had been sent forth by the small Moravian church of +Herrnhut, arrived in Cape Colony, and at Genadendal (the Vale of Grace), +then known as Bavian's Kloof (the Glen of Baboons), established a +mission station, where he laboured among the despised and oppressed +Hottentots with much success for seven years. His work excited +considerable opposition and persecution. He gathered a small Christian +community and a school; but the Boers, or Dutch farmers, becoming +jealous of the black population receiving education, he was summoned to +Holland, and not allowed to return. + +Fifty years elapsed before the Brethren were able to resume their work; +but in 1792, three humble Christian artisans recommenced labour at +Genadendal. The occupation of the colony by the British Government gave +security to their mission, and it soon grew to be a large settlement, +and a centre of light and civilisation to the surrounding country. + +In 1799 the London Missionary Society commenced work in Cape Colony; at +first by four brethren, who were shortly reinforced by Dr. J.P. +Vanderkemp, a native of Holland, a man of rare gifts and dauntless +courage. Successively scholar, cavalry officer, and physician, he was +for some years a sceptic, but being converted through the drowning of +his wife and child, and his own narrow escape from death, he commenced +the earnest study of the Bible and the Eastern languages, and gained +such wonderful proficiency in the latter, that it is stated he had a +fair knowledge of sixteen. + +Vanderkemp chose the Kafir tribes for his field of labour, and in 1799 +proceeded from Graf Reinet, then the most distant colonial town, and +that nearest to the Kafirs, to the headquarters of that people. +Frequently in danger of his life, among those who considered the murder +of a white man a meritorious deed, he worked and endured great hardship +and privation, that he might make known the truths of the Gospel to the +ignorant around, until the close of the year 1800, when, owing to a +rebellion among the farmers, and the general unsettled state of the +frontier, he was compelled to relinquish his mission. + +[Illustration] + +Afterwards he laboured among the Hottentots of the colony with rare +self-devotedness, often in great straits and many perils, but with +frequent manifestations of the Divine blessing upon the work carried on. +Finally, the Hottentot mission was transferred to Bethelsdorp, where +steady progress was made. The scholars readily learned to read and +write, and their facility in acquiring religious knowledge was +astonishing, considering the peculiar apathy, stupidity, and aversion to +any exertion, mental or corporeal, which characterised the natives. Dr. +Vanderkemp died in 1811, after breathing out the Christian assurance, +"All is well." + +While Dr. Vanderkemp bent his steps towards Kafirland, three other +missionaries, by name Kitcherer, Kramer, and Edwards, proceeded to the +Zak River, between four hundred and five hundred miles north-east of +Cape Town. Here a mission was established to the Bushmen, which, +although unsuccessful in its original intention, became the finger-post +to the Namaquas, Corannas, Griquas, and Bechwanas, for by means of that +mission these tribes and their condition became known to the Christian +world. After moving from their original location to the Orange River, at +the invitation of a Griqua chief, Berend Berend by name, the mission was +carried on among the Corannas, Namaquas, and Bastards (mixed races), +finally removing in 1804 to Griqua Town, where it developed into the +Griqua Mission, under Messrs. Anderson and Kramer, and became a powerful +influence for good; continuing in existence for many years. + +Mr. Anderson thus describes the condition of the Griquas when he first +settled in their midst, and for some time afterwards:-- + +"They were without the smallest marks of civilisation. If I except one +woman, they had not one thread of European clothing among them; and +their wretched appearance and habits were such as might have excited in +our minds an aversion to them, had we not been actuated by principles +which led us to pity them, and served to strengthen us in pursuing the +object of our missionary work; they were, in many instances, little +above the brutes. It is a fact that we were present with them at the +hazard of our lives. When we went among them they lived in the habit of +plundering one another; and they saw no moral evil in this, nor in any +of their actions. Violent deaths were common. Their usual manner of +living was truly disgusting, and they were void of shame." + +By missionary effort these unpromising materials yielded such fruit, +that, in 1809, the congregation at Griqua Town consisted of 800 persons, +who resided at or near the station during the whole or the greater part +of the year. Besides their stated congregations the missionaries were +surrounded by numerous hordes of Corannas and Bushmen, among whom they +laboured. The land was brought under cultivation, and fields waving with +corn and barley met the eye where all had been desolation and +barrenness. In 1810 a threatened attack from a marauding horde of Kafirs +was averted in answer to prayer. Mr. Janz, the only missionary then on +the place, with the people, set apart a day for special supplication; +they sent a pacific message and present to the Kafirs, who immediately +retired. In place of war there was peace, and the blessings of +civilisation followed the preaching of the Gospel. + +A mission had also been commenced by the London Missionary Society in +Great Namaqualand, north of the Orange River, on the western coast of +Africa; a country of which the following description was given by an +individual who had spent many years there: "Sir, you will find plenty of +sand and stones, a thinly scattered population, always suffering from +want of water, on plains and hills roasted like a burnt leaf, under the +scorching rays of a cloudless sun." + +The missionaries, after a journey of great difficulty and suffering, +reached the land of the Namaquas, and halted for a time at a place which +they named "Silent Hope," and then at "Happy Deliverance;" finally they +settled at a spot, about one hundred miles westward of Africaner's +kraal, called Warm Bath. Here, for a time, their prospects continued +cheering. They were instant in season and out of season to advance the +temporal and spiritual interests of the natives; though labouring in a +debilitating climate; and in want of the common necessaries of life. +Their congregation was increased by the desperado Jager, afterwards +Christian Africaner, a Hottentot outlaw, who, with part of his people, +occasionally attended to the instructions of the missionaries; and they +visited the kraal of this robber chieftain in return. It was here that +he first heard the Gospel, and, referring afterwards to his condition at +this time, he said that he saw "men as trees walking." + +Terrible trials soon came upon these devoted missionaries. Abraham +Albrecht, one of their number died, and Africaner, becoming enraged, +threatened an attack upon the station. The situation of the missionaries +and their wives was most distressing. Among a feeble and timid people, +with scarcely any means of defence, a bare country around, no mountain, +glen, or cave in which they could take refuge, under a burning sun and +on a glowing plain, distant two hundred miles from the abodes of +civilised men, between which and them lay the dreary wilderness and the +Orange River; such was their position, with the human lion in his lair, +ready to rouse himself up to deeds of rapine and blood. + +For a whole month they were in constant terror, hourly expecting the +threatened attack. Their souls revolted at the idea of abandoning the +people, who were suffering from want, to become a prey to a man from +whom they could expect no quarter. On one occasion they dug a square +hole in the ground, about six feet deep, that in case of an attack they +might escape the musket balls. In this they remained for the space of a +week, having the tilt sail of a waggon thrown over the mouth of the pit +to keep off the burning rays of an almost vertical sun. Eventually they +withdrew northward to the base of the Karas mountains, but finding it +impossible to settle, retired to the Colony. + +Africaner approached the station, and finding it deserted, plundered it +of whatever articles could be found; one of his followers afterwards +setting fire to the houses and huts. Thus for a season, this mission was +brought to a close. It was after a time resumed at a place south of the +Orange River named Pella. + +Thus missions in South Africa had been commenced, stations among the +Hottentots and others had been formed, good work had been done, and the +way pioneered. The field was opened and it was wide, but as yet the +labourers were few. + +At the time when Vanderkemp closed his eyes on this world, a lad was +working as an apprentice to a Scotch gardener, rising in the dense +darkness of the cold winter's mornings at four o'clock, and warming his +knuckles by knocking them against the handle of his spade. He was +passing through a hard training, but this lad was being prepared to take +up the work which Vanderkemp had so well begun, though in a somewhat +different sphere, and to repair the loss which had been sustained by the +missionary cause through his death. The name of this lad was Robert +Moffat. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH. + + +Robert Moffat was born on the 21st of December, 1795. His parents dwelt +at that time at Ormiston, in East Lothian, Scotland. They were pious +God-fearing people; the mother though holding a stern religious faith, +yet possessed a most tender loving heart, and very early sought to +instil into the minds and hearts of her children the love of God and a +knowledge of the Holy Scriptures. + +Of the early childhood of the future missionary very little is stated. +In 1797 his father received an appointment in the Custom House at +Portsoy, and in 1806 the home of the Moffats was at Carronshore, on the +Firth of Forth. At this time the family consisted of four sons and two +daughters, besides the subject of this memoir. + +A glimpse of the interior of their cottage, during the long winter +evenings, is given, which shows how the mother by her gentle influence +may become the means of sowing seed, which shall spring up in after +years bearing fruit a hundred-fold. The lads were gathered by the +fireside learning to knit and sew, and while so engaged their mother, +who took great interest in the missionary enterprises then carried on, +read aloud, in such publications as she could obtain, the descriptions +given of the work and sufferings of the pioneer labourers in heathen +lands, more especially of the Moravians in Greenland and the East +Indies. + +Of educational advantages, Robert had but few in his early days. One, +"Wully Mitchell," as he was popularly called, the parish schoolmaster +was his first tutor; and "the Shorter Catechism," the title-page of +which contained the alphabet, his first instruction book. His progress +was but slow, his hands often being made to suffer for the dullness of +his brains. A boy living in the midst of shipping, his desires were more +for nautical matters than for Wully's books, and so he ran off to sea. +The captain of the ship on which he was, became much attached to the +lad, so with his parent's consent, he made several voyages in the +coasting trade. Many hairbreadth escapes fell to his lot, and at last he +quitted the sea, as he states "to the no small joy of my parents." + +When about eleven he accompanied his elder brother, Alexander, to Mr. +Paton's school at Falkirk. This school was for writing and book-keeping, +but such as chose to pay received lessons in astronomy and geography +after school hours. Alexander was one of these, and Robert was allowed +to wait for his brother in the large room while the class was being +conducted. "I felt queer," he tells us "to know what the master was +doing within the circle, and used to look very attentively through any +little slip of an opening under an elbow, while I eagerly listened to +the illustrations given, the master all the while never suspecting that +I was capable of understanding the planetary system. What I could not +understand my brother explained on our way home." In this manner he +picked up some knowledge of astronomy. + +At this school the lad continued for six months. It was the last he ever +attended. + +When about fourteen, Robert Moffat was apprenticed to a gardener, named +John Robertson, a just but hard man, who lived at Parkhill, Polmont. The +toil was severe and the food scanty. Often in the bitter cold of a +Scottish winter the lads employed were required to commence work at four +o'clock in the morning, and had to hammer their knuckles against the +handles of their spades to try and bring some feeling into them. Here he +remained till the end of 1812. + +While thus engaged, he managed to attend an evening class occasionally, +and made an attempt at learning Latin and mensuration. He also picked up +some knowledge of the smith's craft, and acquired sufficient skill to +play a little on the violin. A special craving, which stood him in good +stead in after life, impelled him to learn something of whatever he came +in contact with. + +Upon the completion of his apprenticeship, in 1812, he obtained a +situation at Donibristle, a seat of the Earl of Moray at Aberdour. Here, +he delighted his fellow-workers of an evening by his violin +performances, was fond of athletic sports, in which he excelled, and +became an accomplished swimmer, saving the life of one of his +companions, who having got out of his depth was in imminent danger of +drowning. + +In this situation he continued about a twelvemonth, and then, being +about sixteen, he found employment as under-gardener to Mr. Leigh, of +High Leigh, in Cheshire. While at Donibristle he had been able to +frequently visit his parents; the time had now come when he must bid +them adieu. + +The parting scene between Robert and his mother has been sketched by his +own hand and appeared in the Bible Society's "Gleanings for the Young." +It is described as follows:-- + +"When we came within sight of the spot where we were to part, perhaps +never again to meet in this world, she said-- + +"'Now, my Robert, let us stand here for a few minutes, for I wish to ask +one favour of you before we part, and I know you will not refuse to do +what your mother asks.' + +"'What is it, mother?' I inquired. + +"'Do promise me first that you will do what I am now going to ask, and I +shall tell you.' + +"'No, mother, I cannot till you tell me what your wish is.' + +"'O Robert, can you think for a moment that I shall ask you, my son, to +do anything that is not right? Do not I love you?' + +"'Yes, mother, I know you do; but I do not like to make promises which I +may not be able to fulfil.' + +"I kept my eyes fixed on the ground. I was silent, trying to resist the +rising emotion. She sighed deeply. I lifted my eyes and saw the big +tears rolling down the cheeks which were wont to press mine. I was +conquered, and as soon as I could recover speech, I said-- + +"'O mother! ask what you will and I shall do it.' + +"'I only ask you whether you will read a chapter in the Bible every +morning and another every evening?' + +"I interrupted by saying, 'Mother, you know I read my Bible.' + +"'I know you do, but you do not read it regularly, or as a duty you owe +to God, its Author.' And she added: 'Now I shall return home with a +happy heart, inasmuch as you have promised to read the Scriptures +daily. O Robert, my son, read much in the New Testament. Read much in +the Gospels--the blessed Gospels; then you cannot well go astray. If you +pray, the Lord Himself will teach you.' + +"I parted from my beloved mother, now long gone to that mansion about +which she loved to speak. I went on my way, and ere long found myself +among strangers. My charge was an important one for a youth, and though +possessing a muscular frame and a mind full of energy, it required all +to keep pace with the duty which devolved upon me. I lived at a +considerable distance from what are called the means of grace, and the +Sabbaths were not always at my command. I met with none who appeared to +make religion their chief concern. I mingled, when opportunities +offered, with the gay and godless in what are considered innocent +amusements, where I soon became a favourite; _but I never forgot my +promise to my mother_." + +After several delays, High Leigh was reached on Saturday, 26th December, +1813, and there the young man found himself surrounded by a genial +atmosphere. The head gardener took to him, and soon left a great deal in +his hands. This made his work very heavy and responsible; but, although +labouring almost day and night, he yet managed to devote some time to +the study of such books as he could obtain. The kindly notice of Mrs. +Leigh was attracted to him, and she lent him books, and encouraged him +to studious pursuits. + +In very early years serious impressions had been made upon the heart of +Robert Moffat. The earnest teachings of his minister, combined with his +mother's counsels and prayers, left recollections which could never be +effaced. These impressions were now to be deepened, and the good seed +that had been sown to be quickened. The Wesleyan Methodists had +commenced a good work at High Leigh, and a pious Methodist and his wife +induced Moffat to attend some of their meetings. He became convinced of +his state as a sinner, and unhappy, but after a severe and protracted +struggle, he found pardon, justification, and peace, through faith in +Jesus Christ, and henceforth his life was devoted to the service of his +Lord. Energetically he threw himself into the society and work of his +new friends, but by so doing, lost the goodwill of Mr. and Mrs. Leigh, +who were grieved that one in whom they took so much interest should have +become a Methodist. So were these good people despised by many in those +days. + +At this time Robert's worldly prospects were brightening, and a position +of honour and comfort seemed opening before him. But the anticipations +of that day were not to be. + +Apparently unimportant events frequently determine the whole course of +our lives, and a simple incident was now about to change the current of +this young man's life, and to convert the rising gardener into the +God-honoured and much-beloved missionary. How this came to pass we now +relate: + +While at High Leigh, Robert Moffat had occasion to visit Warrington, a +town about six miles distant He set off one calm summer evening. All +nature seemed at rest, and thoughts of God and a feeling of admiration +for His handiworks took possession of the young man's mind. His life was +reviewed, and with thoughts full of hope he entered the town. Passing +over a bridge he noticed a placard. It contained the announcement of a +missionary meeting, over which the Rev. William Roby, of Manchester, was +to preside. He had never seen such an announcement before. He read the +placard over and over again, and, as he did so, the stories told by his +mother of the Moravian missionaries in Greenland and Labrador, which had +been forgotten for years, came vividly to mind. From that moment, his +choice was made; earthly prospects vanished: his one thought was, "how +to become a missionary?" + +Many difficulties seemed to stand in the way between Robert and the +accomplishment of his desire, but the same Divine power which had +implanted the desire, prepared the way for its fulfilment. He visited +Manchester, shortly after the event just related, to be present at a +Wesleyan Conference; and while there, with much hesitancy and +trepidation, ventured to knock at the door of Mr. Roby's house and +request an interview with that gentleman. He was shown into the parlour, +and the man whom he had been hoping, yet dreaded, to see, quickly made +his appearance. "He received me with great kindness," said Moffat, +"listened to my simple tale, took me by the hand, and told me to be of +good courage." + +The result of this interview was a promise on Mr. Roby's part to write +to the Directors of the London Missionary Society concerning him, and to +communicate their wishes to him as soon as they were received. In the +meantime Robert returned to his ordinary occupation. + +After waiting a few weeks a summons came from Mr. Roby for Moffat to +visit Manchester again; and, with the view of his studying under the +care and instruction of that reverend gentleman, it was arranged that he +should accept a situation in a nursery garden belonging to Mr. Smith, at +Dukinfield, that place being near at hand. Moffat continued here about a +year, visiting Mr. Roby once or twice each week. Mr. and Mrs. Smith +were a pious and worthy couple, and their house was a house of call for +ministers. They were always ready for every good work whether at home or +abroad. + +"In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths," is one +of the maxims of Holy Writ that should be engraven upon the heart and +mind of every youth and maiden. Robert Moffat's desire was for the glory +of God and the extension of the Redeemer's kingdom, and God was not only +opening the way for His servant, but was preparing a faithful and +devoted helpmate for him in his various spheres of labour through life. + +Robert's employer had an only daughter, named Mary, beautiful of +countenance, but more beautiful in heart. She had been educated at the +Moravian school at Fairfield, and was distinguished for fervent piety +and deep sympathy with the missionary cause. The two young folks were +thrown together, mutual esteem deepened into love, and the maiden, +possessed with so large a missionary spirit, was prepared to share the +lot of the young herald of the Cross. For a time, however, it was +ordained that Robert should pursue his course alone. + +After being at Dukinfield nearly a year, the Directors resolved to +accept the services of Robert Moffat. He left Mr. Smith's employment and +removed to Manchester, so that he might be close to Mr. Roby, to receive +such superintendence as was possible in his studies. This period +extended to but a few months, so that of college training and +opportunities Robert had little experience. + +The time rapidly drew near for his departure abroad. A hurried visit was +paid to the parents whom he never expected to see again, and then he +awaited his call to the mission field. + +On the 13th of September, 1816, after bidding farewell to Mr. Roby, +whose "kindness, like that of a father," wrote Moffat, "will not be +easily obliterated from my mind," he started for London. While in the +Metropolis he visited the Museum at the Rooms of the London Missionary +Society, and the following extract from a letter to his parents, in +connection with this visit, shows the spirit which actuated the youthful +missionary at this time:-- + +"I spent some time in viewing the Museum, which contains a great number +of curiosities from China, Africa, the South Seas, and the West Indies. +It would be foolish for me to give you a description. Suffice it to say +that the sight is truly awful, the appearance of the wild beasts is very +terrific, but I am unable to describe the sensations of my mind when +gazing on the objects of Pagan worship. Alas! how fallen are my +fellow-creatures, bowing down to forms enough to frighten a Roman +soldier, enough to shake the hardest heart. Oh that I had a thousand +lives, and a thousand bodies; all of them should be devoted to no other +employment but to preach Christ to these degraded, despised, yet beloved +mortals." + +With such enthusiasm he prepared to enter upon the work that lay before +him. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +DEPARTURE FOR THE CAPE. + + +The valedictory service was held at Surrey Chapel on the 30th of +September. Nine missionaries were set apart; four for the South Seas, +one of whom was John Williams, the martyr of Erromanga, and five for +South Africa. At first it had been intended that Robert Moffat should +accompany John Williams, but this was subsequently altered. + +The missionaries for Africa embarked at Gravesend on the 18th of October +in the _Alacrity_, and after a prosperous voyage reached Cape Town on +the 13th of January, 1817. + +Two of the party were appointed to stations within the colony; Moffat +and Kitchingman were destined for Namaqualand. Before they could proceed +on their journey, however, permission had to be obtained from the +Government, and this was at first refused. + +While detained in the colony, Moffat lodged with a Dutch farmer, at a +village thirty-six miles from Cape Town, named Stellenbosch. Here he +learnt Dutch, an acquisition of great advantage to him in after life, as +it enabled him to preach to the Boers, and to as many of their native +servants as understood that language. He also accompanied the Rev. +George Thorn, of the Dutch Reformed Church, on an evangelistic tour. It +occupied six weeks, during which time they rode a distance of about +seven hundred miles. + +After a further sojourn at Stellenbosch, Moffat visited Cape Town, and +busied himself in gaining such practical knowledge as came within his +reach. He also visited the military hospital there. Many of the soldiers +were Scotch, and he had a warm heart for soldiers, his brother Alexander +having gone to India in the ranks some years before. + +At last the requisite permission came, and Moffat and Kitchingman +prepared for their journey. Waggons were bought, oxen hired, leave taken +of friends, and on the 22nd of September, 1817, Mr. and Mrs. +Kitchingman, Robert Moffat, and a missionary named Ebner, who, for a +time, had been with Africaner, and who had come to Cape Town for +supplies, set out on their way to Namaqualand. + +The history of the Namaqualand Mission has been sketched in outline in +our introductory chapter. Africaner, although an outlaw and a terror to +the farmers of the colony, had a respect for the English. He visited the +missionaries on one occasion, prior to their removal to Warm Bath, and +said, "I love the English, for I have always heard that they are the +friends of the poor black man." He also sent his children to them for +instruction; yet subsequent events, as we have seen, enraged him, and +led him to destroy the mission station at Warm Bath. + +The Rev. J. Campbell, in his first visit to Africa, 1812-1814, crossed +the interior of the continent to Namaqualand. During his journey, he +found in every village through which he passed the terror of +Africaner's name; and he afterwards said "that he and his retinue never +were so afraid in their lives." From Pella, where the mission station +then was, Mr. Campbell wrote a conciliatory letter to Africaner, in +consequence of which that chieftain agreed to receive a missionary at +his kraal. Mr. Ebner had been sent from Pella, and had been labouring +for a short time previous to his visit to the Cape in 1817. Good had +been accomplished, Africaner and his two brothers, David and Jacobus, +had been baptised, but then the situation of the missionary became +extremely trying, he lost influence with the people, and his property, +and even his life, were in danger. + +Soon after leaving Cape Town, Mr. Ebner parted company with the +Kitchingmans and Moffat, and they pursued their way alone. The details +of the journey illustrate the difficulties of travelling in South Africa +in those days. "In perils oft," aptly expresses the condition of the +missionary in his wanderings, as he travelled mile after mile, often +over dreary wastes of burning sand, famished with hunger, parched with +thirst, with the howl of the hyena and the roar of the lion disturbing +his slumbers at night, and with Bushmen, more savage than either, +hovering near, ever ready to attack the weak and defenceless. + +The farmers, from whom the travellers received hospitality as they +passed the boundaries of the colony, were very sceptical as to the +conversion of Africaner, and gloomy indeed were their predictions as to +the fate of the youthful missionary now venturing into the power of the +outlaw chief. One said Africaner would set him up for his boys to shoot +at, another that he would strip off his skin to make a drum with, and a +third predicted he would make a drinking-cup of his skull. A kind +motherly dame said, as she wiped the tear from her eye and bade him +farewell, "Had you been an old man it would have been nothing, for you +would soon have died, whether or no; but you are young, and going to +become a prey to that monster." + +On one occasion Moffat halted at a farm belonging to a Boer, a man of +wealth and importance, who had many slaves. Hearing that he was a +missionary, the farmer gave him a hearty welcome, and proposed in the +evening that he should give them a service. To this he readily assented, +and supper being ended, a clearance was made, the big Bible and the +psalm-books were brought out, and the family was seated. Moffat inquired +for the servants, "May none of your servants come in?" said he. + +"Servants! what do you mean?" + +"I mean the Hottentots, of whom I see so many on your farm." + +"Hottentots!" roared the man, "are you come to preach to Hottentots? Go +to the mountains and preach to the baboons; or, if you like, I'll fetch +my dogs, and you may preach to them." + +The missionary said no more but commenced the service. He had intended +to challenge the "neglect of so great salvation," but with ready wit +seizing upon the theme suggested by his rough entertainer, he read the +story of the Syrophenician woman, and took for his text the words, +"Truth, Lord, yet the dogs eat of the crumbs which fall from their +masters' table." He had not proceeded far in his discourse when the +farmer stopped him, saying, "Will Mynherr sit down and wait a little, he +shall have the Hottentots." + +He was as good as his word, the barn was crowded, the sermon was +preached, and the astonished Hottentots dispersed. "Who," said the +farmer, "hardened your hammer to deal my head such a blow? I'll never +object to the preaching of the Gospel to Hottentots again." + +After a toilsome march, during which Mr. Kitchingman and Moffat took it +in turn to drive the cattle, losing some through the hyenas by the way, +they reached Bysondermeid, to which station Mr. and Mrs. Kitchingman had +been appointed. There Robert stayed one month, receiving much useful +information from Mr. Schmelen, the missionary whom Mr. Kitchingman had +come to replace, he having been ordered to Great Namaqualand, where he +had laboured before. + +At length, his oxen being rested, Robert Moffat bade adieu to Mr. and +Mrs. Kitchingman, whose friendship he much valued, and with a guide and +drivers for the oxen started onward. Their way led through a +comparatively trackless desert, and they travelled nearly the whole +night through deep sand. Those were not the days of railway trains, and +travelling had to be undertaken in cumbrous, springless bullock-waggons, +several spare oxen being taken to provide for losses and casualties. +Towards morning the oxen were so exhausted that they began to lie down +in the yoke from fatigue, compelling a halt before water had been +reached. The journey was resumed the next day, but still no water could +be found. + +As it appeared probable that if they continued in the same direction, +they would perish through thirst, they altered their course to the +northward, but the experiences were as bad as before. At night they lay +down exhausted and suffering extremely from thirst, and the next morning +rose at an early hour to find the oxen incapable of moving the waggon a +step farther. Taking them and a spade to a neighbouring mountain, a +large hole was dug in the sand, and at last a scanty supply of water was +obtained. This resembled the old bilge-water of a ship for foulness, but +both men and oxen drank of it with avidity. + +[Illustration: WAGGON TRAVELLING IN SOUTH AFRICA.] + +In the evening, when about to yoke the oxen to the waggon, it was found +that most of them had run off towards Bysondermeid. No time was to be +lost, so Moffat instantly sent off the remaining oxen with two men to +solicit assistance from Mr. Bartlett at Pella, while he remained +behind with his goods. "Three days," said he afterwards, "I remained +with my waggon-driver on this burning plain, with scarcely a breath of +wind, and what there was felt as if coming from the mouth of an oven. We +had only tufts of dry grass to make a small fire or rather flame; and +little was needed as we had scarcely any food to prepare. We saw no +human being, not a single antelope or beast of prey made its appearance, +but in the dead of night we sometimes heard the roar of the lion on the +mountain. At last when we were beginning to fear that the men had either +perished or wandered, Mr. Bartlett arrived on horseback, with two men +having a quantity of mutton tied to their saddles. I cannot conceive of +an epicure gazing on a table groaning under the weight of viands, with +half the delight that I did on the mutton." + +[Illustration] + +Fresh oxen, accustomed to deep sand, conveyed the weary travellers to +Pella, where Moffat remained a few days, being greatly invigorated in +mind and body by the Christian kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Bartlett and the +friendly attentions of the heathen converts. + +Starting again, he came to the Orange River, crossing which was +generally a work of difficulty at that time. The native teacher from +Warm Bath, who had come to Pella to conduct Moffat to his village, led +the missionary to a ford opposite to that place. The waggon and its +contents were swam over on a fragile raft of dry willow logs--a +laborious and tedious operation, the raft having to be taken to pieces +after each journey, and the separate logs conveyed back again by +swimmers. All the goods being over, Robert was asked to place himself +upon the raft. Not altogether liking its appearance, and also wishing +to save the natives trouble, he took off his clothes and, leaving them +to be conveyed across, plunged into the stream. The natives were afraid +as they saw him approach the middle of the current, and some of their +most expert swimmers sprang in to overtake him, but in vain. When he +emerged on the northern bank, one of them came up out of breath and +said, "Were you born in the great sea water?" + +Robert Moffat reached Africaner's kraal on the 26th of January, 1818, +and was kindly received by Mr. Ebner. The chief soon made his +appearance, and inquired if the new missionary had been appointed by the +Directors in London. Receiving an affirmative reply, he ordered a number +of women to come. Then pointing to a spot of ground he said to the +women, "There you must build a house for the missionary." In half an +hour the structure was completed, in appearance something like a +bee-hive. In this frail house, of sticks and native mats, Moffat lived +for nearly six months, being scorched by the sun, drenched by the rain, +exposed to the wind, and obliged often to decamp through the clouds of +dust; in addition to which, any dog wishing for a night's lodging could +force its way through the wall, sometimes to the loss of the +missionary's dinner next day. A serpent was occasionally found coiled in +a corner, or the indweller of the habitation had to spring up, in the +middle of the night, to save himself and his house from being crushed to +pieces during the nocturnal affrays of the cattle which roamed at large. +He lived principally upon milk and dried meat, until, after a time, he +was able to raise a little grain and garden stuff. + +A few days after Moffat's arrival, Mr. Ebner departed, so that the young +missionary was left entirely alone in a trying and most difficult +position, a stranger in the midst of a strange people. "Here I was," +said he, "left alone with a people suspicious in the extreme; jealous of +their rights which they had obtained at the point of the sword; and the +best of whom Mr. Ebner described as a sharp thorn. I had no friend and +brother with whom I could participate in the communion of saints, none +to whom I could look for counsel or advice. A barren and miserable +country; a small salary, about twenty-five pounds per annum. No grain, +and consequently no bread, and no prospect of getting any, from the want +of water to cultivate the ground, and destitute of the means of sending +to the Colony. These circumstances led to great searchings of heart, to +see if I had hitherto aimed at doing and suffering the will of Him in +whose service I had embarked. Satisfied that I had not run unsent, and +having in the intricate, and sometimes obscure course I had come, heard +the still small voice saying, 'This is the way, walk ye in it,' I was +wont to pour out my soul among the granite rocks surrounding this +station, now in sorrow, and then in joy; and more than once I have taken +my violin, once belonging to Christian Albrecht, and, reclining upon one +of the huge masses, have, in the stillness of the evening, played and +sung the well-known hymn, a favourite of my mother's-- + + 'Awake, my soul, in joyful lays, + To sing the great Redeemer's praise.'" + +Robert Moffat looked to his God for help and guidance, and his heart was +strengthened. + +At this period the chief, Christian Africaner, was in a doubtful state +of mind; while Titus, his brother, a man of almost reckless courage, was +a fearful example of ungodliness, and a terror to most of the +inhabitants on the station. Soon after the commencement of his stated +services--which were, according to the custom of the missionaries at +that period, religious service morning and evening, and school for three +or four hours during the day--the heart of the youthful missionary was +much cheered by noticing the regular attendance of the chief. Although +not a fluent reader, the New Testament became his constant companion, +and a change passed over him apparent to all. The lion at whose name +many trembled became a lamb, and the love of Jesus Christ filled his +heart. He who was formerly like a fire-brand, spreading discord, enmity, +and war among the neighbouring tribes, was now ready to make any +sacrifice to avoid conflict, and besought parties at variance with each +other to be at peace. + +Even Titus was subdued, and although he never made a profession, yet he +became a steady and unwavering friend to the missionary, and many times +ministered to his wants. "I hear what you say," he would reply when the +truth was pressed upon him, "and I think I sometimes understand, but my +heart will not feel." Two other brothers of the chief, David and +Jacobus, became believers and zealous assistants in the work of the +mission. + +The extreme heat endured in the native house, and the character of the +food, milk and meat only, brought on a severe attack of bilious fever, +which in the course of two days induced delirium. Opening his eyes as +soon as consciousness returned, Moffat saw his attendant and Africaner +sitting beside his couch, gazing upon him with eyes full of sympathy and +tenderness. Taking some calomel he speedily recovered, and was soon at +his post again. + +The place where Africaner dwelt being quite unsuitable for a permanent +mission-station, on account of the scarcity of water, it was determined +to take a journey northward to examine a country on the border of +Damaraland, where it was reported that fountains of water abounded. +There was, however, only one waggon and that a cripple, and neither +carpenters nor smiths were at the station to repair it. Without it they +could not go, so after thinking the matter over Moffat undertook its +repair. Before doing so he must needs have a forge, and a forge meant +bellows; but here was a difficulty, the native bellows were of no use +for the work in hand. He therefore contrived, by means of two goat-skins +and a circular piece of board, to make a pair of bellows of sufficient +power to fan the fire and heat the iron, and with a blue granite stone +for an anvil, a pair of tongs indicative of Vulcan's first efforts, and +a hammer, never intended for its present use, he successfully +accomplished his task, and afterwards repaired some gun-locks, which +were as essential for the comfort and success of the journey as the +waggon. + +The party that set out was a large one, including Africaner, three of +his brothers, and Moffat. The country which they passed through was +sterile in the extreme, and the expedition proved a failure. They +therefore returned home again after an absence of a few weeks. The +school and mission services were resumed, but, as David and Jacobus +Africaner were now able assistants, Moffat undertook itinerating visits +on a more extensive scale than he had done before. For this purpose +Titus presented him with his only horse. Previously Moffat had ridden +upon a bullock with horns, a dangerous practice, as, if the bullock +stumbles, the rider may be thrown forward and transfixed upon them. + +Privations and dangers frequently attended these itinerating journeys. +Referring to one of them Robert Moffat states, "After tying my Bible and +hymn-book in a blanket to the back of my saddle, and taking a good +draught of milk, I started with my interpreter, who rode upon an ox. We +had our guns, but nothing in our purse or scrip, save a pipe, some +tobacco, and a tinder-box. After a hot day's ride to reach a village, +the people would give us a draught of sweet milk, and then old and +young, assembling in a nook of the fold, among the kine, would listen to +my address on the great concerns of their soul's salvation. I exhorted +those who could read to read to others and try to teach them to do the +same, promising them a reward in heaven, for I had none to give on +earth. When service was over, having taken another draught of milk, and +renewed my conversation with the people, I lay down on a mat to repose +for the night. Sometimes a kind housewife would hang a bamboos, a wooden +vessel filled with milk, on a forked stick near my head, that I might, +if necessary, drink during the night." + +Once he slept on the ground near the hut in which the principal man of +the village and his wife reposed. During the night a noise as of cattle +broken loose was heard. In the morning he remarked upon this to his +host, when that individual replied, "Oh, I was looking at the spoor this +morning, it was the lion!" adding that a few nights previously a goat +had been seized from the very spot on which Moffat had been sleeping. +Upon Moffat asking him why he had put him to sleep there, the man +replied, "Oh, the lion would not have the audacity to jump over on you." + +Sometimes it happened that after travelling all day, hoping to reach a +village at night, the travellers would find when they got to the place +that all the people had gone. Then hungry and thirsty they had to pass +the night. In the morning after searching for water, and partaking of a +draught if they were successful in finding it, they would start off +again with their hunger unsatisfied, and deem themselves fortunate if +they overtook the migrating party that evening. + +Of his ordinary manner of living at this time, he says, "My food was +milk and meat, living for weeks together on one, and then for a while on +the other, and again on both together. All was well so long as I had +either, but sometimes they both failed, and there were no shops in the +country where I could have purchased, and, had there been any, I must +have bought on credit, for money I had none." + +His wardrobe bore the same impress of poverty as his larder. The clothes +received when in London soon went to pieces, and the knowledge of sewing +and knitting, unwillingly learnt from his mother, often now stood him in +good stead. She once showed him how a shirt might be smoothed by folding +it properly and hammering it with a piece of wood. Resolving one day to +have a nice one for the Sabbath, Moffat tried this plan. He folded the +shirt carefully, laid it on a smooth block of stone--not a hearth-stone, +but a block of fine granite--and hammered away. "What are you doing?" +said Africaner. "Smoothing my shirt," replied his white friend. "That is +one way," said he, and so it was, for on holding the shirt up to the +light it was seen to be riddled with holes. "When I left the country," +said Moffat, "I had not half-a-dozen shirts with two sleeves apiece." + +[Illustration] + +Robert Moffat's stay in Namaqualand extended to a little over twelve +months. Near its close he made on Africaner's account--with the view of +ascertaining the suitability of a place for settlement--a journey to +the Griqua country, and after a terrible experience, in which he +suffered from hunger, thirst, heat, and drinking poisoned water, he +reached Griqua Town, and entered the house of Mr. Anderson, the +missionary there, speechless, haggard, emaciated, and covered with +perspiration, making the inmates understand by signs that he needed +water. Here he was most kindly entertained, and after a few days started +back again. The return journey was almost as trying as the outward one, +but he reached Vreede Berg (Africaner's village) in safety. The chief +received Moffat's account of his researches with entire satisfaction, +but the removal of himself and people was allowed to remain prospective +for a season. + +Missionary labours were resumed. The school flourished, and the +attendance at the Sabbath services was most encouraging. The people were +so strongly attached to their missionary, that although he was +contemplating a visit to the Cape, he dared not mention the subject to +them. In a letter written at this time, alluding to his every-day life, +he says, "I have many difficulties to encounter, being alone. No one can +do anything for me in my household affairs. I must attend to everything, +which often confuses me, and, indeed, hinders me in my work, for I could +wish to have almost nothing to do but to instruct the heathen, both +spiritually and temporally. Daily I do a little in the garden, daily I +am doing something for the people in mending guns. I am carpenter, +smith, cooper, shoemaker, miller, baker, and housekeeper--the last is +the most burdensome of any. An old Namaqua woman milks my cows, makes a +fire, and washes. All other things I do myself, though I seldom prepare +anything till impelled by hunger. I drink plenty of milk, and often eat +a piece of dry meat. Lately I reaped nearly two bolls of wheat from two +hatfuls which I sowed. This is of great help to me. I shall soon have +plenty of Indian corn, cabbages, melons, and potatoes. Water is scarce. +I have sown wheat a second time on trial. I live chiefly now on bread +and milk. To-day I churned about three Scotch pints of milk, from which +there were two pounds of butter, so you may conceive that the milk is +rich. I wish many times that my mother saw me. My house is always clean, +but oh what a confusion there is among my linen." + +In November, 1818, letters reached Robert Moffat from England. One came +from Miss Smith, in which that young lady stated that she had most +reluctantly renounced hope of ever getting abroad, her father +determining never to allow her to do so. This was a sore trial, but it +only led the child closer to his Father, and that Father, who doeth all +things well, in His own good time, brought to pass that which now seemed +impossible. + +Early in 1819, circumstances required Mr. Moffat to visit Cape Town. +Conversing with Africaner on the state and prospects of missions, the +idea flashed into Moffat's mind that it would be well for that chief to +accompany him, and he suggested it to his coloured friend. Africaner was +astonished. "I had thought you loved me," said he, "and do you advise me +to go to the Government to be hung up as a spectacle of public justice?" +Then, putting his hand to his head, he said, "Do you not know that I am +an outlaw, and that one thousand rix-dollars have been offered for this +poor head?" After a little while he replied to the missionary's +arguments by saying, "I shall deliberate and _roll_ (using the words of +the Dutch Version of the Bible) my way upon the Lord. I know He will +not leave me." + +[Illustration: AFRICANER.] + +To get Africaner safely through the territories of the Dutch farmers to +the Cape was a hazardous proceeding, as the atrocities he had committed +were not forgotten, and hatred against him still rankled in many a +breast. However, attired in one of the only two substantial shirts +Moffat had left, a pair of leather trousers, a duffel jacket, much the +worse for wear, and an old hat, neither white nor black, the attempt was +made, the chief passing as one of the missionary's attendants. His +master's costume was scarcely more refined than his own. + +As a whole, the Dutch farmers were kind and hospitable to strangers, +and as Moffat reached their farms, some of them congratulated him on +returning alive, they having been assured that Africaner had long since +murdered him. At one farm a novel and amusing instance occurred of the +state of feeling concerning them both. As they drew near to this place, +Moffat directed his men to take his waggon to the valley below while he +walked towards the house, which was situated on an eminence. As he +advanced the farmer came forward slowly to meet him. Stretching forth +his hand with the customary salutation, the farmer put his hand behind +him, and asked who the stranger was. The stranger replied that he was +Moffat. + +"Moffat!" exclaimed the sturdy Boer in a faltering voice, "it is your +ghost!" + +"I am no ghost," said the supposed phantom. + +"Don't come near me," said the farmer, "you have been long since +murdered by Africaner. Everybody says you were murdered, and a man told +me he had seen your bones." + +As the farmer feared the presence of the supposed ghost would alarm his +wife, both wended their way to the waggon, Africaner being the subject +of conversation as they walked along. Moffat declared his opinion that +the chief was then a truly good man. + +"I can believe almost anything you say," said the Boer, "but that I +cannot credit." + +Finally he closed the conversation by saying with much earnestness: +"Well, if what you assert be true respecting that man, I have only one +wish, and that is to see him before I die, and when you return, as sure +as the sun is over our heads, I will go with you to see him, though he +killed my own uncle." + +The farmer was a good man, who had showed Moffat kindness on his way to +Namaqualand. Knowing his sincerity and the goodness of his disposition, +Moffat turned to the man sitting by the waggon, and addressing the +farmer said, "This, then, is Africaner." + +With a start, and a look as though the man might have dropped from the +clouds, the worthy Boer exclaimed, "Are _you_ Africaner?" + +Africaner arose, doffed his old hat, and making a polite bow replied, "I +am." + +The farmer seemed thunderstruck, but on realising the fact, lifted up +his eyes and said, "O God, what a miracle of Thy power! what cannot Thy +grace accomplish!" + +On reaching Cape Town, Robert Moffat waited upon Lord Charles Somerset, +the Governor, and informed him that Africaner was in the town. The +information was received with some amount of scepticism, but the +following day was appointed for an interview with him. + +The Governor received the chief with great affability and kindness, and +expressed his pleasure at thus seeing before him, one who had formerly +been the scourge of the country, and the terror of the border colonists. +He was much struck with this palpable result of missionary enterprise, +and presented Africaner with an excellent waggon, valued at eighty +pounds. + +Moffat visited the colony on this occasion with two objects; first, to +secure supplies, and secondly, to introduce Africaner to the notice of +the Colonial Government. Having accomplished these, he fully intended to +return to his flock. Events were, however, ordered otherwise. + +While Moffat was in Cape Town, a deputation from the London Missionary +Society, consisting of the Rev. J. Campbell, and the Rev. Dr. Philip, +was also there. It was the wish of these two gentleman that he should +accompany them in their visits to the missionary stations, and +eventually be appointed to the Bechwana mission. + +The proposition was a startling one, but after careful thought, and with +the entire concurrence of Africaner--who hoped to move with his tribe to +the neighbourhood of the new mission--Moffat accepted it. Africaner +therefore departed alone, generously offering to take in his waggon to +Lattakoo, the new station, the missionary's books and a few articles of +furniture that he had purchased. + +Once more these two brethren in the faith met on this earth, and this +was at Lattakoo. The proposed removal of the tribe, however, never took +place, Africaner being called up higher before that plan could be +carried out. + +The closing scene in the life of this remarkable man was depicted by the +Rev. J. Archbell, Wesleyan missionary, in a letter to Dr. Philip, dated +the 14th of March, 1823:--"When he found his end approaching, he called +all the people together, and gave them directions as to their future +conduct. 'We are not,' said he, 'what we were,--_savages_, but men +professing to be taught according to the Gospel. Let us then do +accordingly. Live peaceably with all men, if possible; and if +impossible, consult those who are placed over you before you engage in +anything. Remain together, as you have done since I knew you. Then, when +the Directors think fit to send you a missionary, you may be ready to +receive him. Behave to any teacher you may have sent as one sent of God, +as I have great hope that God will bless you in this respect when I am +gone to heaven. I feel that I love God, and that He has done much for +me, of which I am totally unworthy,' + +"He also added, 'My former life is stained with blood; but Jesus Christ +has pardoned me, and I am going to heaven. Oh! beware of falling into +the same evils into which I have led you frequently; but seek God, and +He will be found of you to direct you,'" + +Shortly after this he died. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +MARRIAGE, AND ARRIVAL AT LATTAKOO. + + +Up to this time, Robert Moffat had pursued his course alone. No loving +helpmeet had cheered him in his efforts, or with womanly tenderness +ministered to his wants. But though far away, he was fondly remembered +and earnestly prayed for, especially by one noble Christian lady, over +whose fair head scarce twenty-three summers had passed, and whose heart +had been torn with the severe struggle, between filial love and regard +for her parents on the one hand, and her sense of duty and affection for +her missionary friend on the other, which for two and a-half years had +been carried on therein. + +At last, when hope seemed to have vanished, the parents of Mary Smith, +to whom the idea of parting with their only daughter was painful in the +extreme, saw so clearly that it was the Lord who was calling their child +to the work which He had marked out for her, that they felt they dare +not any longer withhold her from it, and therefore calmly resigned their +daughter into His hands. Thus it came to pass that,--after a short stay +in London, and at Cowes, in the Isle of Wight, at which places she won +all hearts by her unfeigned and exalted piety and zeal, and by her +modest, affectionate manner,--we find her on board the sailing-ship +_British Colony_, on her way to South Africa, in the care of the Rev. R. +Beck, a minister of the Dutch Church, and his wife. + +As arranged, the deputation, accompanied by Robert Moffat, left Cape +Town on their tour of inspection of the stations in the eastern part of +the Colony and in Kafirland. This journey necessitated an absence of +twelve months, during which time Robert expected his bride to arrive. +This was a trial of faith, as it seemed hard that she should be obliged +to land in a strange country, and find none of her own to welcome her. +But with Moffat even love followed after duty. + +It so happened, however, that after visiting the line of stations +through the eastern districts as far as Bethelsdorp, the party, at that +place, found their progress effectually barred through war with the +Kafirs. They were therefore obliged to return to Cape Town, thus giving +Moffat the opportunity and great joy of receiving his affianced wife +upon her landing from the vessel. She reached Cape Town in safety, and +on the 27th of December, 1819, the happy couple were united. They +received each other as from the Lord, and for more than fifty years, +during cloud and sunshine, their union was a true and blessed one. + +Robert Moffat had been appointed to the Bechwana station at Lattakoo, or +Kuruman, as it was afterwards called; and for that place the missionary +party, which consisted of the Rev. John Campbell and the Moffats, set +out early in the year 1820. + +A feeble attempt to establish a mission to the Bechwanas had been made, +by the Dutch Missionary Society in Cape Town, as early as A.D. 1800, and +two missionaries, named Edwards and Kok, had been despatched. They were +directed by the chief to settle on the banks of the Kuruman River, at a +distance from the natives, and the effort degenerated into a mere +trading concern. In 1805, the Bechwanas were visited by the celebrated +traveller Dr. Lichtenstein, and, in 1812, by Dr. Burchell, but it was +not until the visit of the Rev. J. Campbell, a little later, that any +real negotiations were entertained for the settlement of missionaries +with this people. The chief, Mothibi, then said to Mr. Campbell, "send +missionaries, and I will be a father to them." + +In response to this invitation Messrs. Evans and Hamilton left England +in 1815, and, full of hope, reached Lattakoo on the 17th of February in +the following year. Instead of being received as they anticipated, they +were repulsed, and directed to settle at the Kuruman River, thirty miles +distant. Disappointed and despondent they returned to Griqua Town. Mr. +Evans relinquished the mission, but a further attempt was made +afterwards by Messrs. Read and Hamilton, and this time permission was +obtained for them to dwell with the chief and his people. Thus the +Bechwana Mission obtained its first real footing. + +In June, 1817, the tribe, under Mothibi, removed from the position where +the missionaries first found it, and settled by the Kuruman River. When +the Rev. J. Campbell returned, to the Colony, Mr. Read accompanied him; +thus, pending the arrival of Robert Moffat, Mr. Hamilton was left alone +in charge of the mission. + +The journey as far as Griqua Town was accomplished without any special +incident. At first the route lay through fertile valleys and lovely +mountain scenery, but soon this changed, and for hundreds of miles the +travellers had to pass through the desolate region of the Karroo desert. +When about half-way through this sterile district, they came to the site +upon which was to be built the village of Beaufort West, where they were +most kindly entertained by a Scotchman named Mr. Baird, the newly +appointed magistrate. + +The Orange River, so frequently an insurmountable obstacle to progress, +was passed in safety, the water being very low, and two or three days +later Griqua Town was reached. Here a halt was made. Lattakoo lay one +hundred miles beyond. + +At this time some uncertainty existed as to whether the Moffats would be +allowed by the Colonial Government to settle at Lattakoo; thus far +consent had been withheld. They had advanced trusting that the way would +be opened, and after a short rest at Griqua Town, the party continued +their journey, and reached Lattakoo five days after leaving the Griqua +station. It was intended that Robert Moffat should take the place of Mr. +Read, as an associate with Mr. Hamilton in the work of the mission. + +The new arrivals were introduced to Mothibi, and were soon visited by a +retinue of chiefs. The manner, appearance, and dress of these natives +much interested Mary Moffat. The whole missionary party stayed together +for three weeks, settling the affairs of the mission; then the Rev. J. +Campbell and Mr. Read started on a journey to visit the Bahurutsi, a +tribe who dwelt nearly two hundred miles to the north-east of Lattakoo. +Moffat and his wife remained with Mr. Hamilton, so that the new +missionary might win the affections of the Bechwana chief and his +people. + +[Illustration] + +Upon the return of the Rev. J. Campbell and Mr. Read, after an absence +of two months, and a short rest at Lattakoo, all the missionaries, +excepting Mr. Hamilton, set off westward along the bed of the Kuruman +River to visit several of the Bechwana tribes which were scattered about +that region. The natives of these parts, never having seen white people +before evinced much curiosity concerning their visitors; especially +about Mrs. Moffat and her dress. To see the missionaries sitting at +table dining and using knives and forks, plates, and different dishes, +was wonderful to them, and for hours they would sit and gaze upon such +scenes. The Word of Life was preached to these natives by either Mr. +Campbell or Robert Moffat as the party journeyed along. + +Their absence from Lattakoo extended to a little over a fortnight, and +on their return, finding, by intelligence received from Dr. Philip, that +permission had not as yet been obtained from the Governor for the +Moffats to settle at that place, Robert and his partner had to return, +much cast down, to Griqua Town, there to commit the matter into the hand +of God, and patiently await the time when He should open the way for +them to commence the work they had so much at heart. Mr. Hamilton was +therefore again left alone with simply a Griqua assistant and a few +Hottentots. + +Just before leaving Lattakoo, Robert Moffat met Africaner, who had +safely brought from Vreede Berg the cattle and property belonging to the +missionary, and also the books and articles of furniture which had been +intrusted to his care when leaving Cape Town. All were in good order, +particular attention having been paid to the missionary's cattle and +sheep during his long absence. This was the last meeting between Moffat +and Africaner. + +While on their journey, and when near Griqua Town, information reached +the missionary party that permission had been granted for the Moffats to +settle at Lattakoo. As, however, the affairs at Griqua Town at this time +were altogether disorganised, it was arranged that they should stay +there for a few months to set the affairs of that place in order. + +During their stay at that station Mrs. Moffat had a severe illness, and +her life was despaired of, but this precious life was preserved, and not +only was his dear one restored, but a bonny wee lassie was given to them +both, who was named Mary, and who, in after years, became the wife of +Dr. Livingstone. + +[Illustration: OLD MISSION HOUSE AT GRIQUA TOWN.] + +At Griqua Town they bade farewell to the Rev. J. Campbell. To them he +had become much endeared, as they had been in his company as +fellow-travellers for many months. He and Mr. Read returned to the +Colony; twenty years later, however, the two friends met again, but that +was upon the Moffats' return to their native land. + +In May, 1821, Mr. and Mrs. Moffat again arrived at Lattakoo, and then +commenced a continuation of missionary conflicts during which their +faith was severely tried, but which ended, after many years, in +triumphant rejoicing as they saw the people brought to Christ, and +beheld the once ignorant and degraded heathen becoming humble servants +of the Lord, reading His Word and obeying His precepts. + +In looking at the Bechwanas as they were when the Moffats first settled +among them, for up to that time the efforts of the missionaries had been +unattended with success, we find a people who had neither an idea of a +God, nor who performed any idolatrous rites; who failed to see that +there was anything more agreeable to flesh and blood in our customs than +in their own; but who allowed that the missionaries were a wiser and +superior race of beings to themselves; who practised polygamy, and +looked with a very jealous eye on any innovation that was likely to +deprive them of the services of their wives, who built their houses, +gathered firewood for their fires, tilled their fields, and reared their +families; who were suspicious, and keenly scrutinised the actions of the +missionaries; in fact, a people who were thoroughly sensual, and who +could rob, lie, and murder without any compunctions of conscience, as +long as success attended their efforts. + +Among such a people did these servants of God labour for years without +any sign of fruit, but with steadfast faith and persevering prayer, +until at last the work of the Holy Spirit was seen, and the strong arm +of the Lord, gathering many into His fold, became apparent. + +The Bechwana tribe with whom Robert Moffat was located was called the +Batlaping, or Batlapis. + +The patience of the missionaries in these early days was sorely tried, +and the petty annoyances, so irritating to many of us, were neither few +nor infrequent. By dint of immense labour, leading the water to it, the +ground which the chief had given the missionaries for a garden was made +available; then the women, headed by the chief's wife, encroached upon +it, and to save contention the point was conceded. The corn when it +ripened was stolen, and the sheep either taken out of the fold at night +or driven off when grazing in the day time. No tool or household utensil +could be left about for a moment or it would disappear. + +One day Mr. Hamilton, who at that time had no mill to grind corn, sat +down and with much labour and perspiration, by means of two stones, +ground sufficient meal in half-a-day to make a loaf that should serve +him, being then alone, for about eight days. He kneaded and baked his +gigantic loaf, put it on his shelf, and went to the chapel. He returned +in the evening with a keen appetite and a pleasant anticipation of +enjoying his coarse home-made bread, but on opening the door of his hut +and casting his eye to the shelf he saw that the loaf had gone. Someone +had forced open the little window of the hut, got in, and stolen the +bread. + +On another occasion Mrs. Moffat, with a babe in her arms, begged very +humbly of a woman, just to be kind enough to move out of a temporary +kitchen, that she might shut it as usual before going into the place of +worship. The woman seized a piece of wood to hurl at Mrs. Moffat's head, +who, therefore, escaped to the house of God, leaving the intruder in +undisturbed possession of the kitchen, any of the contents of which she +would not hesitate to appropriate to her own use. + +A severe drought also set in, and a rain-maker, finding all his arts to +bring rain useless, laid the blame upon the white strangers, who for a +time were in expectation of being driven away. Probably, however, the +greatest trial at this time was caused by the conduct of some of the +Hottentots who had accompanied them from the Cape, and who being but new +converts were weak to withstand the demands made upon them, and brought +shame upon their leaders. Shortly after his arrival Moffat thoroughly +purged his little community. The numbers that gathered round the Lord's +table were much reduced, but the lesson was a salutary one and did good +to the heathen around. + +A callous indifference to the instruction of the missionaries, except it +was followed by some temporal benefit, prevailed. In August, 1822, Mary +Moffat wrote, "We have no prosperity in the work, not the least sign of +good being done. The Bechwanas seem more careless than ever, and seldom +enter the church." A little later Moffat himself stated in one of his +letters, "They turn a deaf ear to the voice of love, and treat with +scorn the glorious doctrines of salvation. It is, however, pleasing to +reflect that affairs in general wear a more hopeful aspect than when we +came here. Several instances have proved the people are determined to +relinquish the barbarous system of commandoes for stealing cattle. They +have also dispensed with a rain-maker this season." + +The Bushmen had a most inhuman custom of abandoning the aged and +helpless, leaving them to starve or be devoured by wild beasts; also if +a mother died it was their practice to bury the infant or infants of +that mother with her. + +During one of his journeys, a few months prior to the date last +mentioned, Moffat came upon a party of Bushmen digging a grave for the +body of a woman who had left two children. Finding that they were about +to bury the children with the corpse he begged for them. They were given +him and for some years formed a part of his household. They were named +Ann and Dicky. + +The importance of acquiring the language of the Bechwanas soon became +apparent to the earnest-hearted missionary. One day he was much cast +down and said to his wife, "Mary, this is hard work." "It is hard work, +my love," she replied, "but take courage, our lives shall be given us +for a prey." "But think, my dear," he said, "how long we have been +preaching to this people, and no fruit yet appears." The wise woman made +answer, "The Gospel has not yet been preached to them _in their own +tongue in which they were born_. They have heard it only through +interpreters, and interpreters who have themselves no just +understanding, no real love of the truth. We must not expect the +blessing till you are able, from your own lips and in their language, to +bring it through their ears into their hearts." + +"From that hour," said Moffat, in relating the conversation, "I gave +myself with untiring diligence to the acquisition of the language." + +As an instance of the drawback of preaching by means of an interpreter, +the sentence, "The salvation of the soul is a very important subject," +was rendered by one of those individuals as follows: "The salvation of +the soul is a very great sack." A rendering altogether unintelligible. + +For the purpose of studying the language Moffat made journeys among the +tribes, so that he might for a time be freed from speaking Dutch, the +language spoken with his own people at Lattakoo. Itinerating visits were +also made in turn every Sabbath to the surrounding villages, and +occasionally further afield, but sometimes, after walking perhaps four +to five miles to reach a village, not a single individual could be found +to listen to the Gospel message. + +The only service in which the missionaries took any real delight at this +time, was the Sabbath evening service held in Dutch for the edification +of themselves and the two or three Hottentots, with their families, who +belonged to the mission. + +In addition to sore privations, discouragements, false accusations, and +the loss of their property, the missionaries found even their lives at +times imperilled. The natives and all on the station were suffering +greatly from a long continued drought. All the efforts of the +professional rain-maker had been in vain, no cloud appeared in the sky, +no rain fell to water the parched land. The doings of the missionaries +were looked upon as being the cause of this misfortune. At one time it +was a bag of salt, which Moffat had brought in his waggon, that +frightened the rain away; at another the sound of the chapel bell. Their +prospects became darker than ever. At last it appeared that the natives +had fully decided to expel them from their midst. A chief man, and about +a dozen of his attendants, came and seated themselves under the shadow +of a large tree near to Moffat's house. He at that moment was engaged in +repairing a waggon near at hand. The scene which ensued and its result +we give in his own words:-- + +[Illustration: "NOW THEN, IF YOU WILL DRIVE YOUR SPEARS TO MY HEART."] + +"Being informed that something of importance was to be communicated, Mr. +Hamilton was called. We stood patiently to hear the message, always +ready to face the worst. The principal speaker informed us, that it was +the determination of the chiefs of the people that we should leave the +country; and referring to our disregard of threatenings, added what was +tantamount to the assurance that measures of a violent character would +be resorted to, to carry their resolutions into effect, in case of our +disobeying the order. + +"While the chief was speaking, he stood quivering his spear in his right +hand. Mrs. Moffat was at the door of our cottage, with the babe in her +arms, watching the crisis, for such it was. We replied:-- + +"'We have indeed felt most reluctant to leave, and are now more than +ever resolved to abide by our post. We pity you, for you know not what +you do; we have suffered, it is true; and He whose servants we are has +directed us in His Word, "When they persecute you in one city, flee ye +to another," but although we have suffered, we do not consider all that +has been done to us by the people amounts to persecution; we are +prepared to expect it from such as know no better. If you are resolved +to rid yourselves of us, you must resort to stronger measures, for our +hearts are with you. You may shed blood or burn us out. We know you will +not touch our wives and children.'" + +Then throwing open his waistcoat Moffat stood erect and fearless. "Now +then," said he, "if you will, drive your spears to my heart; and when +you have slain me, my companions will know that the hour has come for +them to depart." + +At these words the chief man looked at his companions, remarking, with a +significant shake of the head, "These men must have ten lives, when they +are so fearless of death; there must be something in immortality." + +Moffat pithily observes, "The meeting broke up, and they left us, no +doubt fully impressed with the idea that we were impracticable men." + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE MANTATEE INVASION. + + +In March, 1823, a second daughter was born to the Moffats, who was named +Ann. At that time the Batlaping were thoroughly indifferent to the +Gospel, but their hostile spirit to the missionaries had passed away. + +Robert Moffat had heard of a powerful Bechwana tribe, named the +Bangwaketsi, whose chief was Makaba, dwelling about two hundred miles to +the north-east. To this chief and people he now contemplated paying a +visit. + +Rumours had also been current at intervals, for more than a year past, +of strange and terrible doings by a fierce and numerous people, called +the Mantatees, who were advancing from the eastward. To gain definite +intelligence concerning this people, and also with the view of paying +his contemplated visit to Makaba, Moffat resolved upon undertaking a +journey to that chief. He was also influenced by the desire to open up a +friendly intercourse with so powerful, and it might be dangerous, a +potentate as Makaba; and likewise by the wish of gaining opportunities +of more fully studying the language and becoming acquainted with the +localities of the tribes; the ultimate design of all being the +introduction of the Gospel among them. + +An invitation arrived from Makaba, and the way seemed open. Mothibi, +however, the Bechwana chief, was greatly averse to the undertaking, and +threw all possible obstacles in its path, short of actual armed +resistance. His people were forbidden to accompany the missionary, who +was obliged therefore to start with only the few men he had. + +As he journeyed forward the reports concerning the Mantatees were again +heard, and on reaching Nokaneng, about twenty miles distant from +Lattakoo, he learned that the invaders had attacked a Bechwana tribe, +the Barolongs, at Kunuana, about one hundred miles off. Spies were sent +out but returned without any definite tidings, and the journey was +resumed. + +For four days the party travelled across a dry and trackless country, +when they came to a fine valley, in which were some pools and plenty of +game. Here they remained two days, and then prepared to continue their +journey to the Bangwaketsi. Just as they were about to start, however, +they ascertained from two natives that the Mantatees had attacked the +Barolongs, and were in possession of a village somewhat in the rear of +the missionary's party. + +No time was to be lost. The distance was retraced with all speed, and +the alarming news told at Lattakoo. A public meeting was convened, and +Moffat gave a circumstantial account of the information he had gathered. +The enemy were a numerous and powerful body, they had destroyed many +towns of the Bakone tribes, slaughtered immense numbers of people, laid +Kurrechane in ruins, scattered the Barolongs, and, in addition, were +said to be cannibals. + +The alarming tidings produced at first, a gloom on every countenance, +and silence reigned for a few minutes. Then Mothibi, in the name of the +assembly, said he was exceedingly thankful that their missionary had +been "hard-headed" and pursued his journey, thus discovering to them +their danger. + +Moffat counselled that as the Bechwanas were quite unable to resist so +savage a force as the Mantatees, they had better either flee to the +Colony or call in the aid of the Griquas, volunteering to proceed to +Griqua Town to give information and procure assistance. The chief at +that place was one Andries Waterboer, who had been educated by the +missionaries, and who, before his election as chief, had been set apart +for a native teacher. Mr. Melville, the Government agent, also resided +in the town. + +Moffat reached Griqua Town safely, and Waterboer promised to come to the +assistance of the Bechwanas as soon as he could muster his forces. +Moffat then returned to his station. + +Eleven anxious days were passed at Lattakoo, waiting the arrival of the +Griquas. By the time they arrived, the enemy had reached Letakong, only +thirty-six miles away. The Griqua force consisted of about one hundred +horsemen, armed with guns, and it being reported that there were white +men among the invaders, Moffat was asked to accompany the force, as, +having some knowledge of the language, he might be able to bring about a +treaty with them. He agreed to go, and Mr. Melville started with him. + +Before leaving, all met to pray for Divine counsel and help. A blessing +on the means of preventing a further effusion of blood was asked, and if +recourse to violent measures became necessary, it was prayed that the +heads of those engaged might be shielded in the day of battle. + +The small force pressed forward as far as the Matlaurin River, about +half way, where all bivouacked. Leaving the main body, Waterboer, +Moffat, and a few others, rode onward for about four hours, and then +halted for the night among some trees. At day-light they proceeded until +they came in sight of the enemy. These were divided into two parties, +one holding a town, out of which they had driven the inhabitants, and +the other lying on the hills to the left of the town. As the horsemen +drew near, they could perceive that they were discovered, and among the +masses of the invaders could be seen the war-axes and brass ornaments as +they glittered in the sun. + +Riding forward, Moffat and Waterboer found a young woman belonging to +the Mantatees, whose whole appearance denoted direful want. Food was +given her, and some tobacco, and she was sent with a message to her +people that the strangers wanted to speak with them and not to fight. An +old man and a lad were also found dying of starvation, these were helped +and talked to in full sight of the enemy. All possible means were tried +to bring them to a parley, but in vain, they only responded by making +furious rushes, showing their intention to attack. + +The whole day was spent in this manner, and at evening Moffat left +Waterboer and the scouts, and rode back to confer with Mr. Melville and +the other Griqua chiefs, to see if some means could be devised of +preventing the dreadful consequences of battle. One of the Griqua +chiefs, named Cornelius Kok, nobly insisted on Moffat taking his best +horse, one of the strongest present. To this generous act the missionary +afterwards owed his life. + +All the party were in motion the next morning before day-light. The +whole of the horsemen advanced to within about one hundred and fifty +yards of the enemy, thinking to intimidate them and bring them to a +conference. The Mantatees rushed forward with a terrible howl, throwing +their war clubs and javelins. The rushes becoming dangerous, Waterboer +and his party commenced firing, and the battle became general. The +Mantatees obstinately held their ground, seeming determined rather to +perish than flee, which they might easily have done. + +After the combat had lasted two hours and a-half, the Griquas, finding +their ammunition rapidly diminishing, advanced to take the enemy's +position. The latter gave way and fled, at first westward, but being +intercepted, they turned towards the town. Here a desperate struggle +took place. At last, seized with despair, the enemy fled precipitately, +and were pursued by the Griquas for about eight miles. + +Soon after the battle commenced, the Bechwanas who accompanied the +Griqua force came up, and began discharging their poisoned arrows into +the midst of the Mantatees. Half-a-dozen of these fierce warriors, +however, turned upon them, and the whole body scampered off in wild +disorder. But as soon as these cowards saw that the Mantatees had +retired, they rushed like hungry wolves to the spot where they had been +encamped, and began to plunder and kill the wounded, also murdering the +women and children with their spears and battle-axes. + +Fighting not being within the missionary's province, he refrained from +firing a shot, though for safety he kept with the Griqua force. Seeing +now the savage ferocity of the Bechwanas in killing the inoffensive +women and children, he turned his attention to these objects of pity, +who were fleeing in all directions. Galloping in among them, many of the +Bechwanas were deterred from their barbarous purpose, and the women, +seeing that mercy was shown them, sat down, and baring their breasts, +exclaimed, "I am a woman; I am a woman." The men seemed as though it was +impossible to yield, and although often sorely wounded, they continued +to throw their spears and war-axes at any one who approached. + +It was while carrying on his work of mercy among the wounded that Moffat +nearly lost his life. He had got hemmed in between a rocky height and a +body of the enemy. A narrow passage remained, through which he could +escape at full gallop. Right in the middle of this passage there rose up +before him a man who had been shot, but who had collected his strength, +and, weapon in hand, was awaiting him. Just at that moment one of the +Griquas, seeing the situation, fired. The ball whizzed past, close to +Moffat. The aim had been a true one, and the way of escape was clear. + +This battle saved the mission. It did more than that--it saved the +Mantatees themselves from terrible destruction. As a devastating host +they would in all probability have advanced to the borders of the +Colony, and being driven back, would have perished miserably, men, +women, and children, either of starvation, or at the hands of those +tribes whom they would have overcome in their advance, and through whose +territories they must have passed in their retreat. + +After the battle was over, Mr. Melville and Robert Moffat collected many +of the Mantatee women and children, who were taken to the missionary +station. Alarm prevailed there for some days, it being feared that the +Mantatees might make a descent upon the place after the Griquas had +left. At one time the prospect was so ominous that the missionary band, +with their wives and children, after burying their property, left +Lattakoo for a short time, and sought shelter at Griqua Town. The +threatened attack not being made, and as it was found that the Mantatees +had left the neighbourhood, the station was again occupied. + +The Bechwanas were deeply sensible of the interest the missionaries had +shown in their welfare, at a time when they might with ease and little +loss of property have retired in safety to the Colony, leaving them to +be destroyed by the fierce invaders. + +For a long time past, it had been evident to Moffat that the site upon +which they dwelt at Lattakoo was altogether unsuitable for missionary +purposes. The great scarcity of water, especially in dry seasons, +rendered any attempt at raising crops most difficult, and even water for +drinking purposes could only be obtained in small quantity. Advantage +was therefore taken of the present favourable impression, made upon the +minds of Mothibi and his people, to obtain a site for a new station. A +place eight miles distant, about three miles below the Kuruman fountain, +where the river of that name had its source, was examined and found to +offer better advantages for a missionary station than any other for +hundreds of miles round. Arrangements were made with the Bechwana chiefs +so that about two miles of the Kuruman valley should henceforth be the +property of the London Missionary Society, proper remuneration being +given as soon as Moffat returned from Cape Town, to which place he +contemplated paying a visit shortly. + +This new station will be known in the further chronicle of events, by +the name of Kuruman. + +At the beginning of 1824, the Moffats were in Cape Town. They had gone +there to obtain supplies, to seek medical aid for Mrs. Moffat, who had +suffered in health considerably, and to confer personally with Dr. +Philip about the removal of the station. Mothibi having been anxious +that his son, Peclu, should see the country of the white people, had +sent him, accompanied by Taisho, one of the principal chiefs, to Cape +Town with the missionaries. + +The young prince and his companion were astonished at what they saw. +With difficulty they were persuaded to go along with Robert Moffat on +board one of the ships in the bay. The enormous size of the hull, the +height of the masts, the splendid cabin and the deep hold, were each and +all objects of wonder; and when they saw a boy mount the rigging and +ascend to the masthead, their astonishment was complete. Turning to the +young prince, Taisho whispered, "Ah ga si khatla?" (Is it not an ape?) +"Do these water-houses (ships) unyoke like waggon-oxen every night?" +they inquired; and also; "Do they graze in the sea to keep them alive?" +Being asked what they thought of a ship in full sail, which was then +entering the harbour, they replied, "We have no thoughts here, we hope +to think again when we get on shore." + +Upon the same day that the Moffats reached Cape Town, a ship arrived +from England, bringing three new missionaries intended for the Bechwana +station. Of these, however, one only and his wife, Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, +were able to accompany the older missionary upon his return to his post. + +Mrs. Moffat's health being somewhat improved, the party left Cape Town, +and after a tedious and monotonous journey of two months, Robert and +Mary Moffat reached Lattakoo in safety. They had left Mr. and Mrs. +Hughes at Griqua Town, where they were to remain for a season. Upon +reaching home Mr. Hamilton was found pursuing his lonely labours with +that quiet patience so characteristic of him. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +VISIT TO MAKABA. + + +Shortly after his return, and pending the final arrangements for the +removal of the missionary station, it was considered advisable that +Robert Moffat should pay his long promised visit to Makaba, the chief of +the Bangwaketsi. He left on the 1st of July, 1824, and was accompanied +by a large party of Griquas, who were going into that region to hunt +elephants. + +Skirting the edge of the Kalahari desert for some time they afterwards +deviated from their course through want of water, and visited Pitsana, +where a great concourse of natives had gathered, consisting of the +different sections of the Barolong tribe, who had been driven from their +country the previous year during the invasion of the Mantatees. Thence +they proceeded onward till they reached Kwakwe, the residence of Makaba +and his people, and the metropolis of the Bangwaketsi. Here the +missionary was most favourably received by the king, who remarked, with +a laugh, "That he wondered they should trust themselves, unarmed, in the +town of such a _villain_ as he was reported to be." + +He entertained Moffat and his party royally, declaring, "My friends, I +am perfectly happy; my heart is whiter than milk, because you have +visited me. To-day I am a great man. You are wise and bold to come and +see with your own eyes, and laugh at the testimony of my enemies." + +Moffat tried on several occasions to converse with the chief and his +people on Divine things, but apparently with little success. At length +on the Sabbath he resolved to pay Makaba a formal visit, so as to obtain +a hearing for the subject. He found the monarch seated among a large +number of his principal men, all engaged either preparing skins, cutting +them, sewing mantles, or telling news. + +[Illustration: NATIVES SEWING.] + +Sitting down beside him, and amidst his nobles and counsellors, Moffat +stated that his object was to tell him news. The missionary spoke of +God, of the Saviour, but his words fell upon deaf ears. One of the men +sitting near, however, seemed struck with the character of the Redeemer, +and especially with His miracles. On hearing that He had raised the +dead, the man said, "What an excellent doctor He must have been to raise +the dead." This led to a description of His power, and how that power +would be exercised at the last day in the Resurrection. The ear of the +monarch caught the sound of a resurrection from the dead, "What," he +exclaimed in astonishment, "What are these words about? the dead, the +dead arise!" + +"Yes, all the dead shall arise." + +"Will my father arise?" + +"Yes, your father will arise." + +"Will all the slain in battle arise?" + +"Yes." + +"And will all that have been killed and devoured by lions, tigers, +hyenas, and crocodiles again revive?" + +"Yes; and come to judgment." + +"And will those whose bodies have been left to waste and to wither on +the desert plains and scattered to the winds again arise?" asked the +king, with a kind of triumph, as though this time he had fixed the +missionary. + +"Yes!" answered he, with emphasis; "not one will be left behind." + +After looking at his visitor for a few moments, Makaba turned to his +people, saying in a stentorian voice: "Hark, ye wise men, whoever is +among you, the wisest of past generations, did ever your ears hear such +strange and unheard-of news?" + +Receiving an answer in the negative, he laid his hand upon Moffat's +breast and said, "Father, I love you much. Your visit and your presence +have made my heart as white as milk. The words of your mouth are sweet +as honey, but the words of a resurrection are too great to be heard. I +do not wish to hear again about the dead rising! The dead cannot arise! +The dead must not arise!" + +"Why," inquired the missionary, "can so great a man refuse knowledge and +turn away from wisdom? Tell me, my friend, why I must not add to words +and speak of a resurrection?" + +Raising and uncovering his arm which had been strong in battle, and +shaking his hand as if quivering a spear, he replied, "I have slain my +thousands, and shall they arise!" + +"Never before," adds Mr. Moffat in his _Missionary Labours_, "had the +light of Divine revelation dawned upon his savage mind, and of course +his conscience had never accused him, no, not for one of the thousands +of deeds of rapine and murder which had marked his course through a long +career." + +Starting homewards, the Griqua hunting party, for some altogether +unexplained reason, announced their intention of returning with the +missionary instead of remaining behind to hunt; a most providential +circumstance, which in all probability saved the lives of Moffat and his +followers and many more besides. + +A few hours after leaving Makaba, messengers met the returning company +from Tauane, the chief of the Barolongs, asking the help of the +missionary party as he was about to be attacked by the Mantatees. On +reaching Pitsana they found that such was the case. The attack was made +and repelled by the Griquas, about twenty in number, mounted and armed +with guns; and thus the town was saved, the flight of its inhabitants +into the Kalahari desert, there to perish of hunger and thirst, +prevented, and the safety of Robert Moffat and his companions secured. + +The time during which Moffat had been absent from Lattakoo, had been a +most anxious one for his wife and those who remained at the station. A +band of marauders had gathered in the Long Mountains, about forty miles +to the westward, and after attacking some villages on the Kuruman, had +threatened an attack on the Batlaping and the mission premises. The +dreaded Mantatees were also reported to be in the neighbourhood. One +night when Mary Moffat was alone with her little ones and the two +Bushmen children, Mr. Hamilton and the assistants being away at the new +station, a loud rap came at the door, and inquiring who was there, +Mothibi himself replied. He brought word that the Mantatees were +approaching. + +A hasty message was sent to Mr. Hamilton, who arrived about eight +o'clock in the morning when preparations were made for flight. +Messengers continued to arrive, each bringing tidings that caused fresh +alarm, until about noon, when it was ascertained that the fierce and +savage enemy had turned aside and directed their course to the +Barolongs. + +The station was safe, but the loving heart of the missionary's wife was +torn with anguish, as she foresaw that the dreaded Mantatees would be +crossing her husband's path just at the time when he, almost alone, was +returning on his homeward way. + +Prayer was the support of Mary Moffat under this terrible ordeal, and +the way prayer was answered has been seen, in the unaccountable manner +in which Berend Berend and his party of Griquas changed their minds and +resolved upon returning with Robert Moffat, instead of remaining to hunt +elephants in the country of the Bangwaketsi. + +The remainder of the year 1824 witnessed bloodshed and strife all +around. War among the Bechwanas, attacks by the marauders of the Long +Mountains, commotions among the interior tribes: the land was deluged +with blood; even the warlike Bangwaketsi were dispersed, and Makaba was +killed. Once again the missionaries had to flee with their families to +Griqua Town, leaving Mr. Hamilton, as he was without family in charge of +the new station, with two horses ready for flight in case of danger. + +The end of the year found the Kuruman missionaries,--who now consisted +of Robert and Mary Moffat, Mr. and Mrs. Hughes, and Mr. Hamilton,--with +the exception of the last named, at Griqua Town. + +The new station at the Kuruman had been occupied shortly before the +departure of the fugitives; and early in 1825, finding that the +immediate danger had passed, the Moffats, accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. +Hughes, rejoined Mr. Hamilton. Two events of a distressing character to +the Batlaping and their missionaries occurred about this time. The first +was the passage of two terrible hail-storms over a portion of the +country, destroying the crops, killing lambs, and stripping the bark +from trees. The second was the death of the young prince, Peclu, who had +an excellent disposition, was comparatively enlightened, and whose +influence the missionaries expected would have been most salutary among +his countrymen. + +This sorrowful event, combined with a further attack upon the Batlaping +by the marauders, determined Mothibi and his people to leave their +present place of settlement and remove to the eastward. For a +considerable time, however, they remained in an unsettled state, +suffering from attacks, and leading a vagrant life. + +The work of laying out the new station was proceeded with. Three +temporary dwellings had already been erected, consisting of a wooden +framework, filled up with reeds, and plastered within and without; the +foundations of more permanent dwellings had also been laid. Mr. Hughes, +who had been to Cape Town for supplies, returned, accompanied by a mason +named Millen and a few Hottentot assistants from Bethelsdorp. The +company at the station was a large one, and to provide them with food +was a work of difficulty. + +The Kuruman fountain, the source of the Kuruman river, issues from +caverns in a little hill. It was the purpose of the missionaries to lead +the water from the river to irrigate their gardens. For this purpose a +trench was cut two miles in length. This was a work of great labour and +was attended by considerable danger. It was found necessary that the men +when working should have their guns with them, in case of being +surprised by the robbers who roved about. Moffat says, "it was dug in +troublous times." + +Sickness and death entered the missionary dwellings. An infant son was +born to the Moffats, and five days after called away. Mr. Hughes was +laid low through a severe cold, and brought to the gates of death. When +all hope seemed to have vanished he began to amend, though his health +was not restored until he and Mrs. Hughes made a journey to the Cape. In +1827 he left Kuruman and removed to the Griqua Mission. The mother of +Mary Moffat died in October, 1825, but the news did not reach her +daughter in Africa until April, 1826. + +Referring to this time Robert Moffat says: "Our situation during the +infancy of the new station, I shall not attempt to describe. Some of our +newly arrived assistants, finding themselves in a country where the +restraints of law were unknown, and not being under the influence of +religion, would not submit to the privations which we patiently endured, +but murmured exceedingly. Armed robbers were continually making inroads, +threatening death and extirpation. We were compelled to work daily at +every species of labour, most of which was very heavy, under a burning +sun, and in a dry climate, where only one shower had fallen during the +preceding twelve months. These are only imperfect samples of our +engagements for several years at the new station, while at the same +time, the language, which was entirely oral, had to be acquired." + +Notwithstanding all the impediments to such an enterprise, Robert Moffat +had made some progress towards establishing a literature in the native, +or Sechwana tongue. A spelling-book, catechism, and some small portions +of Scripture had been prepared, and sent to the Cape to be printed, in +1825. Through a mistake, these were unfortunately sent on to England, +causing much disappointment and delay. + +Things settled down somewhat in 1826. The discontented Hottentots +returned to the Colony, leaving the missionaries and Mr. Millen to carry +on the work of laying out the station, erecting the buildings, and the +other manual labour connected with the undertaking, assisted only by +such poor help as they could get from the Bechwanas. + +The native population at the station had been much reduced. Such of the +Batlaping as had not moved away, had settled down about the Kuruman +valley. They did not oppose the Gospel, but they appeared quite +indifferent to it. + +For several years the country had been parched through drought, but +early in 1826 rain fell plentifully. The earth was soon covered with +verdure, but the bright prospects of abundance were quickly cut off. +Swarms of locusts infested the land, and vegetation was entirely +destroyed. This led to great scarcity, and although the natives caught +and ate the locusts, hunger and suffering prevailed. The missionaries' +cattle could not be let out of sight, or they were instantly stolen. One +day two noted fellows from the mountains pounced down upon a man who had +charge of some oxen. They murdered the man and made off with an ox. + +To become proficient in the Sechwana language was the earnest purpose of +Robert Moffat. At the end of the year 1826, having moved into his new +dwelling, built of stone, and the state of the country being somewhat +more tranquil, he left his home and family, to sojourn for a time among +the Barolongs, so that he might live exclusively with the natives and +attend to their speech. + +He made the journey by ox-waggon, and was accompanied by the +waggon-driver, a boy, and two Barolongs who were journeying to the same +place as himself. The dangers attending these journeyings from tribe to +tribe were by no means imaginary, the following, related in Moffat's own +words, serving as an illustration of some of the perils often +encountered: + +"The two Barolongs had brought a young cow with them, and though I +recommended their making her fast as well as the oxen, they humorously +replied that she was too wise to leave the waggon, even though a lion +should be scented. We took a little supper, which was followed by our +evening hymn and prayer. I had retired only a few minutes to my waggon +to prepare for the night, when the whole of the oxen started to their +feet. A lion had seized the cow only a few steps from their tails, and +dragged it to the distance of thirty or forty yards, where we distinctly +heard it tearing the animal and breaking its bones, while its bellowings +were most pitiful. When these were over, I seized my gun, but as it was +too dark to see half the distance, I aimed at the spot where the +devouring jaws of the lion were heard. I fired again and again, to which +he replied with tremendous roars, at the same time making a rush towards +the waggon so as exceedingly to terrify the oxen. The two Barolongs +engaged to take firebrands and throw them at him so as to afford me a +degree of light that I might take aim. They had scarcely discharged them +from their hands when the flames went out, and the enraged animal rushed +towards them with such swiftness, that I had barely time to turn the gun +and fire between the men and the lion. The men darted through some thorn +bushes with countenances indicative of the utmost terror. It was now the +opinion of all that we had better let him alone if he did not molest us. + +"Having but a scanty supply of wood to keep up a fire, one man crept +among the bushes on one side of the pool, while I proceeded for the same +purpose on the other side. I had not gone far, when looking upward to +the edge of the small basin, I discerned between me and the sky four +animals, whose attention appeared to be directed to me by the noise I +made in breaking a dry stick. On closer inspection I found that the +large round, hairy-headed visitors were lions, and retreated on my hands +and feet towards the other side of the pool, when coming to my +waggon-driver, I found him looking with no little alarm in an opposite +direction, and with good reason, as no fewer than two lions with a cub +were eyeing us both, apparently as uncertain about us as we were +distrustful of them. We thankfully decamped to the waggon and sat down +to keep alive our scanty fire, while we listened to the lion tearing and +devouring his prey. When any of the other hungry lions dared to approach +he would pursue them for some paces with a horrible howl, which made our +poor oxen tremble, and produced anything but agreeable sensations to +ourselves. We had reason for alarm, lest any of the six lions we saw, +fearless of our small fire, might rush in among us." + +[Illustration: BAROLONG WOMEN.] + +From these dangers Moffat was mercifully preserved and after journeying +for six days he reached the village of a young chief named Bogachu. At +this place, and at one about twenty miles distant, he lived a +semi-savage life for ten weeks. To use a common expression he "made +himself at home" among them. They were kind and appeared delighted with +his company, especially as when food run scarce, he could take his gun +and shoot a rhinoceros or some other animal, when a night of feasting +and talking would follow. + +Every opportunity was embraced by the missionary of imparting Christian +instruction to these people; their supreme idea of happiness, however, +seemed able to rise no higher than having plenty of meat. Asking a man, +who seemed more grave than the rest, what was the finest sight he could +desire, he replied, "A great fire covered with pots full of meat," +adding, "How ugly the fire looks without a pot" + +The object of the journey was fully gained; henceforth Robert Moffat +needed no interpreter; he could now speak and preach to the people in +their own tongue. He found all well on reaching home and prepared to +settle down with a feeling of ability to the work of translation. + +The prospects of the mission at this time began to brighten. Several +thousands of the natives had gathered on the opposite side of the +valley, near the mission station. They were becoming more settled in +their minds, and would collect in the different divisions of the town +when the missionaries visited them; the public attendance at the regular +religious services daily increased, and the school was better attended. +No visible signs of an inward change in the natives could yet be seen, +but Moffat and his fellow-workers felt certain that this was not far +off. + +War again intervened and darkened the brightening prospects. Once more +the missionaries, after prayerful consideration, felt it necessary to +flee to Griqua Town, suffering much loss of time and of property. +Happily the storm passed over, and, on returning to the Kuruman, they +found their houses, and such property as they had left behind, in good +order, a proof of the influence they were gaining over the once thievish +Bechwanas. Half the oxen and nearly all the cows belonging to the +missionaries were, however, dead, no milk could be obtained, and, worse +than these evils, the people had fled, leaving their native houses but +heaps of ashes. + +Sorrowfully these servants of God resolved once more to resume their +labours. A few poor natives had remained at the station, whose numbers +were being increased by others who arrived from day to day. + +At this trying time the hearts of Robert Moffat and his companions were +cheered by the arrival of the Rev. Robert Miles, the Society's +superintendent, who, having made himself conversant with the affairs of +the station, suggested the great importance of preparing something like +hymns in the native language. By the continued singing of these, he +stated the great truths of salvation would become imperceptibly written +on the minds of the people. + +The suggestion so kindly made was acted upon, and Moffat prepared the +first hymn in the language. The spelling-books also arrived, which +enabled the missionaries to open a school in the Sechwana tongue. Mr. +Miles returned, and the stated labours of the mission were carried +forward. With few interruptions they had been continued for ten years +without fruit. But the dawn of a new era seemed now ready to rise above +the horizon. + +Yet again, however, was their faith to be sorely tried by the terrible +scourge--war. The desperadoes consisted this time of a party advancing +from the Orange River, among whom were some Griquas. The suspense and +anxiety were great, but recourse was had to prayer. On this occasion the +missionaries determined to remain at their post. A first attack was +repulsed through the intrepidity of an escaped slave named Aaron +Josephs, and a peaceful interval intervened of about two months, when a +second attack on the mission premises was threatened. By Moffat's +directions, the heights at the back of the station were crowded with +men, to give the appearance of a large defending force, though probably +not a dozen guns could have been mustered among them. The assailants +seeing the preparations for defence, drew up at some distance, and, +after a short delay, sent forward two messengers with a flag of truce. +Moffat went out to meet them, and learned that a renegade Christian +Griqua named Jantye Goeman wished to see him at their camp. + +A meeting was arranged half way between the station and the camp, and +Jantye, who was ashamed to let the missionary see his face, as he had +known him at Griqua Town, tried to lay all the blame upon another +renegade, a Coranna chief named Paul, who had, in days gone by, +entertained Robert Moffat and visited his dwelling. + +At this moment a waggon was seen approaching, and fearing it might +contain some one from Griqua Town, and seeing that a hostile movement +was made towards it, Moffat turned to Jantye and said, "I shall not see +your face till the waggon and its owners are safe on the station." He +instantly ran off and brought the waggon through, when it was found to +contain the Wesleyan missionaries Mr. and Mrs. Archbell from Platberg. + +At last, after much hesitation, Paul himself came near. He could not +look at Moffat, and kept his hat drawn down over his eyes. He told the +missionary that he himself need have no fear, but that revenge should be +had upon the Batlaping who were at Kuruman. + +"I shall have their blood and their cattle too," said Paul, as his eyes +glared with fury. + +Long and patiently Moffat argued with him, showing him the enormity of +his crimes. At last the victory was won. No shot was fired, and both the +station and the Batlaping were saved. Turning to his men, and referring +to some of the missionary's cattle which had been stolen, he cried, +"Bring back those cows and sheep we took this morning." + +It was done. Then he said, "I am going. There are the things of your +people. Will Mynheer not shake hands with me for once?" + +"Of course I will," said Moffat, "but let me see your face." + +"That I will not, indeed," he replied, "I do not want to die yet. I can +see your face through my hat." + +The rude hand of war was henceforth stayed, and the land had peace for +half-a-century, during which time great and happy changes took place at +the Kuruman station. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE AWAKENING. + + +The long delayed, and fervently prayed for time had come at last. For +ten weary years these earnest and faithful missionaries had laboured +without seeing any results. Now their hearts were to rejoice as they +should witness the work of the Holy Spirit, and see those over whom they +had so long mourned, brought to the Saviour, and out of heathen darkness +into Gospel light. + +"The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, +but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth;" so was it +with the awakening among the Bechwanas at the Kuruman. There seemed no +apparent cause for the intensity of feeling that was now displayed by +these people. Men, who had scorned the idea of shedding a tear, wept as +their hearts were melted. The chapel became a place of weeping, and +some, after gazing intently upon the preacher, fell down in hysterics. +The little chapel became too small to hold the numbers who flocked to +it, and with the voluntary aid of Aaron Josephs a new building, +fifty-one feet long by sixteen wide, with clay walls and thatched roof, +was erected to serve as a school-house and place of worship, until the +large stone church, which was to form the most prominent feature of the +station, should be completed. + +This temporary church was opened in May, 1829, and in the following +month, after very careful examination, six candidates for baptism were +selected from among the inquirers. Speaking of these converts Robert +Moffat said, "It was truly gratifying to observe the simplicity of their +faith, implicitly relying on the atonement of Christ, of which they +appeared to have a very clear conception, considering the previous +darkness of their minds on such subjects." + +They were baptised on the first Sabbath in July, a large number of +spectators from the neighbouring towns, and a party of Griquas, being +present. In the evening the missionaries, the new disciples, and a +Griqua, twelve in all, sat down to the Lord's table. In connection with +this event an interesting anecdote is related showing the strong faith +of Mary Moffat! + +On one occasion, some time before this event, when all seemed dark, her +friend Mrs. Greaves of Sheffield had written to Mary Moffat kindly +inquiring if there was anything of use which she could send. The reply +returned was, "Send us a communion service, we shall want it some day." +Communication between the Kuruman and England was tardy then, and before +an answer came to her letter the darkness increased, and the Bechwanas +seemed as far from salvation as ever. On the day preceding the reception +of the first converts into the Kuruman Church, a box arrived from +England, which had been twelve months on the road, and in it were found +the communion vessels that Mary Moffat had asked for more than two years +before. + +Great as was the change, the missionaries rejoiced with trembling. They +knew that there were great prejudices to be overcome, and that the +relation in which the Christians stood to their heathen neighbours would +expose their faith to trial. But they prayed and believed that He who +had begun the good work would carry it on. + +The change of heart speedily produced a change in dress and habits. +Those who had been baptised had previously procured decent raiment, and +prepared it for the occasion with Mrs. Moffat's assistance. A +sewing-school had hitherto been uncalled for, the women's work having +been that of building houses, raising fences, and tilling the ground; +now Mrs. Moffat met those who desired to learn as often as her strength +would permit, and soon she had a motley group of pupils, very few of the +whole party possessing either a frock or a gown. The scarcity of +materials was a serious impediment to progress, but ornaments, which +before the natives had held in high repute, were now parted with to +purchase the skins of animals, which being prepared almost as soft as +cloth were made into jackets, trousers, and gowns. When a visit was paid +by a trader, British manufactures were eagerly bought. + +In the progress of improvement some amusing incidents occurred. A man +might be seen in a jacket with one sleeve, because the other was not yet +finished; or others went about in duffel jackets with sleeves of cotton +of various colours; gowns like Joseph's coat were worn, and dresses of +such fantastic shapes, that to tell the fashion of the same would have +been a puzzle. + +To Mrs. Moffat general application was made both by males and females. +One brought skins to be cut into dresses, another wanted a jacket, a +third a pattern, while a fourth brought his jacket sewed upside down, +and asked why it did not fit. Fat, which before they always considered +was to be rubbed on their bodies or deposited in their stomachs, they +now found useful in making candles to give light in their dwellings. + +The prospects of the missionaries continued cheering, and the increased +anxiety for instruction and growth in knowledge among the candidates +greatly strengthened their hands. "I seek Jesus," one would say; a +second, "I am feeling after God, I have been wandering, unconscious of +my danger, among beasts of prey; the day has dawned, I see my danger." +The missionaries were cautious men, and were slow to receive members +into their little church, but the evidence was complete that numbers +were saved. + +The happy death of a native woman about this time afforded them much +encouragement. When she knew her end was near, she said to those around, +"I am going to die. Weep not because I am going to leave you, but weep +for your sins and your souls. With me all is well, for do not suppose +that I die like a beast, or that I shall sleep for ever in the grave. +No! Jesus has died for my sins; He has said he will save me, I am going +to be with Him." Thus one who a few months before was as ignorant as the +cattle, departed with the full assurance of an eternal life beyond the +grave. + +Rumours had for some time past reached the Kuruman station of a strong +and warlike people who dwelt to the eastward, spoke another language, +and were strangers to the Bechwanas. In the latter portion of 1829, two +envoys were specially sent from Moselekatse, the king of this people, +the Matabele, to the mission station at Kuruman, to learn about the +manners and teaching of the white men there. + +These envoys, who were two of the king's head men, were entertained, the +principal objects, industries, and methods of living were pointed out to +them; but their greatest wonder was excited when they beheld the public +worship in the mission chapel. They listened to the hymns, and to the +address, part of which only they understood, and were much surprised +when they heard that the hymns were not war songs. + +When the time came for the ambassadors to depart, they begged Robert +Moffat to accompany them, as they were afraid of the Bechwana tribes +through whom they would have to pass on their return journey. This +circumstance led to his visiting the warlike Moselekatse, over whom he +obtained a marvellous influence. + +The details of the journey we must pass over. As they advanced they saw +evidences on every hand of the terrible Mantatees, and the still more +terrible Matabele. In places, where populous towns and villages had +been, nothing remained but dilapidated walls and heaps of stones, +mingled with human skulls. The country had become the abode of reptiles +and beasts of prey; the inhabitants having perished beneath the spears +and clubs of their savage enemies. + +The reception accorded Robert Moffat by Moselekatse may best be +described in the missionary's own words:-- + +"We proceeded directly to the town, and on riding into the centre of the +large fold, we were rather taken by surprise to find it lined by eight +hundred warriors, besides two hundred who were concealed on each side of +the entrance, as if in ambush. We were beckoned to dismount, which we +did, holding our horses' bridles in our hands. The warriors at the gate +instantly rushed in with hideous yells, and leaping from the earth with +a kind of kilt round their bodies, hanging like loose tails, and their +large shields, frightened our horses. They then joined the circle, +falling into rank with as much order as if they had been accustomed to +European tactics. Here we stood, surrounded by warriors, whose kilts +were of ape skins, and their legs and arms adorned with the hair and +tails of oxen, their shields reaching to their chins and their heads +adorned with feathers. + +"A profound silence followed for some ten minutes; then all commenced a +war-song, stamping their feet in time with the music. No one approached, +though every eye was fixed upon us. Then all was silent, and Moselekatse +marched out from behind the lines with an interpreter, and with +attendants following, bearing meat, beer, and other food. He gave us a +hearty salutation and seemed overjoyed." + +The waggons were objects that struck the dusky monarch with awe. He +examined them minutely, especially the wheels; one point remained a +mystery, how the iron tire surrounding the wheel came to be in one piece +without end or joint. Umbate, the head-man, who had visited the mission +station, explained what he had seen in the smith's shop there. "My +eyes," said he, "saw that very hand," pointing to Moffat's hand, "cut +these bars of iron, take a piece off one end, and then join them as you +now see them." "Does he give medicine to the iron?" the monarch +inquired. "No," said Umbate, "nothing is used but fire, a hammer, and a +chisel." + +This powerful chieftain was an absolute despot ruling over a tribe of +fierce warriors, who knew no will but his. He was the terror of all the +surrounding country, his smile was life, his frown scattered horror and +death. Yet even in his savage breast there were chords that could be +touched by kindness, and Moffat received many tokens of his friendship +during the eight days that he stayed in his town. + +During one of their first interviews the monarch, laying his hand upon +Moffats shoulder, said, "My heart is all white as milk; I am still +wondering at the love of a stranger who never saw me. You have fed me, +you have protected me, you have carried me in your arms. I live to-day +by you, a stranger." + +Upon Moffat replying that he was unaware of having rendered him any such +service, he said, pointing to his two ambassadors: "These are great men; +Umbate is my right hand. When I sent them from my presence to see the +land of the white men, I sent my ears, my eyes, my mouth; what they +heard I heard, what they saw I saw, and what they said it was +Moselekatse who said it. You fed them and clothed them, and when they +were to be slain you were their shield. You did it unto me. You did it +unto Moselekatse, the son of Machobane." + +Moffat explained to this African king the objects of the missionary, and +pressed upon him the truths of the Gospel. On one occasion the king came +attended by a party of his warriors, who remained at a short distance +dancing and singing. "Their yells and shouts," says Moffat, "their +fantastic leaps and distorted gestures, would have impressed a stranger +with the idea that they were more like a company of fiends than men." As +he looked upon the scene, his mind was occupied in contemplating the +miseries of the savage state. He spoke to the king on man's ruin and +man's redemption. "Why," said the monarch, "are you so earnest that I +abandon all war, and do not kill men?" "Look on the human bones which +lie scattered over your dominions," was the missionary's answer. "They +speak in awful language, and to me they say, 'Whosoever sheddeth man's +blood, by man also will his blood be shed.'" Moffat also spoke of the +Resurrection, a startling subject for a savage and murderer like +Moselekatse. + +The kindness of the king extended to the missionary's return journey. +Food in abundance was given to him, and a number of warriors attended +his waggon as a guard against lions on the way. After an absence of two +months he reached home in safety, where he found all well, and the +Divine blessing still resting upon the Mission. Copious showers had +fallen, and the fields and gardens teemed with plenty. The converts and +many others, leaving their old traditions as to horticulture, imitated +the example of the missionaries in leading out water to their gardens, +and raised crops, not only of their native grain, pumpkins, +kidney-beans, and water-melons, but also vegetables, such as the +missionaries had introduced, maize, wheat, barley, peas, potatoes, +carrots, onions, and tobacco--this latter they had formerly purchased +from the Bahurutsi, but now it became a profitable article of traffic. +They also planted fruit trees. + +As an illustration of their zeal, which was not always according to +knowledge, the following may be given. The course of the missionary's +water-trench along the side of a hill, appeared as if it ascended, +therefore several of the natives set to work in good earnest, and cut +courses leading directly up hill, hoping the water would one day follow. + +The spiritual affairs of the station kept pace with the external +improvements. The temporary chapel continued to be well filled, a +growing seriousness was observable among the people, progress was made +in reading, and there was every reason for encouragement. Early In +1830, after the second mission-house had been finished and occupied by +Mr. Hamilton, the foundation of a new and substantial stone church was +laid. Circumstances, however, and especially the difficulty of procuring +suitable timber for the roof delayed its completion for several years. + +The work of translation had been kept steadily in view. In June, 1830, +Robert Moffat had finished the translation into Sechwana, of the Gospel +of Luke, and a long projected journey to the coast was undertaken by him +and his wife. The journey had for its objects, to put the two elder +children to school, to get the translation of Luke printed, and to +collect subscriptions among friends in the Colony towards the building +of the new place of worship. + +At Philippolis, on their journey, they met with the French missionaries +Rolland and Lemue, of the Paris Protestant Missionary Society, and also +with Mr. and Mrs. Baillie, who had been appointed by the London +Missionary Society to the Kururnan Mission. At Graham's Town, Mary +Moffat remained behind to place the children at the Wesleyan school near +there, and Robert visited several of the mission stations in Kafirland, +and afterwards some of those within the Colony, finally reaching Cape +Town in October, 1830. + +At that early day printing in Cape Town was in its infancy. It was +therefore found necessary to make application to the Governor to allow +the Gospel of Luke In Sechwana to be printed at the Government Printing +Office. The request was cheerfully acceded to, but compositors there +were none to undertake the work. This difficulty, combined with the +promise of an excellent printing press, which Dr. Philip had in his +possession for the Kuruman Mission, induced Moffat to learn printing. +He was joined by Mr. Edwards, who was now appointed to the Kuruman +station, and under the kind superintendence of the assistant in charge +of the office, they soon not only completed the work they had in hand, +but acquired a fair knowledge of the art of printing. Besides the Gospel +of Luke, a small hymn-book was printed in the Sechwana language. + +A violent attack of bilious fever followed these labours, which had been +carried on in the hottest season of the year, and when the time came for +Robert Moffat to leave Cape Town he had to be carried on board the ship +on a mattress. The sea passage to Algoa Bay, however, although a rough +one, tended greatly to his restoration to health. + +Sickness among their oxen, and the birth of a daughter, whom they named +Elizabeth, detained the Moffats some time at Bethelsdorp, on their +return journey; from which place, accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. Edwards, +they went forward to the Kuruman, where they arrived in June, 1831. They +carried with them the edition of the Gospel of Luke, a hymn-book printed +in the language of the people, a printing-press, type, paper, and ink, +besides liberal subscriptions from friends in the Colony towards the +erection of the mission church. + +Great was the astonishment of the natives when they saw the +printing-press at work. Lessons, spelling-books and catechisms were +prepared for the schools. To see a white sheet of paper disappear for a +moment and then emerge covered with letters was beyond their +comprehension. After a few noisy exclamations one obtained a sheet, with +which he bounded through the village, showing it to all he met, and +saying it had been made in a moment with a round black hammer (a +printer's ball) and a shake of the arm. + +A large box containing materials for clothing from a friend in +Manchester, Miss Lees, had also formed part of the baggage brought from +the Cape. Materials being now at hand, and Mrs. Edwards and Mrs. Baillie +co-operating, a sewing-school on a much larger scale was established, to +the great comfort and improvement of the natives. + +The congregation continued to increase and new members were added to the +church, but sorrows tempered the joy of this happy time. Small-pox +entered the country, and many of the inhabitants died; with them passed +away one of the daughters of Robert and Mary Moffat. Towards the end of +1832 the labourers at Kuruman were cheered by a visit from Dr. Philip, +who arranged that the two French missionaries, Rolland and Lemue, should +commence a mission station at Motito, a place nearly forty miles +distant, in a north-easterly direction. + +In January, 1835, a scientific expedition under Dr. Andrew Smith, +arrived at Moffat's station. This visit appeared as though ordered by an +over-ruling Providence for the especial benefit of himself and his +devoted wife. It found them in sore trouble, and it brought help and a +friend in time of need. Mr. Edwards was away and Robert had been +overworked. When Dr. Smith arrived, he found him suffering from an +attack of intermittent fever, and hastened to render aid. Under the +Doctor's skilful treatment he speedily recovered. On the 10th of March +another son was added to the Moffat family, and shortly afterwards Mary +was suddenly taken seriously ill, and became so weak, that for many days +her recovery seemed hopeless. The Doctor was at that time away +surveying, but upon receiving information of the position of affairs at +Kuruman, he immediately hastened to render all the assistance in his +power. + +Speaking of this friend, raised up so unexpectedly, Robert Moffat writes +in his book: "His tender sympathy and unremitting attention in that +trying season, during which all hope of her recovery had fled, can never +be erased from our grateful recollection, for in the midst of his active +and laborious engagements at the head of the expedition, he watched for +several successive nights, with fraternal sympathy, what appeared to be +the dying pillow of my beloved partner, nor did he leave before she was +out of danger." + +A life-long friendship was cherished for the one who had come to them in +their sore need, and who was always most gratefully remembered by the +African missionary and his exemplary wife. + +Shortly after these events, at the request of Dr. Smith, Robert Moffat +accompanied the expedition on a visit to Moselekatse and the Matabele +country. Moselekatse was delighted to see his missionary friend again. +The scientific expedition had permission to travel through any part of +the monarch's territories, but Moffat, the king kept as his guest. +Together they visited, in the missionary's waggon, several of the +Matabele towns, and many conversations were held, in which the +importance of religion, and the evil effects of the king's policy were +faithfully pointed out. + +By this journey, which occupied three months, a way was paved for some +American missionaries to reside with Moselekatse, and the country was +surveyed to find timber suitable for the roof of the new Kuruman +church. This timber was afterwards collected by Messrs. Hamilton and +Edwards--the wood-cutters having to travel to a distance of two hundred +and fifty miles--and fashioned into the roof of the church; which stands +at this day a monument of the united labours of Hamilton, Moffat, and +Edwards; and a wonder to beholders as to how such an achievement could +have been performed with the slender means then at hand. + +[Illustration: MOFFAT PREACHING AT MOSHEU'S VILLAGE.] + +Upon Moffat's return home again, his wife, by Dr. Smith's orders, left +for the Cape to recruit her strength; and Robert Moffat went +itinerating among the scattered Bechwanas. A most interesting time was +spent at a village, one hundred and fifty miles from Kuruman, where a +chief named Mosheu and his people resided. Three times did the +missionary preach to them on the first day, besides answering the +questions of all who gathered round. Many were most anxious to learn to +read, and such spelling-books as Moffat had with him were distributed +among them. + +Some of the head men thought they would like to try, and requested +Moffat to teach them. A large sheet alphabet, torn at one corner, was +found, and laid on the ground. All knelt in a circle round it, some of +course viewing the letters upside down. "I commenced pointing with a +stick," says he, "and when I pronounced one letter, all hallooed to some +purpose. When I remarked that perhaps we might manage with somewhat less +noise, one replied, 'that he was sure the louder he roared, the sooner +would his tongue get accustomed to the seeds' as he called the letters." + +Somewhat later, a party of young folks seized hold of the missionary, +with the request, "Oh, teach us the A B C with music." Dragged and +pushed, he entered one of the largest native houses, which was instantly +crowded. The tune of "Auld Lang Syne" was pitched to A B C, and soon the +strains were echoed to the farthest corner of the village. Between two +and three o'clock on the following morning, Moffat got permission to +retire to rest; his slumbers were, however, disturbed by the assiduity +of the sable choristers; and on awaking after a brief repose, his ears +were greeted on all sides by the familiar notes of the Scotch air. + +Very pleasing progress was made by these people in Christian knowledge. +Mosheu brought his daughter to Mrs. Moffat for instruction, and his +brother took his son to Mr. Lemue at Motito for the same purpose. + +The mission at the Kuruman continued to prosper, both at the home and +the out-stations. Numbers of Bechwanas were added to the church, both at +Kuruman and Griqua Town. Under Mr. Edwards' superintendence the readers +largely increased, and the Infant School, commenced and carried on by +Mrs. Edwards, with the assistance of a native girl, was highly +satisfactory. Civilisation advanced, some of the natives purchasing +waggons, and using oxen for labour which formerly had been performed by +women. Clothing was in such demand, that a merchant named Hume, an +honourable trader in whom the missionaries had confidence, built a +house, and settled at the station. The new church, after much labour, +was opened in November, 1838, on which occasion between eight and nine +hundred persons attended the service; and on the following Sabbath, one +hundred and fifty members united in celebrating the Lord's Supper. + +Persevering Christian love, combined with strong faith, much prayer, and +untiring labour, had changed the barren wilderness into a fruitful land. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +VISIT TO ENGLAND. + + +The work of Bible translation had been steadily pressed forward; all +available time having been devoted by Robert Moffat to that undertaking. +By the end of 1838, the whole of the New Testament had been rendered +into the native tongue, and a journey was made by the Moffats to Cape +Town, to recruit their health, and to get the Sechwana New Testament +printed; the task being too heavy for the mission press. Cape Town was +but little better off than the Kuruman for accomplishing a work of this +magnitude, and it speedily became apparent that the printing would have +to be undertaken in England. + +Twenty-two years had passed away since the youthful missionary stood +upon the deck of the _Alacrity_, and bade farewell to the land of his +birth. During that time he had never allowed his interest in the affairs +of his native country to grow cold. Letters and newspapers had been +eagerly welcomed, and the memory of friends in the far distant isle had +been most keenly cherished, both by him and his Mary. Now once more they +were to tread upon its well-loved shores, and to tell to its people the +story of God's work among the savage tribes of South Africa. + +There were no floating "Castles"[A] at that time, making the journey in +twenty days, and a passage had to be taken in a small ship +homeward-bound from China, having troops on board. Measles raged at the +Cape, and sickness was on board ship. Between the two the Moffats had +much to endure, and the vessel had not left Table Bay when another +daughter was born to add to their joy and anxiety. Three days' after his +sister came, dear six-year-old Jamie, lying beside his prostrate mother +in her cot, was called to the Better Land, with the words, "Oh, that +will be joyful, when we meet to part no more," upon his dying lips. + +[A]: [Donald Currie's line of Mail steamships, the _Garth Castle_, &c., +which make the voyage to the Cape in twenty days.] + +On the 6th June, 1839, the ship anchored off Cowes, and a few days later +reached London. The reception of Robert Moffat was most enthusiastic, +and so great was the demand for his presence at public meetings, that it +was with the utmost difficulty he procured liberty to visit his own +friends. + +Twenty years had made great changes in the homes at both Dukinfield and +Inverkeithing. Mary Moffat's aged father was living, but her mother and +a brother had been called away, another brother was in America, and a +third was a missionary in Madras. Robert's parents were still living, +but a brother and two sisters had passed away. Many friends, whose kind +and generous thoughtfulness had often cheered the heart of the faithful +missionary and his faithful wife in their voluntary exile, now gathered +around them, among whom were Mrs. Greaves of Sheffield, the donor of the +Communion Service, and Miss Lees of Manchester. + +Of the events connected with this visit to England, want of space +precludes us from giving details. A great wave of missionary enthusiasm +at that time swept over the country, and Moffat found himself hurried +from town to town with but scant opportunities for rest. In May, 1840, +he preached the Anniversary Sermon for the London Missionary Society, +and, at their Annual Meeting, Exeter Hall was packed so densely that +after making his speech in the large upper hall, Moffat had to give it +again in the smaller hall below. + +An anecdote related in the course of his speech at the Bible Society's +May Meeting shows the value set by a native woman upon a single Gospel +in the native tongue. "She was a Matabele captive," said Moffat. "Once, +while visiting the sick, as I entered her premises, I found her sitting +weeping, with a portion of the Word of God in her hand. I said, 'My +child what is the cause of your sorrow? Is the baby still unwell?' 'No,' +she replied, 'my baby is well,' 'Your mother-in-law?' I inquired. 'No, +no,' she said, 'it is my own dear mother, who bore me.' Here she again +gave vent to her grief, and, holding out the Gospel of Luke, in a hand +wet with tears, she said, 'My mother will never see this word; she will +never hear this good news! Oh, my mother and my friends, they live in +heathen darkness; and shall they die without seeing the light which has +shone on me, and without tasting that love which I have tasted!' Raising +her eyes to heaven she sighed a prayer, and I heard the words again, 'My +mother, my mother!'" + +His hope when he landed had been to get the printing of the Sechwana New +Testament speedily accomplished, and to return to South Africa before +winter; but it was not until January, 1843, that he was able once again +to sail for Africa. + +In 1840 two new missionaries were set apart for the Bechwana +mission--- William Ross and David Livingstone. With them Robert Moffat +was able to send five hundred copies of the Sechwana New Testament. + +As the sheets were passing through the press, it was suggested to him +that the Psalms would be a valuable addition to the work. With his +characteristic energy he immediately commenced the task, and, a few +months after the sailing of Ross and Livingstone, he had the joy of +sending to Africa over two thousand copies of the New Testament, with +which the Psalms had been bound up. By the end of 1843 six thousand +copies had been sent out. A revision of the book of Scripture Lessons +was also undertaken and carried through the press. A demand was made +upon him to write a book, in response to which he prepared his well +known work, "Missionary Labours and Scenes in South Africa," which was +published in 1842, and met with great success. + +At length the time drew near when once more Robert and Mary Moffat +should cross the sea to their beloved home at Kuruman. Valedictory +services of a most enthusiastic character were held in Scotland, +Newcastle, Manchester, and London. At Edinburgh a copy of the +"Encyclopaedia Britannica" was presented to Robert Moffat, and at +Newcastle a set of scientific instruments was given him. A great impetus +was imparted to missionary work abroad through these and preceding +meetings, during his sojourn in England, and when on the 30th of +January, 1843, he and his wife embarked at Gravesend, accompanied by two +new missionaries for the Bechwana field, they carried with them the +esteem of a wide circle of friends, and had the fervent prayers of many +offered up on their behalf. + +On the 10th of April they landed at Cape Town, and six weeks later +embarked in a small coasting vessel for Algoa Bay. At Bethelsdorp, a +village a few miles beyond Port Elizabeth, they rejoined Messrs. Ashton +and Inglis, who with their wives had gone on before by steamer; but here +they were detained for several months, waiting for a vessel to arrive +from England which had on board a large quantity of baggage for the +missionaries and their work. + +[Illustration: CAPE TOWN.] + +At last the start was made, the long train of ox waggons wended their +way, the Orange River was crossed, this time on a pont or floating +bridge, and at the Vaal River, one hundred and fifty miles distant from +Kuruman, the missionary party were met by David Livingstone, who had +ridden forth to bid them welcome. + +From this point onwards friends both white and black emulated each other +in testifying their gladness at their friend's return, until as the +Moffats drew near to Kuruman their progress became like a royal one. At +last between two and three o'clock on the 10th of December, 1843, they +sat down once again in their own home, amongst those for whom they had +toiled so zealously, and over whom their hearts yearned with a holy +love. The delight of the natives at having their missionary and his wife +among them again was unbounded. In a letter published in the _Missionary +Magazine_, October, 1844, Moffat thus writes, giving an account of their +reception:--"Many were the hearty welcomes we received, all appearing +emulous to testify their joy. Old and young, even the little children, +would shake hands with us. Some gave vent to their joy with an air of +heathen wildness, and some in silent floods of tears; while others, +whose hearts had sickened with deferred hope, would ask again and again, +'Do our eyes indeed behold you?' Thus we found ourselves once more among +a people who loved us, and who had longed for our return." + +The mission having been largely reinforced, it was arranged that Mr, and +Mrs. Ross should go to Taung, about one hundred miles east of Kuruman, +where a portion of the Bechwana tribe had settled under Mahura, a +brother of Mothibi; while Edwards and Livingstone were to commence work +among the Bakhatla, two hundred miles to the north-east. Inglis was to +go to the same neighbourhood; thus the regular missionary staff of the +Kuruman station comprised after their departure, the venerable Mr. +Hamilton, who had seen the commencement of the Bechwana Mission in 1816, +Mr. and Mrs. Ashton, and the Moffats. + +The place to which Edwards and Livingstone had gone was a large native +town near to the haunts of lions. These greatly harassed the cattle and +deprived the missionaries of sleep. One day a hunt was arranged. +Livingstone joined the party, was attacked by the lion, and was only +rescued with a broken and mangled arm by the bravery and devotion of his +native servant, Mebalwe, who himself got severely bitten. + +[Illustration: LIVINGSTONE ATTACKED BY A LION.] + +During his recovery from this injury Livingstone visited the Kuruman, +and there won the heart of Moffat's eldest daughter, her mother's +namesake, who soon afterwards exchanged the name of Mary Moffat for that +of Mary Livingstone. In due course she accompanied her husband to +Chonwane where for a time he was located with Sechele, the chief of the +Bakwena. + +The life of the missionaries at the Kuruman was a, busy one. All were +fully employed. Moffat's principal work was translation, and in this his +colleague Ashton afforded him much critical assistance, besides +relieving him almost entirely of the duties of the printing office. But +other work had to be undertaken. The natives needed much help and +guidance; dwelling-houses had to be enlarged and new schoolrooms built, +and, as there were no funds for the payment of artisans, the +missionaries had to put their own hands to the work; besides which, as +money was not forthcoming to meet the cost of the new schoolrooms, a +kind of amateur store was opened by the missionaries' wives for the sale +of clothing to the natives. + +The Rev. J. J. Freeman who visited Africa a few years later, in 1849, +gives us a picture of the Kuruman station as he saw it. "It wears," says +he, "a very pleasing appearance. The mission premises, with the walled +gardens opposite, form a street wide and long. The chapel is a +substantial and well-looking building of stone. By the side of it stands +Mr. Moffat's house, simple yet commodious. In a cottage hard by, the +venerable Hamilton was passing his declining days, extremely feeble, but +solaced by the motherly care of his colleague's wife. The gardens were +well stocked with fruit and vegetables, requiring much water, but easily +getting it from the 'fountain.' On the Sunday morning the chapel bell +rang for early service. Breakfasting at seven, all were ready for the +schools at half-past eight. The infants were taught by Miss Moffat +(their daughter Ann, afterwards Mrs. Fredoux) in their school-house; +more advanced classes were grouped in the open air, or collected in the +adjacent buildings. Before ten the work of separate teaching ceased, and +young and old assembled for public worship. A sanctuary, spacious and +lofty, and airy withal, was comfortably filled with men, women, and +children, for the most part decently dressed." + +[Illustration] + +This description may be supplemented by that of a scene of frequent +occurrence, given in "Robert and Mary Moffat" by their son Mr. John A. +Moffat. He says: "The public services were, of course, in the Sechwana +language. Once a week the missionary families met for an English +devotional meeting. It was also a sort of custom that as the sun went +down there should be a short truce from work every evening. A certain +eminence at the back of the station became, by common consent, the +meeting-place. There the missionary fathers of the hamlet would be +found, each sitting on his accustomed stone. Before them lay the broad +valley, once a reedy morass, now reclaimed and partitioned out into +garden lands; its margin fringed with long water-courses, overhung with +grey willows and the dark green syringa. On the low ground bordering the +valley stood the church, with its attendant mission-houses and schools, +and on the heights were perched the native villages, for the most part +composed of round, conical huts, not unlike corn-stacks at a distance, +with some more ambitious attempts at house-building in the shape of +semi-European cottages. Eastward stretched a grassy plain, bounded by +the horizon, and westward a similar plain, across which about five miles +distant, was a range of low hills. Down to the right, in a bushy dell, +was the little burying-ground, marked by a few trees." + +In 1845, Robert Moffat narrowly escaped an accident that would have +involved most serious consequences. He was superintending the erection +of a new corn-mill, and whilst seeing to its being properly started, +incautiously stretched his arm over two cog-wheels. In an instant the +shirt sleeve was caught and drawn in, and with it the arm. Fortunately +the mill was stopped in time, but an ugly wound, six inches in length, +with torn edges, bore witness to the danger escaped. This wound laid him +aside for many weeks, but finally he recovered from the effects of the +accident. + +For the next four or five years things pursued an even course at the +Kuruman. In 1846, Mary Moffat started on a journey to visit the +Livingstones at Chonwane. She availed herself of the escort of a native +hunting party, and took her three younger children with her. She passed +through the usual dangers of such a journey, as the following extract +from a letter written to her husband will show:-- + +"I am very glad of Boey's company.... I should indeed have felt very +solitary with my lone waggon with ignorant people, but he is so +completely at home in this field that one feels quite easy. We do not +stop at nights by the waters, but come to them at mid-day, and then +leave about three or four o'clock. We cannot but be constantly on the +outlook for lions, as we come on their spoor every day, and the people +sometimes hear them roar. Just before outspanning to-day, Boey, being on +horseback looking for water, met with a majestic one, which stood still +and looked at him. He tried to frighten the lion, but he stood his +ground, when Boey thought it was time to send a ball into him, which +broke his leg, by which means he is disabled from paying us a visit." + +Early in 1847 a general meeting of those engaged in the Bechwana mission +was held at Lekatlong (near what are now the Diamond Fields). On his way +homewards from this meeting Moffat visited some of the Batlaping +villages along the Kolong River. A striking advance had taken place of +late years, and a severe contest was going on between heathenism and +Christianity. A little company of believers had gathered in each place, +and were ministered to by native teachers, who had spent a few months in +training at Kuruman. + +In the same year Mary Moffat left for the Cape to make arrangements for +educating her younger children. As Robert could not leave his work she +journeyed alone, having as attendants four Bechwana men and a maid. +These partings wrung the mother's heart. The time spent on the road was +precious, and although it extended to two months, seemed all too short. +She felt that never again would she have her young children about her. +The son, John, was placed at school in Cape Town for a time, and the two +daughters were sent under the care of a worthy minister to England. Of +the parting with these her darlings Mary Moffat wrote:--"Though my heart +was heaving with anguish I joyfully and thankfully acceded forthwith +(_i.e._, to the offer of the Rev. J. Crombie Brown to take the +children), and set about preparations in good earnest. This was about +the end of January. On the tenth of February they embarked, and after +stopping the night on board I tore myself from my darlings to return to +my desolate lodgings to contemplate my solitary journey, and to go to my +husband and home childless." Of her it may be said, _She left all and +followed Him_! + +In 1848 the book of Proverbs and Ecclesiastes had been finished and +Isaiah begun. In 1849 "Pilgrim's Progress" was added to the Sechwana +literature, and the work of translation steadily progressed. "Line upon +Line" had also been rendered into the native tongue by Mr. Ashton. + +But while all was peaceful and in a measure prosperous at the Kuruman, +clouds were gathering to the eastward, which were destined eventually to +throw a dark shadow over the whole Bechwana Mission. The encroachments +of the Boers upon the natives led to much bloodshed, and to the +dispersion of several native tribes, with the consequent abandonment of +mission-work among them. One of the early sufferers was Moselekatse, +who, having been attacked in 1837, had retired to a place far away to +the north-east, and for some years nothing was heard of him, except by +vague rumour; indeed his very existence was a matter of doubt. + +Livingstone had settled with Sechele at Kolobeng, which place he used +simply as a base of operations for visiting the eastern tribes, and +prosecuting missionary work among them. Much good was done, and the +Scriptures in Sechwana, as far as issued, were circulated among the +people. But the Boers advanced, the natives were dispossessed of their +lands, and missionaries were expelled from their regions. Finding that +all hope of carrying on the work in this neighbourhood was over, +Livingstone turned his eyes northward, and commenced that series of +explorations which absorbed the remainder of his life. Sechele retired +to a mountain fastness, named Lithubaruba, away to the north-west. + +As time passed onward, Robert Moffat felt more than ever the importance +of completing the work he had undertaken--the translation of the entire +Bible into Sechwana. Every minute that could be devoted to the task was +eagerly embraced, his labours often extending far into the night. +Numerous interruptions made the work more difficult. "Many, many are the +times I have sat down and got my thoughts somewhat in order," he writes, +"with pen in hand to write a verse, the correct rendering of which I had +just arrived at, after wading through other translations and lexicons, +when one enters my study with some complaint he has to make, or counsel +to ask, or medical advice and medicine to boot, a tooth to be extracted, +a subscription to the auxiliary to be measured or counted; or one calls +to say he is going to the Colony, and wishes something like a passport; +anon strangers from other towns, and visitors from the interior arrive, +who all seem to claim a right to my attentions." + +This incessant application was making inroads upon his health, and the +strong powerful frame and iron constitution of the Scotch missionary +began to show signs that could not be neglected. A peculiar affection of +the head troubled him--a constant roaring noise like the falling of a +cataract, and a buzzing as of a boiling up of waters. It never ceased +day and night, and he lost much sleep in consequence of it. His only +relief seemed to be in study and preaching, when the malady was not +noticed; but immediately these occupations were over it was found to be +there, and reasserted itself in full force. + +In 1851 the rebellion of the Kat River Hottentots occurred, which, for a +long time, brought obloquy upon the missionaries of South Africa and the +Mission cause. + +In 1852 Mr. Hamilton was gathered to his rest, after having been the +faithful coadjutor of Robert Moffat, and a missionary at the Kuruman for +thirty-four years; the next year tidings reached Mary Moffat that her +beloved father had ended his pilgrimage at the ripe age of ninety years. + +A short time previous a letter had been received from the Directors of +the London Missionary Society, urging Robert Moffat to take sick leave +and visit the Cape, or to return to England, but, as rest and change +were absolutely essential, Moffat determined to find the needed +relaxation in visiting his old native friend, Moselekatse. He was also +in doubt as to the fate of his son-in-law, Livingstone, who had started +long before for the tribes on the Zambesi. + +Carrying supplies for that missionary, in hope of being able to succour +him, in May, 1854, Moffat once again bade his faithful partner farewell, +and started for a journey to a comparatively unknown country, seven or +eight hundred miles away. The son of Mr. Edwards, the missionary who for +some time had laboured with Moffat at Kuruman, and a young man named +James Chapman accompanied him, for purposes of trade. After journeying +for several days through a desert country, they reached Sechele's +mountain fastness. Moffat found that chief in great difficulties, but +still holding to the faith into which he had been baptised by +Livingstone. One hundred and twenty more miles of desert travelling +brought the party to Shoshong, the residence of another chief and his +tribe. Thence after groping their way for eighteen days in a region new +to them, without guides, they reached a village containing some natives +who were subject to the Matabele king. + +For some days Moffat and his companions were not allowed to advance. The +Induna in charge of the outpost was afraid of a mistake, but at last a +message came that they were to proceed, and finally they drew near to +the royal abode. The chief was filled with joy at meeting his old friend +"Moshete." An account of the interview is described in Moffat's journal, +from which we extract the following:--"On turning round, there he +sat--how changed! The vigorous, active, and nimble chief of the +Matabele, now aged, sitting on a skin, lame in his feet, unable to walk, +or even to stand. I entered, he grasped my hand, gave one earnest look, +and drew his mantle over his face. It would have been an awful sight for +his people to see the hero of a hundred fights wipe from his eyes the +falling tears. He spoke not, except to pronounce my name, Moshete, +again and again. He looked at me again, his hand still holding mine, and +he again covered his face. My heart yearned with compassion for his +soul. Drawing a little nearer to the outside, so as to be within sight +of Mokumbate, his venerable counsellor, he poured out his joy to him." + +The old chief was suffering with dropsy, but under Moffat's medical care +he recovered, and was soon able to walk about again. The advice which +had been given to him by his missionary friend during their previous +intercourse, had not been wholly lost, the officers who attended him, as +well as those of lower grades, stating that the rigour of his government +had since that time been greatly modified. + +Moffat stayed with Moselekatse nearly three months. After much +persuasion, permission was given him to preach the Gospel to the +Matabele people, a privilege hitherto always denied. On the 24th of +September, 1854, these people received, for the first time, instruction +in the subjects of creation, providence, death, redemption, and +immortality. + +It was Moffat's purpose to journey forward beyond the Matabele to the +Makololo tribe, to leave supplies at their town of Linyanti, so that +Livingstone might obtain them if he returned safely from St. Paul de +Loanda, on the west coast. Moselekatse would not accede to the idea of +him going alone, and finally the king himself determined to accompany +him. The Makololo and Matabele were, however, like many other of the +native tribes, hostile to each other. With the bags, boxes, &c., on the +heads of some of the men best acquainted with the country, the party set +out, but after travelling to the farthest outpost of the Marabele, the +king declared it was impossible for the waggons to proceed. At Moffat's +earnest request, he sent forward a party of his men with the supplies, +which in due course reached the Makololo, who placed them on an island, +built a roof over them, and there they were found in safety by +Livingstone when he returned some months afterwards from the west coast. + +Towards the end of October, Moffat bade farewell to the Matabele king. +Moselekatse pressed him to prolong his stay, pleading that he had not +seen enough of him, and that he had not yet shown him sufficient +kindness. "Kindness!" replied Moffat, "you have overwhelmed me with +kindness, and I shall now return with a heart overflowing with thanks." +Leaving the monarch a supply of suitable medicines to keep his system in +tolerable order, and admonishing him to give up beer drinking, and to +receive any Christian teacher who might come as he had received him, the +missionary took his departure. The long return journey was accomplished +without any remarkable event, and in due course Moffat reached his home +again in safety. + +By this journey his health was much improved, his intercourse and +friendship with the people of the interior were cemented and extended, +and he looked forward with hopeful assurance to the early advancement of +Christianity to those distant regions. + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +THE SECHWANA BIBLE. + + +The great task was at length accomplished; the work of nearly thirty +years brought to a close. The Word of God in the language of the +Bechwana people, in all its glorious completeness and power, was now in +their hands. + +To Robert Moffat the labour had been of a herculean character. He had +spared himself no labour or drudgery which its prosecution involved. To +accomplish it he had left his home and lived a semi-savage life for +nearly three months, that he might perfect himself in the language. +Without any special training for the important undertaking, and under +the greatest disadvantages, he had not only acquired the language, but +reduced it to its elements, and then presented it in a synthetic and +grammatical form. Beyond that his earnest desire had been to render the +whole Bible into the native tongue. + +As age increased, the importance of finishing the work became more and +more apparent, till even a minute spent in anything but purely +mission-work, or his translation duties, seemed as wasted time. Writing +when the end was near, he said: "When I take up a newspaper, it is only +to glance at it with a feeling like that of committing sacrilege. I have +sometimes been arrested with something interesting, and have read it +with ten or more strokes in the minute added to my pulse, from the +anxiety caused by the conviction that I am spending precious time apart +from its paramount object, while I feel perfectly composed over anything +which I am satisfied has a direct bearing on the true object of the +missionary." + +But the work was now accomplished, the last sheet had been passed for +press, the last verse of the Old Testament completed, and now his mind, +which had been for so many years strained under the weighty +responsibility of translating the Word of God, was free. Of his feelings +on this occasion he made mention in a speech delivered some years later +at Port Elizabeth, on the occasion of his final departure from South +Africa. We quote from the Chronicle of the London Missionary Society for +August, 1870. + +"At last," he said, referring to the commencement of the undertaking, "I +came to the resolution that if no one else would do it, I would +undertake it myself. I entered heartily upon the work. For many years I +had no leisure, every spare moment being devoted to translating, and was +a stranger even in my own family. There was labour every day, for back, +for hands, for head. This was especially the case during the time Mr. +Edwards was there; our condition was almost one of slavery. Still the +work advanced, and at last I had the satisfaction of completing the New +Testament. Of this 6000 copies were printed by the Home Society. + +"When Dr. Livingstone came, he urged me to begin at once with the Old +Testament. That was a most stupendous work. Before commencing it I +passed many sleepless nights. It was the wish of all that I should +undertake it. I did so, and went on with the work from time to time, as +I had leisure, daily and nightly. I stuck to it till I had got as far as +the end of Kings, when I became completely done up. The Directors were +afraid that I was killing myself. I was advised to go home, to leave the +work, but I decided otherwise. I determined to look up Moselekatse, and +went off with a son of brother Edwards. By the time I had found +Moselekatse, I had got all right again. I came back and resumed my work, +and continued it till its completion. I cannot describe to you the +feelings of that time--of the writing of the last verse. I could hardly +believe that I was in the world, so difficult was it for me to realise +the fact that my labour of years was completed. Whether it was from +weakness or overstrained mental exertion, I cannot tell; but a feeling +came over me that I would die, and I felt perfectly resigned. To +overcome this I went back again to my manuscript still to be printed, +read it over, and re-examined it, till at length I got back again to my +right mind. This was the most remarkable time of my life, a period I +shall never forget. My feelings found vent by my falling upon my knees +and thanking God for His grace and goodness in giving me strength to +accomplish my task. My work was thus accomplished, and now I see the +Word of God read by thousands of Bechwanas in their native tongue." + +An incident related in his speech at the Bible Society's Annual Meeting +upon the occasion of his first visit to England in 1839, shows the +importance to the natives of having the Bible in their own tongue. +Speaking of his translation of the Gospel of Luke, he alluded to the +state of the unconverted heathen, and the contrast manifested by the +Christian converts. When the heathen saw the converts reading the Book +which had produced this change, they inquired if they (the converts) +talked to it. "No," answered they, "it talks to us; for it is the Word +of God." "What then," replied the strangers, "does it _speak_?" "Yes," +said the Christians, "it speaks to the heart!" This explanation was +true, and was often illustrated in fact; for among those to whom the +same Book was read by others, it became proverbial to say that the +readers were "turning their hearts inside out!" + +[Illustration: DR. LIVINGSTONE.] + +In 1854 Mary Moffat paid another visit to the Colony, and was in +consequence away from home when Robert returned from his journey to +Moselekatse. Tidings reached him about that time of the death of his +mother, the one who first instilled into his breast an enthusiasm for +the missionary calling. She died as she had lived, a godly, consistent +woman, and was called to the heavenly city at the age of eighty-four. + +In 1856 Dr. Livingstone, after his unparalleled walk from Loanda, on the +west coast, to Quillimane, on the east--from the shores of the Atlantic +to those of the Indian Ocean--visited England. His visit, and the +description he gave of the country and natives, rekindled missionary +enthusiasm, a special interest being taken in the Matabele and Makololo +tribes. The London Missionary Society resolved to establish missions +among them. As the locality where the Makololo dwelt was in the midst of +a marshy network of rivers, it was considered as a necessary condition +of commencing the proposed missionary work that they should remove to a +spot on the north bank of the Zambesi, opposite to where the Matabele +dwelt on the south bank. The two tribes were, however, hostile to each +other; and, to overcome this hostility, it was determined to +simultaneously establish missions among both tribes. With this object in +mind the Directors wrote to Robert Moffat, proposing that he should go +for a twelvemonth to the Matabele, taking two younger men with him, and +plant a mission among this people. + +This letter reached him just as he had completed the translation and +printing of the Old Testament; and, notwithstanding that he was then +sixty-two years of age, and had already been forty-one years hard at +work for the Society, he determined to go. He felt, however, that it was +necessary for him to start at once, and prepare the minds of Moselekatse +and his people for the coming among them of missionaries. Thus it came +about that once again Robert Moffat quitted Kuruman, and started forward +for the long and trying journey, through the African desert, to visit +his old friend, and obtain his consent to the settlement of missionaries +among his people. + +Visiting the chief Sechele on the way, he pursued his course until he at +length reached the headquarters of Moselekatse. The king was not very +enthusiastic about receiving missionaries for himself and his people. He +was somewhat suspicious; and his former experience with the American +missionaries at Mosega had been rather unfortunate, the Boers having +attacked the Matabele, and, after pillaging the mission station, carried +the missionaries away with them. However, he would receive the +new-comers,--but his friend Moshete must come also. "I love you," said +he, "you are my father. These new men I do not know them. All men are +not alike." + +This African monarch had sufficient knowledge to know that, if the +doctrines of the Bible prevailed among his tribe, his claims to divine +honour would for ever cease. His warriors used to pay him homage as +follows: "O Pezoolu, the king of kings, king of the heavens, who would +not fear before the son of Machobane (his father's name), mighty in +battle?" and with other similar marks of adulation. He also had a shrewd +suspicion that the opening of the country for white men to come and +settle, would mean, eventually, the downfall of the power of himself and +his people? but in his friend Ramary, or Moshete, he had implicit +confidence. + +As an instance of the power which Moffat had obtained over this despotic +chief of a fierce African tribe, it may be related that he prevailed +upon Moselekatse to grant deliverance to the heir to the chieftainship +of the Bamangwato, a large tribe living at Shoshong, to the north-east +of Sechele's people. It was after a long conversation that the thing was +settled. Macheng, the heir, who had been detained captive for sixteen +years, was called, and Moselekatse addressing him said: "Macheng, man of +Moffat, go with your father. We have arranged respecting you. Moffat +will take you back to Sechele. That is my wish as well as his, that you +should be in the first instance restored to the chief from whom you were +taken in war. When captured you were a child; I have reared you to be a +man." + +The effect of this deliverance on the neighbouring tribes was very +great. It occurred while Moffat was with Moselekatse, arranging for the +settlement of the new missionaries. When he and his charge arrived at +Sechele's town, on his way home, he was met by Sechele and the other +chiefs of his tribe, who marched on in front, and led them to a kind of +natural amphitheatre, where at least ten thousand of the people, in all +their equipments of war, were assembled. Sechele commanded silence, and +introduced the business of the meeting. Speaker followed speaker, in +enthusiastic language giving expression to the joy they felt at seeing +the chief of the Bamangwato return from captivity. In the course of his +speech one said as follows:-- + +"Ye tribes, ye children of the ancients, this day is a day of marvel.... +Now I begin to perceive that those who preach are verily true. If Moffat +were not of God, he would not have espoused the cause of Sechele, in +receiving his words, and delivering Macheng from the dwelling-place of +the beasts of prey, to which we Bechwanas dared not approach. There are +those who contend that there is nothing in religion. Let such to-day +throw away their unbelief. If Moffat were not such a man, he would not +have done what he has done, in bringing him who was lost--him who was +dead--from the strong bondage of the mighty. Moselekatse is a lion; he +conquered nations, he robbed the strong ones, he bereaved mothers, he +took away the son of Kheri. We talk of love. What is love? We hear of +the love of God. Is it not through the love of God that Macheng is among +us to-day? A stranger, one of a nation--who of you knows its distance +from us?--he makes himself one of us, enters the lion's abode, and +brings out to us our own blood." + +On reaching home, from his visit to the Matabele, Moffat found that the +Livingstones were starting for the Zambesi, and were to call at the Cape +on their way; also that a large party of new missionaries had been +appointed to commence the new interior missions. The Moffats at once +started for the Cape, and there met Dr. and Mrs. Livingstone and their +companions. Once more the mother and daughter embraced each other, and +as the latter had suffered much on the voyage, it was arranged that she +should accompany the missionary party, and travel overland to the +Zambesi. + +At Cape Town Moffat also had the pleasure of welcoming his own son, the +Rev. John Moffat, who was to proceed to the Matabele as a missionary, +paid for out of Dr. Livingstone's private resources. Sir George Grey, +Her Majesty's High Commissioner, warmly encouraged the proposed plans +for extending Christianity and commerce to the interior tribes, and +arranged with Robert Moffat for establishing a postal communication with +the Zambesi _via_ Kuruman. + +All arrangements having been completed the missionaries left Cape Town +on their way to Kuruman, from whence they were to proceed to their +respective stations, with the Makololo and the Matabele. Delays, +however, intervened; the Boers had attacked some of the Batlapings, and +threatened to attack the Kuruman station; the difficulties of the road +also prevented some of the party arriving with the others. At last, +however, the way was made clear, the opposition of the Boers to the +advance of the party was, through the intervention of Sir George Grey, +overcome, and on the 7th of July, 1859, the first division started for +their far distant destination. This division comprised Mr. Helmore, a +veteran who for many years had been stationed at Lekatlong, with his +wife and four children, and Mr. and Mrs. Price. There was also a native +teacher from Lekatlong, named Tabe, who determined to accompany his old +missionary, and the usual staff of native attendants. These were all to +proceed to the Makololo. The situation was a grave one. The end of the +journey was a point a thousand miles farther into the interior than any +of them had ever been, except two native servants, who had accompanied +Livingstone on a previous occasion. But they went forward in faith not +knowing what lay before them, but trusting all into the hands of Him, +without whose knowledge not even a sparrow falls to the ground. + +A week later Mr. Thomas and John Moffat with their wives left; they were +speedily followed by Robert Moffat and Mr. Sykes. At Sechele's town the +two portions of this latter division were united, and thence they +journeyed onwards towards the Matabele. Disease broke out among some of +their oxen, and, on reaching the first outpost of Moselekatse's people, +a messenger was sent forward to the king explaining the state of +affairs, and proposing that the oxen of the missionaries should be left +in quarantine, and that Moselekatse should supply his own oxen to bring +the party to headquarters. This message was sent so as to avoid +connecting the advent of the Gospel among these people with that of a +pestilence among their herds of cattle; which would inevitably have +been the case had the diseased oxen proceeded onwards and infected those +belonging to the Matabele. + +An answer was returned to the effect that the party were to proceed, and +that though the epidemic took effect, they should be held guiltless. + +Moffat despatched a second messenger, to say that he had heard the +king's words, and in a couple of days would leave; but that he begged +the monarch to reflect on the consequences of the epidemic being +introduced among his tens of thousands of cattle, and to believe that +the mission party felt the most extreme anxiety upon the subject. + +They then proceeded forward very slowly for two or three days, when they +were met by another messenger, who stated that Moselekatse was gratified +with the anxiety expressed for him and his; and that now, fully +convinced of his danger, he desired that all their oxen should return, +and that warriors were advancing to drag the mission waggons to +headquarters. + +Every one started with surprise at the strange idea, but soon the +warriors came, shields, and spears, and all, also a number of oxen to be +slaughtered for food. After some war evolutions, the warriors took the +place of the draught oxen, and a start was made. There was many "a +strong pull, a long pull, and a pull all together," as the waggons +rolled onward; but after ten days' hard struggle and slow progress, it +became evident that the men sent were unequal to the task, and the +monarch, who for some unknown reason had kept his oxen back, sent them +at last to bring the waggons to his camp. + +Moselekatse received his old friend with his usual cordiality; but it +soon became evident that something was wrong. All kinds of evasions and +delays met the request for a spot of ground on which to found a mission +station; days, weeks, and months passed, during which the missionaries +suffered great hardships; and at last the chief broke up his camp and +left them, without oxen to draw their waggons, saying that he would send +people to guide them to the spot where they were to settle, and at which +place he would join them later on. + +His conduct seemed strange, and Moffat began to suspect that he had +repented of giving his permission for the missionaries to settle with +him. This proved to be the case; the Boer inroads, following as they had +done, in several cases, the advent of the missionaries, made him +suspicious, and the fears of himself and people having been aroused, the +question was in debate as to whether the settlement should be allowed or +not. + +At last a favourable change took place, the clouds dispersed, and the +sky became clear. Oxen were sent to take the missionary waggons forward +to Inyati, there to join Moselekatse. All was settled, a spot which +looked well for a station was pointed out, each of the new-comers +pitched his tent under a tree that he had chosen, until a more solid +dwelling should be erected, and the Matabele Mission was fairly +established. This was in December, 1859. + +The Mission was established, but work had only begun. The first six +months of the year 1860 were months of incessant toil to the +missionaries at Inyati. Houses had to be built, waggons repaired, and +garden ground made ready for cultivation. Early and late, Moffat was to +be found at work,--in the saw-pit, at the blacksmith's forge, or +exercising his skill at the carpenter's bench; in all ways aiding and +encouraging his younger companions. He also endeavoured to gain +Moselekatse's consent to the opening of regular communication with the +Livingstone expedition on the Zambesi _via_ Matabeleland, but the +suspicious nature of the monarch foiled this project. The isolation of +his country in this direction was so great that, although but a +comparatively short distance away, no tidings whatever could be obtained +of the other party who, under Mr. Helmore, had gone to the Makololo +tribe. + +In June, 1860, Moffat felt that his work at Inyati was done. He had +spared neither labour of mind nor body in planting the Mission, and had +endured hardships at his advanced age that younger men might well have +shrunk from. The hour approached for him to bid a final farewell to +Moselekatse, and once more he drew near to the chiefs kraal, with the +purpose of speaking to him and his people, for the last time, on the +all-important themes of life, death, and eternity. The old chief was in +his large courtyard and received his missionary friend kindly. Together +they sat, side by side--the Matabele despot, whose name struck terror +even then into many native hearts, and the messenger of the Prince of +Peace, the warriors ranged themselves in a semi-circle, the women crept +as near as they could, and all listened to the last words of "Moshete." +It was a solemn service, and closed the long series of efforts which the +missionary had made to reach the hearts of Moselekatse and his people. +On the morrow he started for home, which he reached in safety, having +been absent twelve months. + +Meanwhile, terrible trials had befallen the party who had started to +found the Makololo Mission. The difficulties attending their journey to +Linyanti were such as nothing but the noblest Christian principle would +have induced them to encounter, or enabled them to surmount. The chief +of these was the great scarcity of water. One of their trials is thus +described:-- + +"From the Zouga we travelled on pretty comfortably, till near the end of +November, when we suffered much from want of water.... For more than a +week every drop we used had to be walked for about thirty-five miles. +Mrs. Helmore's feelings may be imagined, when one afternoon, the +thermometer standing at 107 deg. in the shade, she was saving just _one +spoonful of water_ for each of the dear children for the next morning, +not thinking of taking a drop herself. Mr. Helmore, with the men, was +then away searching for water; and when he returned the next morning +with the precious fluid, we found that he had walked _full forty +miles_." + +At length, after enduring innumerable difficulties and privations for +seven months, they arrived at Linyanti, the residence of the chief +Sekeletu. He refused to allow them to remove to a more healthy spot, but +proposed that they should live with him in the midst of his +fever-generating marshes, and as no better plan offered, they were +compelled to accept it. In the course of a week all were laid low with +fever. Little Henry Helmore and his sister, with the infant babe of Mr. +Price, were the first to die; then followed the heart-stricken mother, +Mrs. Helmore; six weeks later Mr. Helmore breathed his last; and the +missionary band was reduced to Mr. and Mrs. Price and the helpless +orphans. As the only means of saving their lives the survivors prepared +to depart, but now the chief threw obstacles in the way of their doing +so. Their goods were stolen, their waggon taken possession of; and upon +Mr. Price telling the chief that "if they did not let him go soon they +would have to bury him beside the others," he was simply told "that he +might as well die there as anywhere else." + +Finally a few things were allowed for the journey, and the sorrowful +party started homeward, Mr. Price very ill, and his wife having lost the +use of her feet and legs. + +With the scantiest possible provision they had to face a journey of +upwards of a thousand miles to Kuruman, but they set forward. Just as +they were beginning to take hope after their heavy trials, and to think +of renewed efforts for the Lord, Mrs. Price was called to her rest. "My +dear wife," wrote the sorrowing husband, "had been for a long time +utterly helpless, but we all thought she was getting better. In the +morning I found her breathing very hard. She went to sleep that night, +alas! to wake no more. I spoke to her, and tried to wake her, but it was +too late. I watched her all the morning. She became worse and worse, and +a little after mid-day her spirit took its flight to God who gave it. I +buried her the same evening under a tree--the only tree on the immense +plain of Mahabe. This is indeed a heavy stroke, but 'God is my refuge +and strength, a very present help in trouble.'" + +Finally the bereaved missionary was met by Mr. and Mrs. Mackenzie, who +had started to join the Makololo Mission, and, as all turned their steps +towards Kuruman, they were rejoiced by meeting Robert Moffat, who, +having heard of the disaster, and that Mr. Price, with the remnant of +the party, were on the road, had gone out in search of them. All +returned sorrowfully to Kuruman, and the ill-fated Makololo Mission +collapsed. + +Robert Moffat and his wife watched the progress of the Mission at Inyati +with the keenest interest. In it they seemed to live their early life at +Lattakoo over again. Their hearts were in the work of the missionaries +at that distant station; and, over and above the earnest desire they had +to see the work of God prosper among those uncivilised natives, was the +tie of kinship, their own flesh and blood being present in the person of +their son, John Moffat, who, with his wife, formed a portion of the +Matabele Mission. Post-bags and supplies were forwarded by every +available opportunity, and warm words of cheer and sympathy from the +aged pair at Kuruman encouraged the workers in the far distant region to +perseverance in their work for the Lord. + +Kuruman served indeed as a home station to which all the interior +missionaries could look. The fact of being an interior missionary was +sufficient to secure the travel-worn stranger, or friend, a warm welcome +and good cheer for weeks together, and none entered more heartily or +with deeper sympathy into the plans and endeavours of the wayfarer, or +offered more earnest prayers on the behalf of himself and his work, than +the tried and faithful couple, Robert and Mary Moffat, who had for so +many years borne the burden and heat of the day. + +In October, 1861, their daughter Bessie, who was born on board ship in +Table Bay, as they were leaving for their first visit to England, +married Mr. R. Price, whose wife died the previous year, during that +terrible journey from Linyanti, when the Makololo Mission had to be +abandoned. Thus as one fell from the ranks, another stepped forward to +take the vacant place, and carry on the glorious work for the sake of +Him who said, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every +creature." The Prices went for a time to Shoshong, hoping to join the +Matabele Mission, but finally laboured among the Bakwena, under the +chief Sechele. + +The Kuruman station itself during this time presented a scene of +unabated activity. A revision of the New Testament was in progress, the +youngest Miss Moffat, then the only child at home, was working hard at +schools and classes, and Mr. Ashton was again at work with his old +colleague. + +The year 1862 brought severe domestic bereavements to the Moffats. +During a journey to Durban, in Natal, their eldest son, Mr. Robert +Moffat, died, leaving a wife and four children. He had started to bring +them from Durban to the home he had prepared at Kuruman. He had +primarily been intended for a missionary, and had been sent to England +to be educated for that purpose, but his health failing he had to return +to South Africa, where for some time he served in the Survey Department +under Government, and afterwards became a trader. He was very highly +respected and had thoroughly gained the confidence of the natives. + +A few weeks later the sad tidings reached the sorrowing parents from the +Zambesi that their eldest daughter Mary, the wife of Dr. Livingstone, +had been called to her rest. A white marble cross, near Shupanga House +on the Shire River, marks the spot where this sainted martyr to the +cause of Africa's regeneration sleeps in peace. + +In the following year tidings reached Robert Moffat that William Ross +the missionary at Lekatlong, about eighty miles to the south-east, was +seriously ill. In a few hours Moffat was on his way; he arrived in time +to find his friend alive, and did all that could be done to alleviate +his suffering, but shortly after he also passed away. This mournful +event led to Mr. Ashton being transferred to Lekatlong, and for a time +the whole weight of duty at Kuruman rested on Moffat's shoulders. + +Although in perils oft, Robert Moffat had never suffered thus far +personal violence from the hands of a native, but now he had a very +narrow escape from death. A young man, who for some time had been living +on the station, had shown signs of a disordered mind, and was placed +under mild restraint. Conceiving a violent personal animosity against +the missionary, he attacked him as he was returning from church, and +with a knobbed stick inflicted some terrible blows, then, frightened at +his own violence, he fled. To one with a weaker frame than Robert +Moffat's the consequences might have been very serious; as it was he +recovered, though with a heart that was sorely grieved. + +In 1865, the Mission was reinforced by the arrival of the Rev. John +Brown, from England, and by John Moffat, who had returned from the +Matabele. The relaxation from the active duties of the station thus +afforded was utilised by Robert Moffat in the work of Scripture +revision, the preparation of additional hymns, and the carrying of +smaller works through the press. + +Mention has been made of the marriage of their second daughter, Ann, to +Jean Fredoux, a missionary of the Paris Evangelical Society, who was +stationed at Motito, a place situated about thirty-six miles to the +north-east of Kuruman. He was a man of gentle disposition and addicted +to study. Early in March, 1866, he had started upon a tour to carry on +evangelistic work among the Barolong villages along the margin of the +Kalahari desert. While visiting one of these, a low class trader arrived +who had been guilty of atrocious conduct at Motito. The natives insisted +upon the trader going to Kuruman, where his conduct could be +investigated, and, upon his refusing to do so, prepared to take him by +force. He intrenched himself in his waggon with all his guns loaded, and +dared any one to lay hands upon him. Fredoux seeing the serious state +that matters were assuming quietly drew near to the trader's waggon, and +urged him to go peaceably to Kuruman, assuring him that the people were +determined he should go, if not peaceably, then by force. + +While thus pleading with this man, a fearful explosion took place, the +waggon and its occupant were blown to atoms, Jean Fredoux and twelve +natives were killed, and about thirty more were injured. + +This was a further heavy affliction for Robert Moffat and his wife. As +soon as they heard of the catastrophe, Robert hastened to succour his +widowed daughter, and to consign to the grave at Motito the shattered +remains of his son-in-law. + +A few months later another visit was paid to the open grave, this time +to consign to its last resting place the body of Mrs. Brown, the wife of +the Rev. John Brown, who a short time before had taken up his abode at +the Kuruman as a colleague of Robert Moffat. + +In 1868 the missionary staff at that station consisted of Robert Moffat +and his son John Moffat. The former had now more than completed the +three-score years and ten allotted to man as the duration of human life, +and unlike the great leader of God's chosen people, of whom it is said, +"his eye was not dim, nor his natural force abated," Robert Moffat felt +the infirmities of age creeping very rapidly upon him. Yet he held on +his way for two years longer. A short and constant cough during the +winter months aggravated his natural tendency to sleeplessness, and at +last he felt himself reluctantly compelled to accept the invitation of +the Directors to return finally to England. + +Going home to England it could hardly be called, his home was with his +loved Bechwanas, with those for whom he had toiled and prayed so long. +The ashes of his son Robert, and of his devoted daughter Mary reposed +beneath the sands of Africa; his early and later manhood had been spent +beneath its scorching sun. The house he was to leave had been the +birthplace of most of his children, and his home for more than forty +years. Yes, it was hard to leave; and the expectation had become very +real to him that his body and that of his faithful partner would be laid +side by side in that little burial-ground in the bushy dell, marked by a +few trees, at Kuruman. But the final determination had been arrived at, +and with slow and hesitating steps, as though waiting for something, +even then, to prevent their departure, preparations were made for +leaving the station for ever. + +Of the general aspect of affairs at the Kuruman during these last two +years we have a graphic description from the pen of the Rev. John +Moffat, who in a letter to the Directors dated 12th October, 1868, wrote +as follows:-- + +"The public services on the station are a prayer-meeting at sunrise on +Sunday; preaching in Sechwana, morning, afternoon, and evening, with the +Sunday school twice, and a juvenile afternoon service. The early +prayer-meeting is left entirely to the natives, the three preaching +services entirely to the missionaries, and the Sunday school, with the +juvenile service, to my sister. There is also a Wednesday evening +service, a monthly missionary prayer meeting, a church meeting, and a +prayer meeting on Thursday afternoon. This last is in the hands of the +natives. No native takes any part in the preaching on the station, +except in extreme cases, when it is regarded as a makeshift. My father +and I share the preaching between us. Occasionally, say once in three +weeks, one of us rides to two villages to the north-west, holding +services at each; they are respectively eight and twelve miles distant. +My custom at home, in the regular way, is to give New Testament reading +in the morning, a topical sermon in the afternoon, and Old Testament +exposition in the evening. On Monday evening I have a young men's Bible +class, which is to me the most interesting work I have to do, more +especially as I have much encouragement in it.... On the Monday evening, +also, my sister and I hold a practising class for the purpose of trying +to improve the singing. On Tuesday evening I meet male inquirers, on +Wednesday, before the service, I have a Bible class for women, on +Thursday we have an English prayer meeting, and on Friday evening I meet +female inquirers. I need not mention the school conducted by my sister +and three native assistants." + +Speaking of the place and people he continues:-- + +"The population is small and scattered. On the spot there must be a good +many people, and also at the villages to the north-west; but otherwise +the district contains only small villages of from twenty to one hundred +huts. It extends fifty miles west and north-west, and about twenty-five +miles in other directions. + +"The people are poor and must remain so. The country is essentially dry. +Irrigation is necessary for successful agriculture, and there are few +spots where water flows. There is no market for cattle, even if they +throve abundantly, which they do not. I despair of much advance in +civilisation, when their resources are so small, and when the European +trade is on the principle of enormous profits and losses. Two hundred +per cent, on Port Elizabeth prices is not considered out of the way. + +[Illustration: MAIN STREET IN PORT ELIZABETH.] + +"Heathenism, as a system, is weak, indeed in many places it is nowhere. +Christianity meets with little opposition. The people generally are +prodigious Bible readers, church-goers, and psalm-singers, I fear to a +large extent without knowledge. Religion to them consists in the above +operations, and in giving a sum to the Auxiliary. I am speaking of the +generality, There are many whom I cannot but feel to be Christians, but +dimly. This can hardly be the result of low mental power alone. The +Bechwanas show considerable acuteness when circumstances call it out. + +"The educational department of the Mission has been kept in the +background. On this station the youth on leaving school have sunk back +for want of a continued course being opened to them. The village +schoolmasters, uneducated themselves, and mostly unpaid, make but a +feeble impression. The wonder is that they do so much, and where the +readers come from. It is hard to say that the older missionaries could +have done otherwise.... I cannot tell you how one thing presses on me +every day: the want of qualified native schoolmasters and teachers; and +the question: how are they to be obtained?" + +On Sunday, 20th March, 1870, Robert Moffat preached for the last time in +the Kuruman church, and on the Friday following the departure took +place. "Ramary" and "Mamary," as Mr. and Mrs. Moffat were called, had +completely won the hearts of the natives. For weeks past messages of +farewell had been coming from the more distant towns and villages, and +now that the final hour had arrived and the venerable missionary, with +his long white beard, and his equally revered wife, left their house and +walked to their waggon they were beset by crowds of people, each one +longing for another shake of the hand, a last parting word, or a final +look; and, as the waggon drove away, a long pitiful wail rose from those +who felt that their teacher and friend was with them no more. + +After a rough but safe journey of eight weeks, Robert and Mary Moffat +reached Port Elizabeth on the 20th May, 1870, and received a hearty +welcome from a large number of missionaries and other Christian friends, +who had gathered to meet them. Making a brief stay they embarked in the +mail steamer _Roman_ and landed at Cape Town on the 2nd of June. Here +they were entertained by the Christian community at a public breakfast. +A few days later they embarked in the steamship _Norseman, en route_ for +England. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +CLOSING SCENES. + + +In the Chronicle of the London Missionary Society for March, 1870, the +following notice appeared: "Our readers will be glad to hear that there +is now a definite prospect of welcoming again to England our veteran +missionary, the Rev. Robert Moffat. He may be expected, with Mrs. +Moffat, about the month of June. Mr. Moffat no longer enjoys his former +robust health. In his last letter he writes: 'What to me was formerly a +molehill is now a mountain, and we both have for some time past begun to +feel some of the labour and sorrow so frequently experienced by those +who have passed their three-score years and ten.'" + +The _Norseman_ reached Plymouth on the 24th of July, and next day Robert +and Mary Moffat landed at Southampton, thus returning to their native +land, to leave it no more, after an absence of over fifty years; during +which time they had visited it only once before. + +On the 1st of August he was welcomed by the Society, at an influential +meeting, convened for the purpose, in the Board Room of the Mission +House, in Blomfield Street. At that meeting, alluding to his previous +visit in 1839, and to the printing of the New Testament in Sechwana, he +stated as follows:-- + +"When I came to the Cape, previous to my first visit, I brought a +translation of the New Testament, which I had translated under +considerable difficulties, being engaged a portion of the day in roofing +an immense church, and the remainder in exegetical examinations and +consulting concordances. I was anxious to get it printed, and I brought +it down to the Cape, but there I could find no printing-office that +would undertake it. The Committee of the Bible Society very kindly--as +they have always been to me, I say it with pleasure--forwarded paper and +ink to the Cape expecting I should get the work done there. As I said, +there was not a printing-office that would undertake it. Dining with Sir +George Napier, the Governor, I informed him of the difficulty. He said, +'Jump on board a ship with your translation and get it printed in +England, and you will be back again while they are thinking about it +here. Print a New Testament among a set of Dutch printers! why I can't +even get my proclamations printed.' I said, 'I have become too +barbarous; I have almost forgotten my own language; I should be +frightened to go there.' 'Oh stuff!' he said. + +"Some time after he met me in the street: 'Well, Moffat, what have you +determined upon?' 'I am waiting the return of Dr. Philip.' 'Don't wait +for anybody; just jump on board a ship. Think of the importance of +getting the New Testament put in print in a new language!' He invited me +to dinner again and said, 'Have you come to a conclusion? I wish I could +give you mine. I feel some interest in the extension of the knowledge of +the Word of God. Take nobody's advice, but jump on board a ship for +England.' He spoke so seriously that I began to feel serious myself. + +[Illustration: MARY MOFFAT.] + +"Dr. Philip came, and when the Governor explained the circumstances, the +Doctor said, 'Go, by all means.' I was nervous at the thought. I was not +a nervous man in Africa. I could sleep and hear the lions roar. There +seemed so many great folks to meet with. I came to England and by-and-by +I got over it." + +On the Wednesday, following this meeting, he was entertained at a public +breakfast at the Cannon Street Hotel. + +For a few weeks the Moffats dwelt at Canonbury, though Robert himself +was so much engaged in visiting different parts of the country, +Edinburgh included, where he met with many old friends, that he was not +suffered at this time to dwell for long in any one place. + +The winter was spent at Brixton, and on the 21st of December, L1000 was +presented to Robert Moffat as a birthday gift, a most cheering tribute +of esteem to a tried and faithful servant of Jesus Christ. + +The effects of this act of kindness had not passed away when a heavy +cloud hung over the happy home at Brixton. She, who for more than +half-a-century had been the loving helpmeet of the African missionary, +sharing his joys and sorrows, his hopes and discouragements, and many of +his privations and perils, lay dying. A troublesome cough, a difficulty +of breathing, a few long deep breaths, and she was gone, without even a +word of farewell; called home to receive the "Well done, good and +faithful servant," and to enter into the joy of her Lord. Her last words +were a prayer for her husband, that strength might be given him to bear +the blow. + +Robert Moffat indeed needed strength in this hour of affliction. His +first exclamation on finding that she had really gone was, "For +fifty-three years I have had her to pray for me," and writing to his old +friend and fellow-labourer, Roger Edwards, who was then at Port +Elizabeth, he said, "How lonely I feel, and if it were not for Jeanie +(his daughter) it would be much more so." + +The events of the next few years may be briefly summarised. He travelled +much to different parts of the country, visiting High Leigh, the old +house at Dukinfield, and Carronshore. His services were continually in +requisition for missionary meetings, and doubtless many of our readers +will be old enough to remember the bronzed face, with its full flowing +beard, blanched by age, the keen eyes, and the venerable form of Robert +Moffat at this time, and to call to mind the pleasure they derived as +they listened to his glowing descriptions of the needs of Africa. + +The winter of 1871 was passed at Ventnor, in the Isle of Wight, and +occupied in revising proof sheets of the Old Testament in Sechwana. +While there he was, by Her Majesty's own desire, introduced to the +Queen, whom he had never seen before. He also received the degree of +Doctor of Divinity, from the University of Edinburgh. + +To meet the need for training a native ministry, which had been felt by +Moffat and others engaged in the work of the Bechwana Mission, and which +had shortly before his return been pressed upon the attention of the +Directors, several thousand pounds were subscribed, and, as a way of +doing honour to the veteran who was now in their midst, it was proposed +to call the Institute that was to be founded, "The Moffat Institute." +This now stands as a centre of influence amidst the tribes surrounding +the Kuruman station. + +In 1873, a number of friends, who thought that the liberal contributions +which had been subscribed to the Institute, hardly gave such a direct +proof of their esteem for their venerated friend as could be desired, +presented Robert Moffat with a sum of upwards of L5000. This liberality +provided for his wants during the remainder of his life, enabled him to +serve the Directors and the cause of missions, without being any longer +a burden upon the funds of the Society, and also placed him in a +position to meet the wants of his widowed daughter and her fatherless +family. + +While living at Brixton, Robert Moffat attended the ministry of the late +Rev. Baldwin Brown, in whose mission-work in Lambeth he was much +interested. On his eightieth birthday, 21st December, 1875, he opened +the new Mission Hall in connection with this work, which hall was +thenceforward called by his name. On the same day he received many +congratulatory tokens, among them being an address signed by a great +number of Congregational ministers from every part of the country. Prior +to this in the same year, he had lectured upon Missions in Westminster +Abbey, and in the preceding year he had performed the melancholy duty of +identifying the remains of his son-in-law, Dr. Livingstone, upon their +being brought home from Africa. + +Engagements and constant requests for his services made great inroads +upon his time. "People either could not or would not see that he was +getting old," he frequently said; but people knew that as long as he had +strength to speak, he would not grow weary of addressing audiences on +missionary work. + +In 1876, we find him dining on one occasion with the Archbishop of +Canterbury at Lambeth Palace, and on another breakfasting with Mr. +Gladstone, in the house of the Rev. Newman Hall. In the following year +by invitation of the French Missionary Society he visited Paris, and +while there addressed a meeting of 4000 Sunday-school children. + +On the 20th of December, 1878, he received the freedom of the City of +London, and somewhat over two years later was the guest of the then Lord +Mayor, Alderman, now Sir William, McArthur, for several days, a banquet +being given in his honour. + +During the time that Cetewayo was in England Robert Moffat was much +interested in him and paid him a visit. Among the Zulu king's attendants +was a man who could speak Sechwana, and with him Moffat at once got into +conversation. The man's delight was unbounded. He had been in the train +of a son of Moselekatse, and had heard of the missionary. "A u Moshete?" +(Are you Moffat) he asked again and again, with beaming eyes exclaiming +when convinced of the fact, "I see this day what my eyes never expected +to behold, Moshete!" + +For the last four years of his life Robert Moffat resided at Park +Cottage, Leigh, near Tunbridge, where he was the tenant of the late +Samuel Morley, Esq. From both Mr. and Mrs. Morley he received much +kindness, which continued until the day of his death. + +The end now drew near. In 1883, he complained of great weariness and +intermittent pulsation. This troubled him so constantly that advice was +sought. For a short time this availed. He attended the Bible Society's +meeting in the second week in May, and the meeting of the London +Missionary Society on the 10th, and in July paid a visit to Knockholt, +where he met Mr. and Mrs. George Sturge. From this visit he returned +seeming better, but in a few days unfavourable symptoms again showed +themselves. Yet the strong frame, that had endured so much, seemed loath +to give in, and, whenever able, he was in and out of his garden. He also +took two drives, Mrs. Morley very kindly sending her carriage for that +purpose when he felt able to make use of it. + +"Mark the perfect man, and behold the upright: for the end of that man +is peace." Most beautifully was this truth exemplified in the closing +scenes of the life of this truly noble and good man. On Sunday, 5th +August, he was too weak to attend chapel, and spent a peaceful Sabbath +at home. He was very fond of hymns and would often repeat one after +another. In the evening he chose several which were sung, though +feebleness prevented him from joining the singing. Among those chosen +were: "The sands of time are sinking," "Come, Thou fount of every +blessing," "How sweet the name of Jesus sounds," and "Nearer, my God, to +Thee." His New Testament was his constant companion during these last +days, and whatever the topic of conversation, it always turned with him +to heaven and the Saviour. + +On Monday he seemed somewhat better, but on Tuesday night he was much +worse. Hours of pain and sleeplessness were passed, yet he rose on +Wednesday and went out several times to the garden. In the evening he +became very ill and had a fainting fit, but managed after awhile to get +upstairs, and, after remaining on the bedside for some time, propped up +with pillows, he undressed, with little assistance and much +deliberation, winding up his watch, with a cold, trembling hand,--"for +the last time," he said. + +The doctor arrived shortly afterwards, who found that he had broken a +blood-vessel. The night was passed partly in peaceful sleep, and partly +in converse with his children who were then present. His daughter says, +"He was just full of his Saviour's love and mercy all through his life; +he repeated many hymns and passages of Scripture." + +On Thursday morning he was visited by Mr. Morley and two other friends, +with whom he conversed. He also had his Testament, but finding he could +not read it, his daughters read to him. He repeated many hymns, among +them the Scotch version of the hundred and third Psalm, but stopped and +said, "There is nothing like the original," which was then read from the +Bible. His mother's favourite hymn, "Hail, sovereign Light," was also by +his special desire read to him. + +Another sleep--a wandering, perhaps unconscious, look at his children, a +struggle, and then a quietness? and the pilgrimage was over, the spirit +had fled to be present with the Lord whom he had loved so well and +served so faithfully. "His end was peace." + +He died on the 10th of August, 1883, in his eighty-eighth year. + +The funeral took place a few days later at Norwood Cemetery, when, +surrounded by such relatives as were in England, Sir Bartle Frere, Mr. +Samuel Morley and several other Members of Parliament, deputations from +the various Missionary and several Religious Societies, and by the Mayor +of Bloemfontein, his remains were consigned to the tomb. + +Never had a truer hero been borne to the grave, nor one more thoroughly +worthy of the name of MAN. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +CONCLUSION. + + +As soon as it was realised that Robert Moffat had actually gone, it was +felt that a truly great man had departed from among us. A niche in the +temple of earth's true nobility seemed empty. The prevailing feeling was +given expression to by some of the leading journals, which in eulogistic +articles commented upon the life, work, and character of him who had +gone. + +_The Times_, in its review, contained the following remarks:--"His chief +work was among the Bechwanas. His picture of what they were when he +first knew them would hardly now be recognised, so entirely have they +changed under the new influences which Moffat was the first to bring to +bear upon them. He found them mere savages, constantly at war among +themselves and with their neighbours, ignorant of the arts of +agriculture, and in the utterly degraded state for which we must seek a +counterpart now in the more distant tribes, whom the message of +civilisation has not yet reached. His first care was to make himself +thoroughly master of the language of those to whom he was sent. For +fifty years he has declared he had been accustomed to speak the +Bechwana tongue; he reduced it to written characters, and translated the +Scriptures into it. The Bechwanas, under Moffat's guidance, became new +men. Mission work grew and spread among them; what Moffat had begun to +do was taken up by other hands; a permanent body of native pastors was +created from among the Bechwanas themselves, and the whole region was +raised out of the savage state in which Moffat had found it, and became, +in no small degree, civilised as well as Christianised.... It would +seem, indeed, that it is only by the agency of such men as Moffat and +his like that the contact of the white and black races can be anything +but a curse to the blacks. It is the missionary alone who seeks nothing +for himself. He has chosen an unselfish life. If honour comes to him, it +is by no choice of his own, but as the unsought tribute which others, as +it were, force upon him. Robert Moffat has died in the fullness both of +years and honours. His work has been to lay the foundations of the +Church in the central regions of South Africa. As far as his influence +and that of his coadjutors and successors has extended, it has brought +with it unmixed good. His name will be remembered while the South +African Church endures, and his example will remain with us as a +stimulus to others, and as an abiding proof of what a Christian +missionary can be and can do." + +The _Brighton Daily News_ commenced its article by saying:--"The grave +has just closed over one of the most notable men whose figures are +familiar to the inhabitants of Brighton. Robert Moffat, the veteran +pioneer in the mission field, and the simplest of heroes, has passed +away, and many of the noblest of the land followed his remains to their +resting-place." It concluded with, "In the drawing-rooms of fashionable +Brighton, crowded with the lovers of art and science, no one grudged the +cessation of music the most classical, or of conversation the most +charming, to listen to the venerable Doctor when requested to repeat +some incidents of his missionary life. All felt that the scene was +hallowed by the presence of one who had done a work for the good of men, +such as few have been privileged to accomplish. Robert Moffat belonged +to no sect or party. To better the world and advance the one Church +formed the sole end of his being." + +Other journals and magazines bore like testimony to his worth. + +Of his work we have said much in the preceding pages, and also something +of its results. To this may be added Robert Moffat's own account of some +of the benefits which sprung from the prosecution of missionary +enterprise in South Africa. In his speech at Port Elizabeth, on finally +leaving for England, in May, 1870, referring to the general progress +made in the interior, he said:-- + +"Christianity has already accomplished much in this long benighted land. +When I first went to the Kuruman scarcely an individual could go beyond. +Now they travel in safety to the Zambesi. Then we were strangers, and +they could not comprehend us. They treated us with great indignity, and +considered us to be the outcasts of society, who, being driven from our +own race, went to reside with them; but bearing in remembrance what our +Saviour had to undergo, we were encouraged to persevere, and much +success has rewarded our efforts. Now it is safe to traverse any part of +the country, and traders travel far beyond Kuruman without the slightest +fear of molestation. Formerly men of one tribe could not travel through +another's territory, and wars were frequent. During my early mission +life, I often heard of men of one tribe going to trade with another, and +being murdered. I was at a native place when a thing of that sort once +occurred. A party of men had come two hundred miles to dispose of some +articles. The resident natives, taking a dislike to them, set upon them +and killed two of their number. I asked them why they had done this, and +tried to show them it was wrong. They seemed to know that; and from that +time I have never heard of anything of the sort. + +"The influence of Christianity in that country is now very great, and +constantly increasing. Where one station was scarcely tolerated, there +are now several. The Moravians have their missionaries. The Berlin +Society have theirs, and others are engaged in the good work, besides +numerous native Gospel teachers. Our advanced station at the Matabele is +in a very prosperous state, and I quite expect that the Matabele will +become one day a great nation. They sternly obey their own laws, and I +have noticed that when men of fixed principles become convinced of the +great truths of Christianity they hold firmly to the faith, and their +fidelity is not lightly to be shaken." + +In the same speech he also mentioned the fact that whereas at first the +natives would not buy anything, not even a pocket handkerchief, now, +when he was speaking, no less than sixty thousand pounds worth of +British manufactures passed yearly into the hands of the native tribes +around Kuruman. + +Thus the missionary prepared the way for the merchant, and the Gospel +for the progress of civilisation. + +Of Moffat's character we have had frequent glimpses in the preceding +pages; of his personal appearance and dignified mien our portrait and +pictures give some idea. A few words may, however, be added, based upon +the facts recorded by his son in the last chapter of "Robert and Mary +Moffat." + +Tall and strong, with dark piercing eyes, he stood, a man of dauntless +courage, quick and energetic in action, with a resolution in the +performance of duty that no opposition could thwart; yet, withal, of +gentle manner, and of an even temper, proof against the many attacks +made upon it. His disposition was to think well of men, and to believe +what they said. Deceit he hated, it was the one thing he could not +forgive. He trusted men implicitly; and this probably accounted for the +fact that the Bechwanas, who carried the art of lying to perfection, +seldom lied to him. They knew it was the one thing that would make him +angry. + +His reverence for holy things was very great. He relished a joke as well +as any man, indeed, there was a good deal of humour in him; but woe to +that man who spoke jestingly of the things pertaining to God. The Word +of the Lord was too real and too important for any triviality. God was +ever present to him, and he lived for God. His son says: "Even when I +was alone with him, on some of his itinerating journeys, no meal was +commenced without a reverent doffing of the Scotch bonnet, his usual +head-dress in those days, and the solemn blessing; and our morning and +evening worship was never missed or hurried." + +An instance of his forbearance under provocation is afforded in the +following:-- + +"On our return from England in 1843," says the writer just quoted, "we +were a large party, with three or four waggons. One night we outspanned +in the dark, not knowing that we were on forbidden ground--within the +limits of a farm, but a half-mile short of the homestead. In the early +morning a young man rode up, and demanded to know what we were doing +there without leave. My father gently explained that we had done it in +ignorance, but his explanation was cut short by a harangue loud and +long. The stripling sat on his horse, my father stood before him with +bowed head and folded arms, whilst a torrent of abuse poured over him, +with a plentiful mixture of such terse and biting missiles of invective +as greatly enrich the South African Dutch language. We stood around and +remembered that only a few months before the man thus rated like a dog +was standing before enthusiastic thousands in England, who hung with +bated breath upon his utterances. Something of shame must have arrested +the wrath of the young man, for he suddenly rode away without impounding +our cattle, as he had threatened to do. We inspanned and proceeded, +calling on our way at the house, and there we found ourselves received +by a venerable white-haired farmer and his wife with open arms, for they +and my parents proved to be old friends. Right glad were we that nothing +had been done on our side to make us ashamed to meet them." + +In his home he was a true father, and the influence that surrounded his +children must have been a happy one, seeing that so many of them +embraced the missionary calling, and followed in the footsteps of their +venerated parents. Mary, the eldest daughter, married Dr. Livingstone; +Ann, the French missionary, Jean Fredoux; Bessie, a younger daughter, +was united to the Rev. Roger Price; and a son, the Rev. John Moffat, +became for a time his father's coadjutor at the Kuruman station. + +In bringing this memoir to a conclusion, we may be permitted to glance +at South Africa as it is at the present time, and to note some of the +contrasts between its condition now, and that as stated in our opening +chapter, prior to Robert Moffat's arrival. + +At the time when he first landed at Cape Town, the work of evangelising +the heathen was confined principally to two Societies--the Moravian +Mission and the London Missionary Society. Now the Societies exceed +twelve in number, and represent the following nationalities: English, +American, French, Swiss, Norwegian, and the people of Finland. + +First, in order of date, may be noticed the work of the Moravian +Brethren, which is chiefly carried on among the Hottentots and Kafirs. +Their chief station is Genadendal, eighty miles east of Cape Town, which +has several smaller stations grouped around it. Besides these, still +farther east, among the Kafir tribes, is the station of Shiloh, also +having a number of out-stations gathered round it. + +The London Missionary Society follows with its eleven principal stations +and nine out-stations. This Society is now labouring in South Africa, in +Kafirland, Bechwanaland and Matabeleland. The Report for 1886 shows +sixteen English missionaries and sixty-five native preachers as engaged +in preaching and teaching, and as results, 1361 Church members. These +returns are however incomplete, and very much has occurred, through the +numerous wars and unsettled state of the country, to retard the progress +of missionary work. + +Next comes the Wesleyan Missionary Society, who, commencing operations +at Cape Town in 1814, extended their stations round the coast from +Little Namaqualand to Zululand. They are also labouring among the +Barolongs in the Orange Free State, in Swaziland, and at the Gold +Fields at Barberton, in the Transvaal. + +The Scotch Presbyterians are represented by the missions of the Free +Church of Scotland, and the United Presbyterian Church. These confine +their labours principally to British Kaffraria and Kafirland. The Free +Church has a high-class Institution at Lovedale for the training of a +native ministry and also for teaching the natives many of the useful +arts, and an improved system of agriculture. There is an efficient staff +of teachers, and in 1885, 380 pupils attended the Institution, of whom +seventy-one were Church members and ninety-one candidates or inquirers. +A similar institution has also been established among the Fingoes at +Blythswood in Fingoland. + +More than fifty years ago, at the suggestion of Dr. Philip, the Rhenish +Mission commenced work among the Hottentots of Cape Colony, but its +operations extended, and now embrace Little and Great Namaqualand, south +and north of the Orange River, and, away beyond, the territory known as +Damaraland. Their stations are in a flourishing condition, and some +15,000 converts bear evidence to the success of their efforts. This +Society also looks after the preparation of native teachers, &c., and +has an excellent institution for that purpose at Worcester, near Cape +Town, its principal station. + +Still farther north, beyond Damaraland is Ovampoland, occupied by the +Missionary Society of Finland. Seven ordained Missionaries and three +Christian artisans were equipped and despatched to work in this region, +at the suggestion of the Rhenish Society. Their enterprise is of +comparatively recent date and results cannot yet be tabulated. The +influence for good exerted will, however, doubtless yield fruit +by-and-by. + +The missions of the Berlin Society stretch from the eastern portion of +Cape Colony to the Transvaal, and embrace also the Orange Free State and +the Diamond Fields. They have over 7000 converts, and a large number of +children under instruction in various schools. + +Basutoland, to the east of the Orange Free State, is cared for by the +French Evangelical Missionary Society, who commenced work in South +Africa in 1829. Their first missionaries were appointed to the +Bahurutse, then tributary to Moselekatse, but being repulsed through the +jealousy of that potentate they settled at Motito, and finally accepted +an invitation from Moshesh, chief of the Basutos, to work among that +people. The mission has fourteen principal stations and sixty-six +out-stations, with about 20,000 adherents, of whom about 3500 are Church +members. + +In 1835 six missionaries, appointed by the American Board of Foreign +Missions, arrived from the United States to labour in South Africa. +Three proceeded to Natal and settled near Durban. The other three +journeyed to Moselekatse at Mosega. Their mission was however broken up +through the incursions of the Boers, and they were compelled to flee to +Natal. For some years the mission there was much harassed through war, +but it is now firmly established and is doing excellent work of a +religious and educational character, having a number of well-instructed +native pastors and teachers, besides the staff of European missionaries. +In 1886 the Board reports having in connection with this mission seven +stations and seventeen out-stations, and 886 Church members. + +The Society for the Propagation of the Gospel commenced its missions in +South Africa in 1838. Its work is divided between the Colonists and the +natives, and is carried on in Cape Colony and Natal; its dioceses +stretching round the coast much in the same manner as the Wesleyan +stations. + +Besides those already mentioned, there are at work now in South Africa +the Norwegian Missionary Society, labouring in Natal and Zululand; the +Hermannsburg Mission, founded by Pastor Harms, whose operations are +carried on in Natal, Zululand, and the Transvaal; and the Swiss society, +The Mission of the Free Church of the Canton de Vaud, whose efforts are +directed to a tribe inhabiting a country between Delagoa Bay and +Sofala.[B] + +[B]: [Many of the facts contained in this review of Mission work in South +Africa have been gleaned from "South Africa," by the Rev. James Sibree, +F.R.G.S.] + +Thus the missionary cause has grown, notwithstanding the many +difficulties it has had to contend with, and now the sound of the Gospel +is heard throughout the land. From the southernmost part of what was the +"Dark Continent," but which is now termed by some the "Twilight +Continent," and which we trust may soon be blessed with the full light +of Christianity, there stretches away a series of mission stations right +to the Zambesi; and there joining hands with the system of Central +African missions the glad tidings of salvation are wafted onward to the +great lake, the Victoria Nyanza, in the north; eastward to the coast; +and, in the west, made known to thousands by means of the various +organisations now doing such excellent work on the Congo River. + +In a central position, amidst the tribes of South Africa, Kuruman, the +scene of Robert Moffat's trials and triumphs, stands to-day, surrounded +by a number of native towns and villages, where native teachers, trained +in the Moffat Institute, are located, and native Churches have been +formed,--a beacon shedding its glorious rays around, dispelling the +darkness, and bringing the heathen to the knowledge of the Saviour, +Jesus Christ. + + + + +THE END. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Robert Moffat, by David J. Deane + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROBERT MOFFAT *** + +***** This file should be named 15379.txt or 15379.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/3/7/15379/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Chuck Greif and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** + diff --git a/15379.zip b/15379.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd50b25 --- /dev/null +++ b/15379.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c13f947 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #15379 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15379) |
